TELIGENT INC
10-K, 1998-03-31
RADIOTELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS
Previous: BROUGHTON FOODS CO, 10-K, 1998-03-31
Next: ACSYS INC, 10-K405, 1998-03-31



     
                                   UNITED STATES
                           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               Washington, D.C. 20549
                               ----------------------
                                     FORM 10-K
 
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

OR
 
[_] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
    EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from              to            
 
Commission File Number 000-23387


                                   TELIGENT, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)


       DELAWARE                                            54-1866562
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION             (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)
OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
 
       8065 LEESBURG PIKE
       VIENNA, VIRGINIA                           22182
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)       (ZIP CODE)

REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE:  (703) 762-5100

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                      11 1/2% Senior Notes due 2007

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act: 

                         Common Stock, Class A, par value $.01 per share
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports 
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days: Yes [X] No [_].
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to 
the best of the registrant's knowledge, in the definitive proxy or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K [X].
 
The aggregate market value of the registrant's voting stock held by non-
affiliates of the registrant was approximately $201 million on March 20, 
1998, based on the closing sales price of the registrant's Class A Common 
Stock as reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market as of such date.
 
The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of 
common stock as of March 20, 1998 was as follows:
 
                       Common Stock, Class A       8,163,270
                       Common Stock, Class B      44,426,299
 
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement to be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") in connection 
with the Registrant's 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, are 
incorporated by reference into Part III.  If the registrant does not 
file a definitive proxy statement with the SEC on or before April 30, 
1998, the registrant will, on or before April 30, 1998, file an 
amendment to this Form 10-K containing the Part III information.



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                    PART I

Item 1.     Business 
Item 2.     Properties 
Item 3.     Legal Proceedings 
Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

                                    PART II

Item 5.     Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
            Stockholder Matters
Item 6.     Selected Financial Data 
Item 7.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
            Condition and Results of Operations 
Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  
Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on 
            Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

                                    PART III

Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 
Item 11.    Executive Compensation 
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
            Management 
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 

                                    PART IV

Item 14.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on
            Form 8-K

Signatures 

Index to Financial Statements 


        Except for any historical information contained herein, the
 matters discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain certain
 "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 21E of the
 Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Such forward-looking
 statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other
 factors including, but not limited to, economic, key employee,
 competitive, governmental and technological factors affecting the
 Company's growth, operations, markets, products, services, licenses and
 other factors discussed in the Company's other filings with the
 Securities and Exchange Commission.  These factors may cause the actual
 results, performance or achievements of the Company, or industry
 results, to be materially different from any future results, performance
 or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.
 Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to
 place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. 

PART I
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS

THE COMPANY

       Teligent, Inc.  ("Teligent" or the "Company") intends to be a 
premier provider of high quality, low cost voice, data, Internet and 
video telecommunications services primarily to small and medium-sized 
businesses through its own fixed local wireless point-to-multipoint 
broadband networks and leased long distance facilities. Teligent 
anticipates offering an integrated package of services including local 
and long distance telephone services, high speed data connectivity, 
Internet access and videoconferencing.  Teligent holds 24 GHz fixed 
wireless licenses in 74 of the most populous U.S. metropolitan market 
areas, covering over 50% of the nation's business telephone lines and 
a population of approximately 130 million. The Company intends to 
offer its integrated package of services in at least 10 market areas 
by the end of 1998 and 30 by the end of 1999, and subsequently in all 
of its 74 currently licensed market areas. The Company currently 
provides commercial Internet access through fixed wireless point-to-
point broadband systems. 

       The predecessor to the Company, Associated Communications, L.L.C., 
was founded in 1996 as a limited liability company joint venture between 
a subsidiary of The Associated Group, Inc. ("Associated") and an affiliate
of Telcom Ventures, L.L.C. ("Telcom Ventures"), both of which have 
extensive experience in pioneering wireless telecommunications 
businesses.  Associated Communications, L.L.C. was subsequently renamed
Teligent, L.L.C.  In September 1996, Alex J. Mandl, formerly President 
and Chief Operating Officer of AT&T, joined Associated Communications, 
L.L.C. as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.  On 
November 26, 1997, the Company issued 6,325,000 shares of Class A 
Common Stock at $21.50 per share in its initial public offering (the 
"Equity Offering") and $300 million aggregate principal amount of 
11 1/2% Senior Notes due 2007 (the "Senior Notes Offering").  Prior to
and as a condition to the Senior Notes Offering and the Equity Offering
(together with the Senior Notes Offering, the "Offerings"), Teligent,
L.L.C. merged with and into the Company (the "Merger") with the Company
surviving the Merger.  See "Business - Certain Transactions - The
Reorganization."

       The Company obtained the majority of its 24 GHz fixed wireless 
licenses in November 1997 through the contribution to Teligent, L.L.C. 
of the licenses by Teligent, L.L.C.'s founding members, Microwave 
Services, Inc. ("MSI"), a subsidiary of Associated, and Digital 
Services Corporation ("DSC"), an affiliate of Telcom Ventures.  MSI 
and DSC began the process of applying for fixed wireless licenses in 
1993 prior to the Federal Communication Commission's ("FCC") 
implementation of spectrum auctions. These licenses have been granted 
by the FCC and such grants are no longer subject to any petitions, 
challenges or administrative or judicial review. The Company's 
licenses are the subject of other proceedings pending before the FCC.  
See "Business - Government Regulation - Federal Regulation- FCC 
Licensing."  In addition, the Company obtained FCC licenses in 
three standard metropolitan statistical areas ("SMSAs") in connection 
with its acquisition of FirstMark Communications, Inc. ("FirstMark") 
in October 1997 and from Teligent, L.L.C., which had acquired licenses 
directly from the FCC, in November 1997.  See "Business - Government 
Regulation - Federal Regulation -Transfer of Control of Wireless Licenses."

       In November 1997, Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation 
("NTT"), the world's largest telecommunications carrier, through its 
indirect wholly owned subsidiary NTTA&T Investment, Inc. ("NTTA&T") 
made a strategic equity investment totaling $100 million in the Company. 
In connection with NTT's equity investment, the original members of 
Teligent, L.L.C. made additional cash contributions to Teligent, L.L.C. 
in the aggregate amount of $60.0 million.  See "Business - Certain
Transactions."
 
Associated is a publicly traded company (Nasdaq:  AGRPA and 
AGRPB) principally engaged in the ownership and operation of a variety 
of wireless communications assets and businesses.  Telcom Ventures is 
a privately held company owned by the family of Dr. Rajendra Singh, an 
investor in wireless technologies and network design, and investment 
partnerships formed by The Carlyle Group, a Washington, DC private 
investment firm. Telcom Ventures is engaged in investing in 
international wireless opportunities and developing, building and 
deploying emerging wireless technologies.

       Teligent believes that it is well positioned to capture revenues 
in the estimated $110 billion business telecommunications market. The 
Company intends to focus particularly on the estimated $47 billion 
business local exchange market. Local exchange services have 
historically been provided by regional monopolies known as incumbent 
local exchange carriers ("ILECs") that have typically utilized 
copper wire-based "legacy" networks. The ILECs' legacy networks, 
faced with increasing demand from businesses for cost-effective 
capacity to support bandwidth-intensive applications such as Internet 
access, have created a "last mile bottleneck" in the local loop 
between the customer premise and the ILEC network switch. In addition, 
Teligent's market research indicates that the ILECs have been unable 
to satisfy customer demands for cost-effective, flexible and 
responsive service and that a significant portion of Teligent's target 
customer base is currently dissatisfied with its ILEC service. The 
potential revenue opportunity in this market, coupled with changes in 
the regulatory environment designed to enable facilities-based 
competition, have created opportunities for competitive local exchange 
carriers ("CLECs"). The Company intends to alleviate this last mile 
local bottleneck and gain market share by deploying technologically 
advanced, high bandwidth digital wireless technology complemented by 
superior customer service and competitive pricing.
 
       Teligent expects to provide local coverage throughout its market 
areas with lower capital requirements than either fiber-based or 
point-to-point wireless CLECs, enabling it to offer its services to a 
broader customer base more quickly and at a lower cost. Wireless 
point-to-multipoint broadband networks allow transmissions between 
multiple customer antennas and a single base station antenna, thereby 
allowing Teligent to share the same spectrum among its customers and 
reducing its capital expenditures. The Company believes that a 
significant portion of small and medium-sized businesses is located in 
buildings that are not economically attractive to fiber-based 
providers.  Teligent's capital expenditures will be largely 
incremental or success-based, thereby minimizing the risk of deploying 
network equipment not associated with revenues.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
       Teligent's goal is to be a premier facilities-based provider of 
voice, data, Internet and video telecommunication services to small 
and medium-sized businesses. The Company intends to leverage its 
ability to provide cost-effective, high bandwidth connectivity in 
order to offer an integrated package of local and long distance 
telephone service, high-speed data connectivity, Internet access and 
video-conferencing. The Company is implementing the following 
initiatives to achieve this objective: 

       Target Small and Medium-Sized Businesses.  Teligent plans to 
focus its primary marketing efforts on small and medium-sized 
businesses with 5 to 350 telephone lines. The Company expects to 
attract these customers through both a direct sales effort and 
indirect sales channels by offering (i) an integrated package of 
telecommunications services, (ii) competitive pricing, (iii) high 
quality and responsive customer service and (iv) high bandwidth 
services which may be difficult to obtain from other 
telecommunications providers. Teligent also intends to selectively 
pursue sales opportunities with larger businesses when its value 
proposition and its service offerings are competitively advantaged.
 
       End User Focus.  Teligent intends to approach its target market 
primarily by offering services directly to end users, as opposed to 
positioning itself as a "carrier's carrier" offering wholesale network 
capacity.  By deriving the majority of its revenues from providing local
switched voice and data communications services directly to end user 
customers, Teligent believes that it will (i) establish a sustainable and 
broad base of its own customers, thereby minimizing the risk of generating 
substantial revenues from a limited number of sources, (ii) maximize 
revenues and profitability by accessing the higher priced retail 
market and (iii) achieve competitive differentiation based on high 
quality service that is responsive to the customer.
 
       Develop Brand Awareness.  Teligent will seek to position itself as 
a high quality service provider by offering network reliability 
complemented by quality customer support. The Company is designing its 
marketing campaign to reflect these objectives and intends to build 
its reputation by (i) working closely with its customers to develop 
services tailored to their particular needs and (ii) targeting 
advertising and promotion efforts in its coverage areas, gradually 
expanding to mass media with market-wide and potentially nationwide 
coverage. The Company also believes that its speed to market advantage 
will assist its branding campaign, by enabling it to be one of the 
first widely available facilities-based competitors in a market.
 
       Achieve Market Share Via Competitive Pricing.  As a new market 
entrant, Teligent's strategy will be to price its services 
competitively to gain market share early. For switched voice services 
and other services already provided by the ILEC, the Company expects 
to price at a discount. For certain data and bandwidth-intensive 
services that may not be provided by competitors or for which there 
may exist an underserved market demand, the Company may be able to 
price its services at a premium. The Company anticipates that some 
ILECs may reduce their prices as increased competition begins to erode 
their market share.  The Company believes that it will be able to 
remain competitive if market prices decline because of its lower 
expected network cost. The Company also expects to price its bundled 
long distance service at a discount to market prices as a further 
incentive to attract potential customers and to broaden its revenue 
base.

       Rapid Deployment.  Teligent intends to take advantage of its 
network flexibility and lower incremental capital requirements in 
order to quickly roll-out and penetrate its market areas. Teligent 
believes that this rapid deployment should allow it to become one of 
the first significant facilities-based competitors in many parts of 
its market areas. The Company believes that this rapid deployment 
should enable it to establish a level of market penetration which will 
further enhance the Company's relative cost advantage, attract 
additional customers and further enhance its brand reputation.
 
       Exploit Future Growth Opportunities.  Teligent intends to 
continue building on the capabilities of its networks to expand its 
target market and service offerings. Such expansion may include 
targeting residential customers in multiple dwelling units as well as 
international opportunities, either through joint ventures or by 
direct entry.
 
TELIGENT'S NETWORK ARCHITECTURE
 
       The Company intends to deploy its own 24 GHz fixed wireless 
point-to-multipoint broadband local networks to provide last mile 
connectivity in its licensed market areas. Prior to commercial 
deployment of the point-to-multipoint networks, and where otherwise 
economically attractive, the networks may also include point-to-point 
links and resold local services. The Company believes that this 
flexibility will allow it to accommodate new customers quickly, as 
well as expand its addressable customer base. Teligent also expects to 
offer long distance service on a resale basis, and intends to connect 
each local exchange network to an inter-exchange carrier's ("IXC") 
point of presence.
 
       The network equipment will use digital wireless technology to 
deliver high quality voice, data and videoconferencing services that 
Teligent believes will provide comparable performance to that of fiber 
optic-based systems. The Company's networks will also incorporate 
encryption and authentication to increase privacy and reduce the 
potential for fraud. Each market area is expected to be served by a 
voice switching and data routing center. The Company will use a 
combination of wired and wireless facilities to connect the center to 
the base stations distributed throughout the market area. The base 
stations will transmit to and receive signals from wireless equipment 
at a customer premise (the "customer premise equipment," or, 
"CPE"), allowing transmissions between multiple customer antennas 
and a single base station antenna. The customer premise equipment 
includes two components: (i) an integrated  radio/antenna unit 
installed either on the roof, an exterior wall or inside a window of 
the customer's building and (ii) the indoor customer interface 
equipment installed within the building which is connected to the 
internal building wiring. The radio/antenna unit will communicate with 
the base station via microwave signal operating within the 24 GHz 
band. The base stations will have an average service radius of 
approximately three miles (five kilometers), depending on a number of 
factors such as power levels used, customer density, local weather 
environment and network design. A base station will have the 
capability to support customers within a 360-degree coverage area,
depending on line of sight. The modular design of the CPE is intended to
make equipment installation easier and ensure short service activation 
intervals.
 
       The Company's point-to-multipoint hardware and network capacity 
is expected to be shared among all the customers within the coverage 
area of a base station sector. A key feature of the Company's network 
architecture will be the future capability to allocate and share 
network capacity on an as-needed basis.  In the future, Teligent's 
system is intended to dynamically allocate spectral bandwidth, and 
therefore capacity, among the several customers served by a base 
station sector based on individual customer demand enabling a customer 
to instantaneously increase or decrease the capacity required.
 
       Traffic between base station sites and the Company's switching 
centers will be carried over a backhaul network that will be a 
combination of Company-owned wireless microwave links as well as fiber 
optic transmission facilities, where appropriate. 

       Additionally, as customers are added and the backhaul capacity 
requirements increase, some of the wireless links initially deployed 
may be replaced with additional fiber-based facilities. In such cases, 
the wireless equipment may be redeployed elsewhere in the network, in 
order to reduce stranded assets.
 
       Teligent expects to deploy digital voice switches and data 
switches in each of its principal market areas. Such voice and data 
switches will consist of traditional circuit-based systems as well as 
more advanced packet and cell-based switching systems. These switching 
systems will be engineered to provide interconnection of customer 
traffic with other local exchange networks, long distance networks and 
the Internet, as well as with other locations the customer may have 
within the Teligent network.
 
       The Company plans to have a central Network Operation Center 
("NOC") which will monitor its networks 24 hours a day, seven days a 
week and provide real-time alarm, status and performance information. 
The Company intends to build a back-up NOC facility to further enhance 
network reliability. The NOC will provide customers remote circuit 
provisioning to ensure service availability. At the NOC, the network 
will be managed and maintained on an end-to-end basis using an 
integrated Network Management System ("NMS"). The NMS will allow the 
Company to monitor various network elements to ensure consistent and 
reliable performance. This monitoring capability will be designed to 
allow the Company to plan for and conduct preventative maintenance 
activities in order to avoid network outages and to respond promptly 
to any network disruption that might occur. Teligent's NOC will be 
designed to permit enhancements such as providing end customers with 
the capability to manage their segments of the network.
 

DEPLOYMENT STRATEGY
 
       Teligent intends to build out and commercialize its networks based 
upon the following strategy:
 
       Integrated Market Research and Base Station Site Optimization.  
Within each market area, Teligent will conduct market research and 
identify and target specific geographic areas with favorable customer 
characteristics. Such areas need not be contiguous or centrally 
located since Teligent's stand-alone base stations are intended to be 
able to serve geographically dispersed pockets of businesses.
 
       Base Station Site Construction.  The Company intends to determine 
which potential base station sites offer the best lines of sight, gain 
access to those sites on a cost-effective basis and prepare 
installation to coincide with customer activations.
 
       Initiate Sales.  As base station sites are identified, Teligent's 
sales force will target those buildings accessible by line of sight, 
prioritize buildings based upon their revenue potential, and then 
begin selling Teligent's voice and data services within each building. 
This should allow the Company to deploy CPE in most cases only after 
signing a customer.
 
       Customer Premise Equipment Installation.  When Teligent acquires 
customers in a building, two additional sets of equipment will be 
deployed. First, a radio/antenna unit (and related equipment) will be 
installed on the roof of the customer's building, which will transmit 
and receive all of that building's communications back and forth from 
a base station site. Due to the small size of the radio/antenna unit 
(less than two feet long) and ease of installation, the Company 
believes customer installation can be accomplished within 
approximately three to five days. Second, equipment will be deployed 
at each customer's premise to connect their phone system, PBX or 
computer network to the radio on the roof. The Company may, however, 
selectively utilize unbundled local loops on an opportunistic basis to 
complement the Company's core wireless local loop deployment strategy.
 
       Leverage Capital Deployed.  Teligent plans to maximize the return 
on its infrastructure in two ways. First, the sales force will be 
encouraged to acquire additional customers in "on net" buildings, 
which have already installed customer units. Additionally, the Company 
will seek to sell incremental products to existing customers.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
       Overview.  Teligent plans to address its initial target markets 
as a high quality and lower cost single source provider of telephony 
services. To develop the market potential of its fixed local wireless 
network, the Company has organized its operations into two geographic 
regions. Each region has its own Division President in charge of 
operations, field service, site acquisition, proactive customer 
service and sales and marketing. Teligent believes that the reputation 
and quality of its senior management will afford it a critical 
advantage in attracting the highest quality sales people as it builds 
its sales force throughout its market areas. The extent of sales 
activity in each market will depend upon a number of factors including 
(i) number of license areas, (ii) geographic size of license areas, 
(iii) end user density within licensed areas and (iv) competitive 
landscape. In order to gain market share, the Company intends to 
competitively price its service by leveraging the network cost 
advantages which it expects to achieve as it acquires customers. 

       Sales Force/Customer Care.  Teligent's goal is to complement its 
full array of services for small- and medium-sized businesses with a 
level of customer service and sales professionalism significantly 
higher than that of its principal competitors. The Company seeks to 
recruit salespeople with successful experience in competitive 
telephony businesses, including individuals with backgrounds in CLECs, 
competitive long distance, telecommunications equipment and data 
services. The salespeople will have performance incentives through a 
structure that ties a significant portion of their compensation to the 
actual revenue they produce. In addition, salespeople will be 
encouraged to maximize penetration in "on net" buildings. The sales 
force will be trained to sell the Company's full product line of 
local, long distance, Internet and data services.

       This ability to bundle multiple services is intended to attract 
customers looking for a single point of contact for their 
telecommunications needs.  Teligent will emphasize responsive, 
proactive service allowing small and medium-sized businesses access to 
seven day, 24 hour in-house technical support.
 
       Marketing.  The Company plans to supplement its direct sales 
force through various marketing plans, including direct mail, 
partnership marketing (in specific buildings or associated properties) 
and targeted advertising and promotional efforts in Teligent's 
coverage areas. In addition, the Company intends to use alternate or 
indirect channels of distribution, including an active sales agent 
program.
 
       The Company is in the process of creating a centralized marketing 
group responsible for developing the Teligent product line and for 
ensuring that each of its components and overall package of services 
are competitive. Teligent's initial focus is on local exchange service,
but the Company expects that where demand exists, it will bundle additional
product lines, such as resold long distance and Internet access, with its 
local service.
 
       Teligent intends to offer multiple product service packages to 
business customers.  By offering services both as a bundled package 
and on a component basis (i.e., local, long distance or Internet 
access, individually), Teligent intends to capitalize upon the 
potential revenue opportunities in the marketplace. Teligent believes 
that this flexible sales strategy should help reduce switching 
barriers for those customers who may initially be reluctant to switch 
all of their services and vendors at once or for those who have 
existing contracts.
  
SERVICE OFFERINGS
 
       The Company intends to deploy its networks on an initial basis to 
support a comprehensive and fully integrated product line that is 
designed to meet the broad telecommunications needs of small and 
medium-sized business customers.  These services will typically 
include the basic telephone services, including local and long 
distance, and data services that customers have today. Over time, the 
Company also expects to offer high-speed data connectivity required 
for new applications, such as high-speed Internet access, multimedia, 
virtual workgroups, application and document sharing, and two-way 
videoconferencing. Teligent intends to address customer demand for 
bundled service offerings to provide the convenience of dealing with a 
single telecommunications provider.
 
       Teligent intends to provide its local retail services to end 
users using its own broadband wireless local networks. However, the 
Company will also consider providing its local retail product offering 
on a case by case basis using other telecommunications carriers' 
transport facilities, such as unbundled local loops from ILECs or 
facilities from other CLECs where it can use such facilities to 
penetrate the market more quickly and/or cost efficiently.  As the 
Company extends its wireless local service to such buildings, it 
intends to migrate any such customers to its own facilities.
 
       The Company began deployment efforts in Dallas, TX, Los Angeles, 
CA and Washington, DC during the fourth quarter of 1997.  The Company 
currently provides commercial Internet access through fixed wireless 
point-to-point broadband systems. 
 
END USER SERVICES
 
       The Company plans to offer an integrated package of services 
including local and long distance services (domestic and 
international) as well as Internet services, frame relay, voice mail, 
conference bridges, videoconferencing, advanced fax management, 
integrated single number service, call screening, call forwarding and 
other advanced telecommunications services.
 
       Local Exchange Services.  Teligent intends to provide a complete 
range of local exchange services by developing and implementing its 
own nationwide network of central office class switches and related 
hardware and software.  These services are expected to include basic 
local services, access to long distance and intra-LATA switched and 
dedicated lines, direct inward dialing, Digital PBX, Centrex and 
custom calling services.
 
       Long Distance.  As a complement to its local exchange services, 
Teligent also plans to offer long distance services as part of a 
product bundle to its customers through resale agreements with 
national long distance companies. These long distance services will 
include domestic intrastate, interstate and international calling, 
toll-free services (800, 888), calling card, and conference call 
bridging and other enhanced services. When the Company's coverage area 
spans multiple LATAs, it plans to use its own facilities to provide 
inter-LATA long distance service.
 
       Internet and Data Services.  The Company intends to offer 
transport for Internet services from the customer premise to an 
Internet access point in each city, using the high bandwidth capacity 
of its 24 GHz networks. It also intends  to offer Internet access 
through resale, partnership or outsourcing, as a part of a bundled 
offering under the Teligent brand name. These Internet services are 
expected to include routing, addressing, domain name service 
("DNS"), registration services, network security and fire walls, 
intranet services, e-mail, news servers, hosting and peering.
 
       Dedicated Private Line.  Teligent intends to provide local 
dedicated data access circuits as well as the long distance portion of 
those circuits on a resale basis. These lines, which link customers' 
LANs together to create MANs and WANs, are used by banks, billing 
clearinghouses, advertising agencies, hospitals and other businesses 
to exchange large data files as well by any business to connect 
offices for file sharing, e-mail and workgroup applications.
 
WHOLESLAE SERVICES

        Although not its core strategy, after penetrating a market 
area, the Company may sell excess capacity to generate additional 
revenue and increase local network utilization.  The marketplace demand
for telecommunications services is experiencing substantial growth as a
result of the increased acceptance and reliance on the Internet by 
business users as well as the emergence of bandwidth intensive 
applications such as videoconferencing, Internet telephony, and large 
data file transfers. The Company may also offer wireless backhaul 
services to connect the cell sites of cellular and PCS companies
to their mobile switching centers.
 
24 GHz WIRELESS LICENSES
 
       The Company is licensed by the FCC to operate point-to-point and 
point-to-multipoint 24 GHz fixed wireless systems in 74 SMSAs, 
covering over 700 municipalities in the United States, including 320-
400 MHz of spectrum in 27 of the 35 most populous market areas in the 
United States, and at least 80 MHz of spectrum in 47 other major 
market areas. The following chart lists the Company's license areas in 
descending order of size based on the estimated 1994 population of the 
market (based on U.S. Census Bureau data and Claritas Inc. data), the 
Company's licensed spectrum bandwidth in each market area and the 
estimated 1994 number of business employees in each market area (based 
on American Business Information Inc. data).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Business
 SMSA                           Bandwidth                   Employees In
 Rank  Market Areas               (MHz)      Population      Market Area

 <S>  <C>                        <C>       <C>             <C>
   1   New York, NY               400         9,434,000       3,597,000
   2   Los Angeles, CA            400         9,132,000       3,229,000
   3   Chicago, IL                400         7,538,000       3,113,000
   4   Philadelphia, PA           320         4,913,000       1,701,000
   5   Detroit, MI                400         4,322,000       1,517,000
   6   Dallas, TX                 400         4,302,000       1,729,000
   7   Houston, TX                400         3,925,000       1,471,000
   8   Washington, DC             400         3,850,000       1,693,000
   9   San Francisco, CA          320         3,814,000       1,629,000
  10   Boston, MA                 400         3,194,000       1,436,000
  12   Atlanta, GA                400         3,015,000       1,236,000
  13   San Diego, CA              320         2,674,000         908,000
  15   Minneapolis, MN            400         2,586,000       1,271,000
  17   St. Louis, MO              400         2,473,000         893,000
  18   Baltimore, MD              320         2,435,000         762,000
  19   Phoenix, AZ                400         2,309,000         894,000
  20   Seattle, WA                400         2,135,000         894,000
  21   Pittsburgh, PA             400         2,100,000         665,000
  22   Denver, CO                  80         2,069,000         890,000
  23   Miami, FL                  400         2,058,000         768,000
  24   Tampa, FL                  400         2,016,000         698,000
  26   Cleveland, OH              320         1,848,000         803,000
  27   Portland, OR               320         1,573,000         618,000
  28   San Jose, CA               240         1,541,000         643,000
  29   Cincinnati, OH             240         1,510,000         578,000
  30   Kansas City, MO            320         1,509,000         643,000
  31   Sacramento, CA             320         1,482,000         442,000
  32   Milwaukee, WI              320         1,469,000         660,000
  33   San Antonio, TX            320         1,402,000         435,000
  35   Indianapolis, IN           320         1,333,000         551,000
  36   Columbus, OH               160         1,302,000         586,000
  37   Salt Lake City, UT          80         1,214,000         499,000
  38   Orlando, FL                 80         1,206,000         573,000
  39   Buffalo, NY                 80         1,201,000         442,000
  40   New Orleans, LA             80         1,178,000         469,000
  41   Hartford, CT                80         1,154,000         540,000
  43   Nashville, TN               80         1,060,000         508,000
  44   Norfolk, VA                 80         1,040,000         321,000
  45   Rochester, NY               80         1,038,000         444,000
  46   Memphis, TN                 80         1,034,000         470,000
  47   Jacksonville, FL            80         1,009,000         433,000
  48   Oklahoma City, OK           80           977,000         434,000
  49   Greensboro, NC              80           963,000         486,000
  50   Louisville, KY              80           931,000         414,000
  51   West Palm Beach, FL         80           931,000         316,000

<CAPTION>
                                                              Business
 SMSA                           Bandwidth                   Employees In
 Rank  Market Areas               (MHz)      Population      Market Area

<S>   <C>                        <C>       <C>             <C>
  52   Las Vegas, NV               80           931,000         445,000
  53   Birmingham, AL              80           905,000         386,000
  54   Austin, TX                  80           884,000         396,000
  55   Honolulu, HI                80           881,000         344,000
  56   Dayton, OH                  80           864,000         389,000
  57   Albany, NY                  80           851,000         377,000
  58   Charlotte, NC               80           840,000         467,000
  60   Richmond, VA                80           792,000         369,000
  61   Tulsa, OK                   80           788,000         321,000
  62   Raleigh, NC                 80           788,000         385,000
  63   Fresno, CA                  80           734,000         240,000
  65   Tucson, AZ                  80           717,000         280,000
  66   Allentown, PA               80           713,000         269,000
  68   Ventura, CA                 80           694,000         223,000
  69   Syracuse, NY                80           681,000         298,000
  70   Akron, OH                   80           680,000         284,000
  71   Greenville, SC              80           674,000         301,000
  72   El Paso, TX                 80           663,000         209,000
  75   Omaha, NE                   80           631,000         304,000
  78   Wilmington, DE              80           609,000         291,000
  79   Albuquerque, NM             80           592,000         272,000
  80   Springfield, MA             80           581,000         235,000
  82   Baton Rouge, LA             80           562,000         218,000
  84   Charleston, SC              80           545,000         197,000
  86   New Haven, CT               80           528,000         227,000
  87   Stockton, CA                80           522,000         165,000
  97   Newport News, VA            80           470,000         170,000
 120   Santa Barbara, CA           80           378,000         134,000
 135   Trenton, NJ                 80           330,000         165,000
                                            -----------      ----------
         TOTAL                              130,027,000      51,663,000
                                            ===========      ==========
</TABLE>

COMPETITION IN THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY 
 
LOCAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS MARKET 
 
        Competition from ILECs.  The local telecommunications market is 
intensely competitive for newer entrants and currently is dominated by 
the Regional Bell Operating Companies ("RBOCs") and other ILECs. The 
Company has not begun to market its point-to-multipoint wireless local 
broadband services to potential customers on a widespread basis and is 
currently providing point-to-point services on a limited basis. The 
Company has not obtained significant market share in any of the areas 
where it offers its services or intends to offer services, nor does it 
expect to do so in the near future given the size of the local 
telecommunications market, the intense competition therein and the 
diversity of customer requirements. In each market area in which the 
Company is authorized to provide services, the Company competes or 
will compete with several other service providers and technologies.  
Many of the Company's competitors have long-standing relationships 
with customers and suppliers in their respective industries, greater 
name recognition and significantly greater financial, technical and 
marketing resources than the Company. The Company expects to compete 
on the basis of local service features, quality, price, reliability, 
customer service and rapid response to customer needs while bundling 
local resold long distance and Internet access. The Company faces 
significant competition from ILECs, such as the RBOCs. The ILECs have 
long standing relationships with their customers, have significant 
name recognition and financial resources, have the potential to 
subsidize competitive services with revenues from a variety of 
business services, and benefit from existing state and federal 
regulations that favor the ILECs over the Company in certain respects. 
Regulatory decisions and recent legislation, such as the 
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Telecommunications Act"), have 
reduced barriers to entry into new segments of the industry. In 
particular, the Telecommunications Act, among other things, (i) 
enhances local exchange competition by preempting laws prohibiting, or 
that have the effect of prohibiting, competition in the local exchange 
market, by requiring ILECs to provide fair and equal standards for 
interconnection, by requiring ILECs to unbundle their facilities and 
services, and by requiring ILECs to make certain services available 
for resale and (ii) permits an RBOC to compete in the inter-LATA long 
distance service market outside of its local territory immediately, 
and within its local service territory on a state-by-state basis once 
certain market-opening requirements are implemented and entry is 
determined to be in the public interest. The Company believes that 
these requirements of the Telecommunications Act promote greater 
competition and will help provide opportunities for broader entrance 
into the local exchange markets. However, as ILECs face increased 
competition, regulatory decisions are likely to provide them with 
increased pricing flexibility, which in turn may result in increased 
price competition. There can be no assurance that such increased price 
competition will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's 
business, financial condition and results of operations. Nor can there 
be any assurance that substantial local exchange competition will 
develop in the near future.
 
       A number of companies are developing enhancements to increase the 
performance of ILECs' copper wire based legacy networks. These 
generally consist of digital subscriber line products, such as ADSL, 
HDSL and VDSL. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able 
to compete effectively with these enhancements.
 
       Competition from New 24 GHz and Other Fixed Wireless Service 
Providers.  The Company also faces potential competition from new 
entrants to the 24 GHz fixed wireless market, including ILECs, CLECs 
and other leading telecommunications companies.  The FCC issued an Order 
(the "Relocation Order") on March 14, 1997 providing for the relocation of 
certain fixed wireless licensees in the 18 GHz band to a reallocated portion 
of the 24 GHz band.  In the Relocation Order, the FCC announced that it 
will conduct a rulemaking proceeding to devise rules for the issuance 
of licenses for up to five 80 MHz channels in the 24 GHz spectrum band 
in each market except for those licenses already issued to the Company 
and other previous 18 GHz licensees. See "Business - Government 
Regulation." The grant of additional fixed wireless authorizations by 
the FCC in the 24 GHz band could result in increased competition and 
diminish the value of the Company's existing fixed wireless 
authorizations. The Company believes that any additional 24 GHz 
licenses will be made available through an auction. The Company 
believes that, assuming that additional authorizations are made 
available by the FCC, additional entities having greater resources 
than the Company could acquire authorizations at auctions from the FCC 
to provide telecommunications services in the 24 GHz band. See 
"Business - Government Regulation."
 
       The Company will also face competition from other terrestrial 
fixed wireless services, including Multichannel Multipoint 
Distribution Service ("MMDS"), 28 GHz Local Multipoint Distribution 
Service ("LMDS") and 38 GHz wireless communications systems, 2.8 GHz 
Wireless Communications Service ("WCS"), FCC Part 15 unlicensed 
wireless radio devices, and other services that use existing point-to-
point wireless channels on other frequencies. Additionally, other 
companies have filed applications for global broadband satellite 
systems proposed to be used for broadband voice and data services. If 
developed, these systems could also present significant competition to 
the Company.
 
       The Company faces competition from entities which offer, or are 
licensed to offer, 38 GHz services, such as Advanced Radio 
Telecommunications, Inc. ("ART"), WinStar Communications, Inc. 
("WinStar") and BizTel, Inc. ("BizTel"). Teligent could also face 
competition in certain aspects of its existing and proposed businesses 
from competitors providing wireless services in other portions of the 
radio spectrum, such as CAI Wireless Systems Inc. a provider of 
wireless Internet access services, and CellularVision, a provider of 
wireless television services which, in the future, also may provide 
wireless Internet access and other local telecommunications services. 
In many instances, these service providers hold licenses for other 
frequencies (such as 28 GHz) that enable them to provide comparable 
telecommunications services to those of the Company in geographic 
areas that encompass or overlap the Company's market areas.  
Additionally, some of these entities include among their stockholders 
major telecommunications entities, such as Ameritech with respect to 
ART, and Teleport Communications Group, Inc. ("Teleport") with 
respect to BizTel.  Teleport has acquired BizTel and AT&T has 
announced its agreement to acquire Teleport, subject to FCC and other 
regulatory approvals. Due to the relative ease and speed of deployment 
of fixed wireless-based technologies, the Company could face intense 
price competition from these and other wireless-based service 
providers. The Company believes that additional entities having 
greater resources than the Company could acquire licenses to provide 
38 GHz, MMDS, LMDS, WCS, DEMS or other fixed wireless services.
 
       The FCC conducted auctions for 28 GHz LMDS licenses in all 
markets for the provision of high capacity, wide-area fixed wireless 
point-to-multipoint systems. In addition, the FCC has adopted rules to 
auction geographical wide area licenses for the operation of fixed 
wireless point-to-point and point-to-multipoint communications 
services in the 38 GHz band, although many 38 GHz licenses have 
already been issued nationwide. The 28 GHz LMDS auction concluded in 
March 1998 and the 38 GHz auction is expected to occur later in 1998.  
The Company initially filed an application for and participated in the 
early rounds of the LMDS auction, but withdrew from the auction 
without acquiring any licenses.  The MMDS service, also known 
as "wireless cable," also currently competes for metropolitan 
wireless broadband services. At present, wireless cable licenses are 
used primarily for the distribution of video programming and have only 
a limited capability to provide two-way communications needed for 
wireless broadband telecommunications services, but there can be no 
assurance that this will continue to be the case. The FCC has 
initiated a proceeding to determine whether to provide wireless cable 
operators with greater technical flexibility to offer two-way 
services. Cellular, PCS and other mobile service providers may also 
offer fixed services over their licensed frequencies. Finally, the FCC 
has allocated a number of spectrum blocks for use by wireless devices 
that do not require site or network licensing. A number of vendors 
have developed such devices that may provide competition to the 
Company, in particular for certain low data-rate transmission 
services. 
 
       Other Competitors.  The Company will also face both local and 
long distance competition from AT&T and other IXCs. The Company may 
face competition from electric utilities (several of whom have secured 
the necessary authorizations to provide local telephone service and 
are reportedly in various stages of perfecting and implementing their 
business plans), ILECs operating outside their current local service 
areas, other IXCs such as MCI and Sprint, and other providers. These 
entities provide transmission services using technologies that may 
enjoy a greater degree of market acceptance than the Company's 
wireless broadband technology in the provision of last mile broadband 
services. Moreover, the consolidation of telecommunications companies 
and the formation of business alliances within the telecommunications 
industry, which are expected to accelerate as a result of the passage 
of the Telecommunications Act, could give rise to significant new or 
stronger competitors to the Company.  There can be no assurance that 
the Company will be able to compete effectively in any of its markets.
 
       The Company's Internet access services also are likely to face 
significant competition from other ISPs as well as from cable 
television operators deploying cable modems, which provide high speed 
data capability over installed coaxial cable television networks and 
there can be no assurance that such competition will not be 
significant. Although cable modems currently are not widely available 
and do not provide for data transfer rates that are as rapid as those 
which can be provided by the Company's services, the Company believes 
that the cable industry may support the deployment of cable modems to 
residential cable customers through methods such as price subsidies. 
Notwithstanding the cable industry's interest in rapid deployment of 
cable modems, the Company believes that in order to provide broadband 
capacity to a significant number of business and government users, 
cable operators will be required to spend significant time and capital 
in order to upgrade their existing networks to a more advanced hybrid 
fiber coaxial network architecture. However, there can be no assurance 
that cable modems will not emerge as a source of competition to the 
Company's Internet business. Further, Internet access services based 
on existing technologies such as ISDN and, in the future, on such 
technologies as ADSL and HDSL will likely provide additional sources 
of competition to the Company's Internet access services. 
Additionally, the Company believes that many ILECs and CLECs already 
are promoting other Internet access services.

LONG DISTANCE TELECOMMUNICATIONS MARKET
 
       The long distance market has relatively insignificant barriers to 
entry, numerous entities competing for the same customers and a high 
(and increasing) average churn rate as customers frequently change 
long distance providers in response to the offering of lower rates or 
promotional incentives by competitors. The Company will compete with 
major carriers such as AT&T, MCI, Sprint and WorldCom (which has 
agreed to acquire MCI, subject to receipt of necessary government 
approvals), as well as other national and regional long distance 
carriers and resellers, many of whom own substantially all of their 
own facilities and are able to provide services at costs lower than 
the Company's expected costs since the Company will generally lease 
its access facilities. The Company believes that the RBOCs also will 
become significant competitors in the long distance telecommunications 
industry after 1998. See "Business - Government Regulation." ISPs 
also will compete in this market. The Company believes that the 
principal competitive factors affecting its market share will be 
pricing, customer service, accurate billing, clear pricing policies 
and, to a lesser extent, variety of services. The ability of the 
Company to compete effectively will depend upon its ability to 
maintain high quality, market-driven services at prices generally 
perceived to be equal to or below those charged by its competitors. To 
maintain its competitive posture, the Company believes that it must be 
in a position to reduce its prices in order to meet reductions in 
rates, if any, by others. Any such reductions could adversely affect 
the Company. In addition, ILECs have been obtaining additional pricing 
flexibility. This may enable ILECs to grant volume discounts to larger 
long distance companies, which also would put the Company's long 
distance business at a disadvantage in competing with larger 
providers.
 
VENDOR EVALUATION
 
       The Company has the ability to source key network components from 
a number of equipment vendors. The Company has initiated a process of 
evaluating competing products of several vendors. In July 1997, the 
Company issued a Request for Proposal for the Company's 24 GHz 
telecommunications network, including radio access and transmission 
equipment, switching and network management products and services. The 
Company received and has evaluated proposals from several 
telecommunication infrastructure integrators and manufacturers.  After 
this evaluation, the Company selected Northern Telecom, Inc. 
("Nortel") as its preferred vendor and systems integrator and 
entered into a Network Products Purchase Agreement with Nortel.  See 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources - Vendor 
Financing."  Additionally, in support of this effort, the Company has 
entered into agreements with manufacturers specializing in radio 
access and transmission equipment to provide technology trials of 24 GHz 
point-to-multipoint equipment. 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
       The Company uses the name "Teligent" as its primary business 
name and servicemark. It is the owner of U.S. Reg. No, 1,893,005 - 
TELIGENT, which was originally issued on May 9, 1995 to Creative 
Integrated Systems, Inc. for various items of communication equipment, 
based on use in commerce since January 6, 1994. The Company has 
licensed Creative Integrated Systems, Inc. to continue using the mark 
in connection with communications equipment. 
 
       On April 7, 1997, the Company filed applications to register its 
name and logo design in the United States Patent and Trademark Office 
for "land based and satellite communications services." First action 
on the applications is expected in 1998. The Company reasonably 
believes that the applications will mature to registration, but there 
is no assurance until the registrations actually issue. 
 
       The Company relies upon a combination of licenses, 
confidentiality agreements and other contractual covenants, to 
establish and protect its technology and other intellectual property 
rights. The Company currently has no patents or patent applications 
pending. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company 
will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of its technology or 
other intellectual property or that the Company's competitors will not 
independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent 
or superior to the Company's technology. Moreover, although the 
Company believes that its business as currently conducted does not 
infringe upon the valid proprietary rights of others, there can be no 
assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims 
against the Company or that, in the event of an unfavorable ruling on 
any such claim, a license or similar agreement to utilize technology 
relied upon by the Company in the conduct of its business will be 
available to the Company on reasonable terms.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

OVERVIEW

       The Company's fixed wireless broadband services are subject to 
regulation by federal, state and local governmental agencies. The 
Company has obtained all authorizations and approvals necessary and 
appropriate to conduct its operations as currently conducted and 
believes that it is in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations 
governing its current operations. Nevertheless, changes in existing 
laws and regulations, including those relating to the provision of 
wireless local telecommunications services via 24 GHz fixed wireless 
licenses and/or the future granting of 24 GHz fixed wireless 
authorizations, or any failure or significant delay in obtaining 
necessary future regulatory approvals, could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

       At the federal level, the FCC has jurisdiction over the use of 
the electromagnetic spectrum (i.e., wireless services) and has 
exclusive jurisdiction over all interstate telecommunications 
services, that is, those that originate in one state and terminate in 
another state. State regulatory commissions have jurisdiction over 
intrastate communications, that is, those that originate and terminate 
in the same state. Municipalities and other local jurisdictions may 
regulate limited aspects of the Company's business by, for example, 
imposing zoning and franchise requirements and requiring installation 
permits. The Company also is subject to taxation at the federal and 
state levels and may be subject to varying taxes and fees from local 
jurisdictions.

FEDERAL LEGISLATION

       The Telecommunications Act. The Telecommunications Act, enacted 
on February 8, 1996, substantially departs from prior legislation in 
the telecommunications industry by establishing local exchange 
competition as a national policy through the removal of state 
regulatory barriers to competition and the preemption of laws 
restricting competition in the local exchange market. The 
Telecommunications Act, among other things, mandates that ILECs (i) 
permit resale of their services and facilities on reasonable and 
nondiscriminatory terms and at wholesale rates, (ii) allow customers 
to retain the same telephone number ("number portability") when they 
switch local service providers, (iii) permit interconnection by 
competitors to an ILEC's network at any technically feasible point 
that is at least equal in quality to that which the local exchange 
carrier provides to itself and pursuant to reasonable and 
nondiscriminatory rates and terms, (iv) unbundle their network 
services and facilities at any technically feasible point and permit 
competitors and others to use these facilities at cost-based and 
nondiscriminatory rates and (v) ensure that an end user does not have 
to dial any more digits to reach customers of local competitors than 
to reach the ILEC's customers to the extent technically feasible 
("dialing parity"). The Telecommunications Act also allows RBOCs to 
provide in-region inter-LATA services on a state-by-state basis once 
certain market-opening requirements are implemented and entry is 
determined to be in the public interest. The provisions of the 
Telecommunications Act are designed to ensure that RBOCs take 
affirmative steps to level the playing field for their competitors so 
that others can compete effectively before the RBOC secures in-region 
long-distance entry. The FCC, in consultation with the United States 
Department of Justice and the states, is given jurisdiction to 
determine whether to approve applications for long distance entry. 
There can be no assurance, however, that the states and the FCC will 
implement the Telecommunications Act in a manner favorable to the 
Company and its customers. 

       Under the Telecommunications Act, states have begun and, in a 
number of cases, completed regulatory proceedings to determine the 
pricing of unbundled network elements and services, and the results of 
these proceedings will determine whether it is economically attractive 
to use these elements. 

       The RBOCs, but not other ILECs, have an added incentive to open 
their local exchange networks to facilities-based competition because 
Section 271 of the Telecommunications Act provides for the removal of 
the current ban on RBOC provision of in-region inter-LATA toll service 
and equipment and manufacturing only after meeting certain 
requirements. This ban will be removed only after the RBOC 
demonstrates to the FCC, which must consult with the Department of 
Justice and the relevant state commissions, that the RBOC has (i) met 
the requirements of the Telecommunications Act's 14-point competitive 
checklist and fully implemented an approved interconnection agreement 
with one or more unaffiliated, facilities-based competitors providing 
business and residential service somewhere in the state (or that by a 
date certain no such competitors have "requested" interconnection as 
defined in the Telecommunications Act and the RBOC is offering all of 
the elements in the competitive checklist); (ii) demonstrated that it 
will provide in-region inter-LATA toll services through a separate 
affiliate, which is required for three years, unless extended by the 
FCC; and (iii) demonstrated that entry is consistent with the public 
interest.

FEDERAL REGULATION

       The Telecommunications Act Regulations. The Telecommunications 
Act in some sections is self-executing, but in most cases the FCC must 
issue regulations that identify specific requirements before the 
Company and its competitors can proceed to implement the changes the 
Telecommunications Act prescribes. The Company actively monitors all 
pertinent FCC proceedings and has participated in some of these 
proceedings. The outcome of these various ongoing FCC rulemaking 
proceedings or judicial appeals of such proceedings could materially 
affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

       As required by the Telecommunications Act, the FCC adopted, in 
August 1996, new rules implementing the interconnection and resale 
provisions of the Telecommunications Act (the "Interconnection 
Order") which are intended to remove or minimize regulatory, economic 
and operational impediments to full competition for local services, 
including switched local exchange service. A number of parties filed 
an appeal against the Interconnection Order in Federal court seeking 
to vacate certain of the rules adopted therein. In a July 18, 1997 
decision, the United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit 
vacated significant portions of the Interconnection Order, including 
its provisions governing the pricing of local telecommunications 
services and unbundled network elements, its unbundling requirements 
and its "pick and choose" provision (which enabled a 
telecommunications carrier to demand any term of an ILEC's 
interconnection contract with another carrier).  The Eighth Circuit 
also issued an October 14, 1997 decision that vacated an FCC rule that 
obligated ILECs, under certain circumstances, to provide combinations 
of network elements, rather than provide them individually. This 
decision may make it more difficult or expensive for competitors to 
use combinations of ILEC elements. Because the Company does not 
anticipate widespread use of combinations of elements, the decision 
should not have a material adverse effect on its operations. Moreover, 
because the decision may increase the cost and decrease the efficiency 
of ILEC network element-based competitive approaches, the Company 
believes that the decision may comparatively advantage the Company's 
entry strategy, which does not heavily rely on the use of ILEC network 
elements. The FCC, numerous IXCs and various other parties filed 
petitions for certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court, which accepted 
the case for review on January 26, 1998. The Supreme Court is not 
expected to issue a decision before the end of 1998. Some of the same 
parties and certain other parties also have asked the FCC to 
reconsider these and other regulations implementing the 
Telecommunications Act.  Although the Company believes that the final 
outcome of the Eighth Circuit cases, including any further proceedings 
or a Supreme Court appeal, will not have a material adverse affect on its 
operations, there can be no certainty in this regard.

       On December 31, 1997, a United States District Court judge in 
Texas held unconstitutional certain sections of the Telecommunications 
Act, including Section 271, which prohibits an RBOC from providing 
long distance service that originates (or in certain cases terminates) 
in one of its in-region states until the RBOC has satisfied certain 
statutory conditions in that state and has received the approval of 
the FCC. This decision would permit the three RBOCs that are parties 
to the case immediately to begin offering widespread in-region long 
distance services. Unless overturned on appeal, this decision could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company. The District Court has 
granted the request of the FCC and certain IXCs for a stay and the FCC 
and certain IXCs have filed appeals of the decision with the United 
States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. Although there can be 
no assurance as to the outcome of this litigation, the Company 
believes that significant parts of the District Court decision may be 
reversed or vacated on appeal. To date, three RBOCs have filed a total 
of four applications with the FCC for in-region long distance 
authority, but the FCC has denied each application.  Several entities 
have sought reconsideration or appeal of these decisions.

        In July 1996, the FCC released rules to permit both 
residential and business customers to retain their telephone numbers 
when switching from one local service provider to another (known as 
"number portability"). RBOCs are required to implement number portability
in the top 100 markets by March 31, 1998 and to complete it by 
December 31, 1998.  In smaller markets, RBOCs must implement number 
portability within six months of a request commencing December 31, 1998. 
Other ILECs are required to implement number portability only in those of 
the top 100 markets where the feature is required by another ILEC.  Various 
waivers to extend the implementation date have been filed by other RBOCs, 
ILECs, and CLECs.  Non-RBOC ILECs are not required to implement number 
portability in any additional markets until December 31, 1998, and then only 
in markets where the feature is requested by another ILEC.

       In addition pursuant to the Telecommunications Act, the FCC 
issued new regulations in 1997 regarding the implementation of the 
universal service program and the assessment of access charges on 
carriers obtaining access to local exchange networks. Both the access 
charge and universal service regimes were substantially revised. As a 
result of these changes, the costs of business and multiple 
residential lines are expected to increase. Several parties have 
sought FCC reconsideration or appealed various parts of the new FCC 
rules, including the revenue basis on which universal service 
contributions are determined. The Company is unable to predict the 
final formula for universal service contribution or its own level of 
contribution.

       FCC Licensing. The Communications Act of 1934 (the 
"Communications Act") imposes certain requirements relating to 
licensing, common carrier obligations, reporting and treatment of 
competition. Under current FCC rules, the recipient of an 
authorization for fixed wireless microwave facilities, including the 
Company is required to construct facilities to place the station "in 
Operation" within 18 months of the date of grant of the 
authorization. In the event that the recipient fails to comply with 
the construction deadline, the license is terminated absent an 
extension of the deadline. Except for those facilities for which the 
18-month deadline has not passed, the Company or its predecessor-in-
license constructed facilities in each of their licensed markets to 
satisfy this construction deadline. In addition, if a station does not 
transmit operational traffic for a consecutive period of twelve months 
at any time after construction is complete, or if removal of equipment 
or facilities renders the station incapable of providing service, the 
license is subject to forfeiture, absent a waiver of the FCC's rules. 
The FCC's current policy is to align the expiration dates of all fixed 
wireless licenses of a particular service such that they mature 
concurrently and, upon expiration, to renew all such licenses for ten 
years. The initial term of most currently outstanding fixed wireless 
licenses, including the Company's licenses, expires on January 1, 
2001. While FCC custom and practice establishes a presumption in favor 
of granting the renewal of licenses to licensees, such presumption 
requires that the licensee substantially comply with its regulatory 
obligations during its license period. The FCC's failure to renew one 
or more licenses could have a material adverse effect on the Company's 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

       Under the terms of its licenses, the Company is classified as a 
common carrier, and as such is required to offer service on a non-
discriminatory basis at just and reasonable rates to anyone reasonably 
requesting such service. Although the Communications Act prohibits the 
Company from unjustly or unreasonably discriminating among its 
customers, the statute, as currently interpreted by the FCC, does 
permit the Company to reasonably classify its customers and reasonably 
differentiate among such classifications. Under the FCC's streamlined 
regulation of non-dominant interstate carriers, the Company, as a 
non-dominant carrier, is not subject to rate regulation but is required to 
maintain tariffs for its interstate common carrier service.  The FCC has 
recently issued regulations pursuant to which the Company does not need 
to file tariffs setting forth its rates, terms, and conditions of service 
for interstate exchange access service ("permissive detariffing") and is 
currently conducting a rulemaking in which it has proposed prohibiting 
tariff filing for such services ("mandatory detariffing").  The 
Company's provision of intrastate services, including local exchange 
service if the Company should offer it, is subject to regulation by 
each state in which the Company provides intrastate services. The 
Company has also obtained a "Section 214" authorization from the FCC 
authorizing it to provide international facilities-based and resale 
telecommunications services between the U.S. and virtually any other 
country.  The Company must maintain-and currently does have-tariffs 
on file with the FCC governing its provisions of interstate and 
international telecommunications services.

       Transfer of Control of Wireless Licenses.  MSI and DSC contributed 
their fixed wireless licenses to Teligent, L.L.C., the predecessor 
of the Company. In connection with the acquisition of FirstMark, the 
Company acquired additional licenses in three SMSAs. The assignment or
transfer of control of licenses issued by the FCC is subject to the 
prior consent of the FCC, which consent generally turns on a number 
of factors including the identity, background and the legal and 
financial qualifications of the assignee and the satisfaction of 
certain other regulatory requirements. The FCC granted the 
application for the transfer of control of FirstMark's fixed wireless 
licenses to Teligent, L.L.C. in July 1997. The FCC granted the applications 
to assign the MSI and DSC licenses to Teligent, L.L.C. in October 1997 
and transferred control over all such licenses to the Company in November 
1997.  There were no petitions to deny filed against the FirstMark transfer 
of control application or the MSI and DSC assignment applications and 
the FCC grant thereof has become final.

       Relocation of Licenses to 24 GHz. The FCC issued an Order (the 
"Relocation Order") on March 14, 1997 providing for the relocation 
of certain fixed wireless licensees in the 18 GHz band to a 
reallocated portion of the 24 GHz band, pursuant to a request of the 
National Telecommunications and Information Administration ("NTIA") 
acting on behalf of the Department of Defense. The Relocation Order 
provided for the relocation of these licenses from 100 MHz over 5 
channels in the 18 GHz band to 400 MHz over 5 corresponding channels 
in the 24 GHz band. On June 24, 1997, the FCC issued a subsequent 
order (the "Modification Order") that implemented the Relocation 
Order by modifying the affected 18 GHz licenses, including those held 
by the Company, to authorize operations at 24 GHz. Pursuant to the 
Relocation Order, those 18 GHz fixed wireless operators in the 
Washington, DC and Denver, CO areas (including the Company's 
Washington, DC, Baltimore, MD and Denver, CO facilities) were required 
to relocate to corresponding channels in the 24 GHz band no later than 
June 5, 1997. The 18 GHz fixed wireless licensees in all other areas 
must relocate to corresponding channels in the 24 GHz band no later 
than January 1, 2001. Although the Company is permitted to continue 
operations in the 18 GHz band outside of the Washington, DC and 
Denver, CO areas until that date, its intention generally is to 
convert all of its facilities to 24 GHz band operation as soon as 
possible.

       The FCC implemented this relocation without notice and comment 
procedures in order to give effect to NTIA's request on behalf of the 
Department of Defense to protect national security satellite 
operations from harmful interference from 18 GHz license stations. A 
number of parties have filed petitions with the FCC seeking a number 
of remedies including either partial or full reconsideration or review 
of one or both of these orders and modification or revocation of the 
Company's licenses. These parties argued, among other things, that the 
FCC decision should be reversed because the FCC's allocation of 400 
MHz of 24 GHz spectrum for licenses was unnecessary and that the FCC 
should not have so relocated the fixed wireless licensees without 
conducting prior notice and comment rulemaking proceedings. The 
Company filed timely responses with the FCC opposing the petitions and 
continues to buildout its networks as permitted under its licenses, 
the Relocation Order and the Modification Order. In addition, one of 
these parties, DirecTV, has filed a petition for rulemaking with the 
FCC requesting that the FCC grant permission for DirecTV and others to 
construct and operate broadcast satellite uplink facilities in certain 
areas on a portion of the 24 GHz band allocated and granted to the 
former 18 GHz fixed wireless licensees. The Company has filed a timely 
opposition to this rulemaking petition.

       The Company cannot determine how the FCC will resolve the 
petitions for reconsideration or review of the Relocation Order and 
the Modification Order and the DirecTV rulemaking petition. Thus, any 
construction or operation at 24 GHz prior to the final resolution of 
these petitions is at the Company's risk and expense. If the 
Relocation Order or Modification Order was subsequently modified or 
reversed, such a modification or reversal could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and 
results of operations. In particular, it cannot be determined whether, 
under a modified license relocation, the Company's equipment would be 
rendered unusable or usable only after significant expense and delay. 

       Grant of the DirecTV rulemaking petition could materially and 
adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and 
results of operations. If implemented, DirecTV's proposals could 
result in the construction and operation of satellite uplink 
facilities on 24 GHz frequencies currently allocated to fixed wireless 
services, which could interfere with the Company's operations in the 
vicinity of these satellite uplink facilities. In addition, in the 
Relocation Order the FCC announced that it will commence a rulemaking 
proceeding to address future fixed wireless licensing in the 24 GHz 
band, which may include proposals to auction available spectrum and to 
adopt service rules for 24 GHz operations. There can be no assurance 
that the Company's point-to-point and point-to-multipoint equipment as 
currently designed will comply with the service rules ultimately 
adopted by the FCC. 

       The FCC's decisions upon reconsideration will be subject to 
judicial appeal to a U.S. court of appeals. There can be no assurance 
that the FCC will be able to defend any such litigation successfully. 
The court may affirm the Relocation Order or any order made by the FCC 
upon reconsideration, vacate and remand the matter to the FCC for 
initiation of a rulemaking proceeding, or make any other ruling. If 
the matter is remanded, the FCC could decide this issue in the same 
way or it could make a different decision, which may be adverse to the 
Company. Failure by the court to affirm the terms of the Relocation 
Order or the Modification Order could have a material adverse effect 
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

       Uncertainty during an appeal period regarding the Company's 
prospects and the implications of the result of such litigation may 
disrupt the Company's relationships with actual and potential 
customers, equipment vendors, lenders or other parties, which could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial 
condition and results of operations.

       Teledesic. On September 6, 1996, Teledesic Corporation 
("Teledesic") filed a petition seeking the dismissal of then-pending 
applications for additional transmission (nodal) stations in seven 
licensed MSI fixed wireless markets, and the rescission of existing 
licenses, then held by or belonging to MSI or DSC. In its petition, 
Teledesic claimed that its then-proposed satellite system was 
incompatible with existing licensed terrestrial networks in the 18 GHz 
band, that the FCC's initial grants of the fixed wireless licenses to 
MSI and DSC was inappropriate, and that MSI and DSC had failed to 
construct and operate their licensed facilities in compliance with the 
FCC's rules. The Company, MSI and DSC opposed Teledesic's petition in 
their respective pleadings filed with the FCC. 

       In November and December 1996, the FCC inspected each of the MSI 
and DSC fixed wireless facilities and determined that the companies 
had complied with all applicable construction and operational 
requirements. In letters dated April 2, 1997, and April 8, 1997, the 
FCC notified MSI and DSC, respectively, that the FCC "concluded its 
Inquiry" and "determined not to take any further action" in 
connection with the investigation. Moreover, on February 24, 1997, the 
Company, MSI and DSC entered into an agreement pursuant to which 
Teledesic agreed to withdraw its petition and reimburse MSI, DSC and 
the Company, respectively, for some of the costs related to the 
relocation of their 18 GHz fixed wireless systems to the 24 GHz band, 
conditioned upon the FCC's relocation of 18 GHz fixed wireless 
licensees to the 24 GHz band. 

       In their petitions for reconsideration of the Relocation Order, 
a number of parties raised substantially similar arguments to those 
initially raised by Teledesic against the validity of the licenses now 
held by, and the constructed fixed wireless facilities now owned by, 
the Company. The Company, MSI and DSC have opposed those claims. 

       On March 21, 1997, Teledesic withdrew its petition against MSI's 
pending applications and MSI's and DSC's licenses.

       Alien Ownership. Under the Communications Act, the FCC may, if 
it finds the public interest will be served, refuse to grant common 
carrier licenses to (or may revoke the licenses of) an entity directly 
or indirectly controlled by non-U.S. citizens or by a corporation, the 
capital stock of which is more than 25% owned or voted by non-U.S. 
citizens or companies. The Communications Act also prohibits any 
entity, more than 20% of whose capital stock is owned or voted by non-
U.S. citizens or companies, from receiving a license for common 
carrier services. Since February 9, 1998, the FCC rules have provided 
for a rebuttable presumption that greater than 25% indirect ownership 
or control of a common carrier licensee by citizens or companies from 
a country that is a signatory to the Telecommunications Annex to the 
World Trade Organization General Agreement on Trade in Services ("WTO 
Agreement") serves the public interest. The 20% restriction on direct 
foreign ownership will still apply. The Company is not aware of alien 
ownership of its outstanding stock that would cause it to be in 
violation of the Communications Act. However, a significant amount of 
the Company's and Associated's common stock is held in nominee name 
and, accordingly, the Company is not aware of the citizenship of the 
actual beneficial owners of such shares.   With regard to investors 
from countries that are not signatories to the WTO Agreement, the FCC 
continues to apply an "effective competitive opportunities" 
("ECO") test in the exercise of its statutory discretion to permit 
indirect alien ownership of more than a 25% interest in a common 
carrier licensee. Under this ECO test, if U.S. investors are permitted 
to own an interest greater than 25% in a communications carrier 
offering similar services in the alien investor's home market and such 
market satisfies certain other open competition criteria, the FCC will 
generally permit that alien to own an equivalent interest in a U.S.-
licensed common carrier. Other factors, such as the promotion of 
competition in the U.S. market and U.S. national security concerns, 
may affect this determination.

STATE REGULATION

       Many of the Company's services will be classified as intrastate 
services subject to state regulation. All of the states where the 
Company operates, or will operate, require some degree of state 
regulatory commission approval to provide certain intrastate services. 
In most states, intrastate tariffs are also required for various 
intrastate services, although the Company is not typically subject to 
price or rate of return regulation for tariffed intrastate services.  
The Company has received state authorization to provide facilities-
based local services in California, Colorado, the District of 
Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, 
Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Nevada, New York, Ohio, 
Texas, Virginia and Wisconsin.  In summary, the Company has obtained 
state authorization in 45 markets and has applied for State 
authorization in the remaining 29 markets where it holds FCC licenses.

       The Telecommunications Act requires each state to remove 
barriers to entry and barriers to competition for ILEC competitors. 
While no assurance can be given as to how quickly and how effectively 
each state will act to implement this legislation, many state 
authorization processes are being streamlined and the authorization 
time frames shortened considerably. Not all states have a streamlined 
process and in some jurisdictions the Company may experience delays. 

       Under the Telecommunications Act, if a request is made by the 
Company, ILECs have a statutory duty to negotiate interconnection and 
access arrangements in good faith for the Company's provision of local 
service. The Company has reached comprehensive negotiated 
interconnection agreements with Ameritech (Illinois and Wisconsin), 
Bell Atlantic (D.C., Maryland and Virginia), BellSouth (Florida and 
Georgia), GTE (California, Florida, Texas and Virginia), Pacific Bell 
(California) and Southwestern Bell (Texas).  The Company is in the 
process of negotiating comprehensive interconnection agreements with 
Bell Atlantic (Delaware, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York and 
Pennsylvania), Sprint (Florida) and US West (Colorado).

       During these negotiations, the Company or the ILEC may submit 
disputes to the state regulatory commissions for mediation and, after 
the expiration of the statutory negotiation period set forth in the 
Telecommunications Act, the parties may submit outstanding disputes to 
the states for arbitration. To date the Company has not submitted any 
disputes to the states for mediation or arbitration. The Company has 
been working with state regulatory commissions, as well as the FCC and 
other governmental entities, to encourage the adoption of rules 
facilitating rooftop and building access for competitive carriers.

LOCAL REGULATION

       The Company will need to interact with local governments in a 
variety of ways. How diverse local governments will exercise 
traditional functions, including zoning, permitting and management of 
rights of ways, and address the expansion of telecommunications 
competition and varying means of entry in particular, is uncertain. 
The kinds and timing of approvals required to install antennas and 
conduct other aspects of the Company's business varies among local 
governments and may also vary with the specific technology or 
equipment configuration used by the Company. 

       While the Telecommunications Act permits local governments to 
manage rights of way, the scope of that authority, including the 
circumstances when fees can be charged and the amount of such charges, 
has already been the subject of numerous disputes between 
telecommunications carriers and such local governments. In addition, 
some local governments have been requiring substantial filings and 
review before telecommunications carriers can operate in their 
licensed areas and have also required the payment of significant 
franchise fees or taxes. Some of these disputes involving licensing of 
telecommunications carriers, antenna siting, and rights of way are in 
litigation and more administrative and court litigation is likely. The 
prohibition of entry barriers set forth in the Telecommunications Act 
and the FCC's power to preempt such barriers have been implicated in 
such litigation. On December 12, 1997, Teligent accepted under protest 
a franchise with the City of Dallas, which is similar to other Dallas 
franchises agreed to by other CLECs. On the same date, Teligent filed 
a Complaint for Declaratory Judgment against the City of Dallas in the 
United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas 
alleging that Teligent does not own, construct, install or maintain 
facilities located in public rights of way, and that the City of 
Dallas is therefore prohibited both by federal and state law from 
barring Teligent's competitive entry into the Dallas market unless 
Teligent first accepts a franchise. There can be no assurance as to 
the outcome of the litigation. The FCC has recently preempted, and 
thereby prevented enforcement of, certain state and local regulations 
that had the effect of inhibiting local competition. Any inability or 
unwillingness by the FCC to preempt additional state and local 
regulations in a timely fashion could have a material adverse impact 
on the Company. 

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS 

THE REORGANIZATION

       Immediately prior to the consummation of the Offerings, 
Teligent, L.L.C. merged with and into the Company with the Company 
surviving the merger (the "Reorganization").  The Company was 
organized in September 1997 for the purpose of succeeding to the 
business of Teligent, L.L.C. In connection with the Reorganization, 
the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws were amended in 
their entirety. As a result of the Reorganization, all of Teligent, 
L.L.C.'s member interests were converted into and became shares of 
common stock of the Company, as follows: (i) the interest of MSI was 
converted into 21,436,689 shares of Series B-1 Common Stock; (ii) the 
interest of Telcom Ventures was converted into 17,206,210 shares of 
Series B-2 Common Stock; (iii) the interest of NTTA&T was converted 
into 2,313,360 shares of Series B-3 Common Stock (further described 
below); and (iv) the interest of the former sole stockholder of 
FirstMark (the "FirstMark Sole Stockholder") was converted into 
1,831,410 shares of Class A Common Stock. In each case, the number of 
shares of common stock received by each member of Teligent, L.L.C. 
pursuant to the Reorganization was proportionate to such member's 
percentage interest in Teligent, L.L.C. immediately prior to the 
Reorganization. The Company received no additional consideration in 
connection with such conversion of member interests into shares of 
common stock pursuant to the Reorganization.

THE ADDITIONAL SPONSOR EQUITY CONTRIBUTIONS

       In connection with the Strategic Equity Investment (see "The 
Strategic Equity Investment" immediately below), the original members 
of Teligent, L.L.C. made additional cash contributions to Teligent, 
L.L.C. in the aggregate amount of $60 million (the "Additional 
Sponsor Cash Contribution"). In addition, on November 7, 1997, 
Associated agreed to contribute to Teligent, Associated Communications 
of Los Angeles ("ACLA"), a wireless competitive access provider, 
and, in consideration of such agreement, received an approximate 1% 
increase in its member interest in Teligent, L.L.C. 

THE STRATEGIC EQUITY INVESTMENT

       NTT Purchase Agreement. The Company and NTT entered into the NTT 
Purchase Agreement on September 30, 1997, providing for NTT to make 
the Strategic Equity Investment in two stages. At the First Closing, 
which occurred on November 13, 1997, NTT, through NTTA&T, purchased 
for $40 million a 5% member interest in Teligent, L.L.C. (calculated 
as of the date of the NTT Purchase Agreement after giving pro forma 
effect to the consummation of the FirstMark Acquisition and the 
Additional Sponsor Equity Contributions, but before giving effect to 
the consummation of the Equity Offering and the conversion of 
existing equity incentive awards into stock options in connection with 
the Reorganization, which as a result of the Reorganization was 
converted into 2,313,360 shares of Series B-3 Common Stock). At the 
Second Closing, which occurred on November 26, 1997, NTT, through 
NTTA&T, purchased for $60 million  3,470,040 shares of Series B-3 
Common Stock representing a 7.5% equity interest in the Company.  
After giving effect to the Equity Offering, NTT's equity interest in 
the Company became 11.0%.

       Immediately prior to the consummation of the Equity Offerings, 
the Company entered into a Stockholders Agreement with NTTA&T and the 
other stockholders of the Company (other than the FirstMark Sole 
Stockholder) as of such time, which provides for certain rights and 
obligations with respect to the ownership and governance of the 
Company.  See "Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related 
Transactions-Stockholders Agreement." The Stockholders Agreement 
also provides for certain rights and obligations of the parties 
thereto relating to the Company's compliance with the foreign 
ownership restrictions under the Communications Act of 1934 and the 
rules, regulations and decisions of the FCC.

       Registration Rights Agreement. In connection with the Strategic 
Equity Investment, Teligent and NTTA&T entered into a Registration 
Rights Agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement"). The 
Registration Rights Agreement provides that NTTA&T may demand 
registration (each, a "Demand Registration") of the shares of common 
stock received by NTTA&T pursuant to the Reorganization ("NTT 
Registrable Securities") at any time after the six month anniversary 
after the consummation of the Equity Offering (subject to a maximum 
of three Demand Registrations in total), provided such demand is (i) 
made by holders of at least 20% of the outstanding NTT Registrable 
Securities or (ii) with respect to NTT Registrable Securities the 
aggregate offering price of which, net of underwriting discounts and 
commissions, is not less than $20 million. Upon such request, the 
Company is required to use its reasonable best efforts to register 
under The Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), 
subject to certain holdback periods, NTT Registrable Securities held 
by the requesting holders and any other holders who desire to sell 
common stock pursuant to such Demand Registration. In addition, the 
Registration Rights Agreement provides that, subject to certain 
limitations, holders of NTT Registrable Securities may participate in 
any registration of common stock by the Company under the Securities 
Act (other than on Form S-4 or S-8 under the Securities Act) (each, a 
"Piggyback Registration). Holders of NTT Registrable Securities 
also have the right, subject to certain holdback periods and other 
limitations, after the six month anniversary of the consummation of 
the Equity Offering to demand that the Company effect a registration 
on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, if available, (a "Form S-3 
Registration") of all or part of their NTT Registrable Securities, so 
long as the anticipated aggregate offering price for such NTT 
Registrable Securities is in excess of $10 million.

       Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is required 
to pay all registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts 
and commissions and fees and disbursements of counsel of the selling 
stockholders) with respect to all required Demand Registrations and 
Form S-3 Registrations and up to three Piggyback Registrations. Under 
the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is required to 
indemnify the selling stockholders, and the Company may request as a 
condition to effecting any registration indemnification from the 
selling stockholders, against certain liabilities in respect of any 
registration statement covered by the agreement. NTTA&T is permitted 
under the Registration Rights Agreement to assign its rights 
thereunder to any person to which it transfers no less than 20% of the 
NTT Registrable Securities. The Registration Rights Agreement 
terminates with respect to particular NTT Registrable Securities when 
(i) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such 
securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and 
such securities have been disposed of under such registration 
statement, (ii) such securities have been transferred pursuant to Rule 
144, (iii) such securities have been otherwise transferred or disposed 
of, and new certificates therefor not bearing a legend restricting 
further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, and 
subsequent transfer or disposition of them does not require 
registration or qualification under the Securities Act or any similar 
state law then in force, or (iv) such securities have ceased to be 
outstanding.

       Technical Services Agreement. Pursuant to the NTT Purchase 
Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the First Closing, the 
Company entered into a technical services agreement (the "TSA") with 
NTT America, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of NTT ("NTT America"), 
whereby NTT America will provide certain technical services to the 
Company relating to network design and implementation. The term of the 
TSA commenced on December 1, 1997, and terminates on the fifth 
anniversary of the commencement date, unless extended or earlier 
terminated as provided therein (the "Term"). After the initial five-
year period, the Term is automatically extended for additional one-
year periods unless either party gives notice of termination within 
sixty days prior to the then applicable termination date. Under the 
TSA, during the first two years of the Term (the "Initial Phase"), 
the Company is required to pay NTT America a fee in the amount of $4 
million per year. The TSA provides that the fees payable by the 
Company to NTT America during each of the remaining three years of the 
Term shall be negotiated annually based upon the scope of technical 
services to be provided under an annual work plan (the "Work Plan") 
to be prepared by the Company and NTT America. The parties have the 
right to terminate the TSA in the event they cannot agree on any 
annual Work Plan or the fees payable therefor.

THE FIRSTMARK ACQUISITION

       In October 1997, pursuant to the Company's acquisition of 
FirstMark, the Company acquired all of the stock of FirstMark for an 
aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.5 million in cash and a 
5% member interest in Teligent, L.L.C. FirstMark held licenses for 
fixed wireless channels in the 24 GHz band (which were relocated from 
the 18 GHz band) in the Los Angeles and San Francisco, CA and New 
York, NY markets. See "Business - Government Regulation - Federal 
Regulation - Transfer of Control of Wireless Licenses."

VENDOR FINANCING

       The Company has entered into the Network Products Purchase 
Agreement with Nortel for the purchase of certain telecommunications 
system equipment, software and services to be purchased by the 
Company. The Company has also entered into the Financing Commitment 
Letter with Nortel setting forth the anticipated terms and conditions 
under which Nortel will provide the Nortel Loans which will be used to 
finance the purchase of the equipment and provide working capital. The 
Financing Commitment Letter expires May 31, 1998.  The Company is 
currently negotiating a credit facility with a consortium of banks 
under which the Company will finance all purchases made under the 
Network Products Purchase Agreement.  See "Management's Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

EMPLOYEES
 
       As of March 20, 1998, the Company had a total of 474 employees. 
   
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
       Teligent's principal executive offices are located at Vienna, 
Virginia and consist of approximately 75,000 square feet held under a 
lease, which expires on March 1, 2002.  The Company has entered into a 
lease, expiring in 2008, for a network operating center consisting of 
approximately 50,000 square feet of space located in Herndon, Virginia.
The Company will lease and has been leasing space in and around each 
of its licensed areas that is necessary to house switches, other 
equipment and personnel.  The Company believes that these facilities 
are adequate for its needs at the present time.  See Note 10 to the 
Financial Statements for additional information regarding future 
minimum lease commitments.

 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
       Other than the license and regulatory proceedings described 
under "Business - Government Regulation," the Company is not 
currently a party to any legal proceedings, which, individually or in 
the aggregate, the Company believes will have a material adverse 
effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
  
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

       During the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K, there were no matters submitted to a vote 
of security holders through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise.


PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
         MATTERS
 
       Teligent has authorized two classes of Common Stock, Class A Common 
Stock and Class B Common Stock.  The Company's Class A Common Stock was
initially offered to the public on November 21, 1997 and is listed on
The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol "TGNT."  Teligent's Class B
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class B Common Stock"), is
not traded on any exchange.  As of March 20, 1998, there were three
stockholders of record of the Class B Common Stock.  The following table
sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sales price
information of the Class A Common Stock as reported on The Nasdaq
National Market System.  Such transactions reflect inter-dealer
quotations, without retail markup, markdown or commission and may not
necessarily represent actual transactions.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      CLASS A             
                                                   COMMON STOCK
                                                   ------------
                                                   HIGH     LOW

                                                  ----      ---
<S>                                                <C>    <C>

November 21, 1997 to December 31, 1997             $27    $21 1/2

</TABLE>

       As of March 20, 1998, the last sale price of the Class A Common 
Stock as reported on The Nasdaq National Market was $33.00 per share.  
As of March 20, 1998 there were 111 record holders of Teligent's Class 
A Common Stock, which number does not include stockholders who 
beneficially own shares held in street name by brokers.
 
        Teligent has not paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock in 
the past and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its Common 
Stock in the foreseeable future.  The terms of the indentures relating 
to the Company's 11 1/2% Senior Notes due 2007 and the Company's 11 1/2% 
Discount Notes due 2008 restrict the ability of the Company to pay 
dividends on Common Stock, as further described in Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations, as well as in Note 13 to the Company's Financial Statements 
included in Item 14 elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

        On November 21, 1997, the Commission declared effective the 
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-37381) 
relating to the Equity Offering, pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement 
dated November 20, 1997 (the "Underwriting Agreement") between Teligent 
and Merrill Lynch & Co., Salomon Brothers Inc., Bear Stearns & Co. Inc. 
and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as representatives of the Underwriters named 
therein (the "Underwriters").  The Equity Offering was consummated on 
November 26, 1997.  The shares of Class A Common Stock were offered to 
the public at $21.50 per share or an aggregate offering price of $136.0 
million.  Proceeds to the Company, after deducting underwriting discounts 
and commissions but before deducting expenses estimated at $1.5 million, 
was $125.7 million.  The expenses incurred in connection with the 
offering were attributable to legal and accounting fees, printing costs 
and other filing and offering costs.  The Company has used the proceeds 
of the Equity Offering, together with proceeds from the Senior Notes 
Offering, to fund capital expenditures and general working capital 
requirements.

        On February 20, 1998, the Company completed an offering (the 
"Discounted Notes Offering") pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities 
Act, of $440 million 11 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2008 (the "Discount 
Notes").  The Discount Notes carry zero-coupon interest until March 1, 
2003, after which the Discount Notes pay interest at 11 1/2% payable March 
1 and September 1 through March 1, 2008.  The Discount Notes were sold at 
an aggregate price of $250.7 million, and the Company received 
approximately $243.1 million net proceeds, after deductions for offering 
expenses.  The Discount Notes were purchased by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, 
Fenner & Smith Incorporated; Goldman, Sachs & Co.; Salomon Brothers Inc.; 
and TD Securities USA Inc.


ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
       The selected financial data presented below as of December 31, 
1997 and 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the periods 
from March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to December 31, 1997 and 1996 
were derived from the Company's audited financial statements and should 
be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Company's audited 
financial statements and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       March 5, 1996 
                                  Year Ended      (date of inception) to
                                  December 31,          December 31,
                                  ------------          ------------
                                     1997           1997          1996
                                     ----           ----          ----
<S>                               <C>            <C>           <C>
                            (in thousands, except share and per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
 Revenues                        $    3,311     $    4,697     $   1,386
 Cost and expenses:
  Cost of services                    4,785          6,410         1,625
  Sales, general and administrative  43,466         53,048         9,583
  Stock-based compensation           84,043         86,821         2,778
  Depreciation and amortization       6,454          6,618           164
                                    -------        -------        ------
 Total costs and expenses           138,748        152,897        14,150
                                    -------        -------        ------
 Operating loss                    (135,437)      (148,200)      (12,764)
 Interest and other income            3,242          3,252            10
 Interest expense                    (5,859)        (6,739)         (879)
                                    -------        -------        ------
  Net loss                       $ (138,054)    $ (151,687)    $ (13,633)
                                    =======        =======        ======
 
Other Data:
 Net loss per share outstanding  $    (2.94)    $    (3.25)    $   (0.29)
 Weighted average common 
  shares outstanding             46,950,860     46,638,160    46,257,709
 Modified EBITDA (1)             $  (41,940)    $  (50,762)    $  (8,822)
 Cash used in operating 
  activities                        (34,428)       (40,474)       (6,047)
 Cash used in investing 
  activities                       (114,587)      (118,296)       (3,709)
Cash provided by financing 
  activities                        572,613        583,671        11,058

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31,
                                                      ------------
                                                    1997       1996
                                                    ----       ----
 <S>                                          <C>          <C>
                                                    (in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:
 Cash and cash equivalents                     $  424,901    $ 1,303
 Working capital (deficit)                        441,316     (6,978)
 Property and equipment, net                        8,186      3,545
 Total assets                                     596,380      5,145
 Long-term debt, less current portion             300,000         --
 Stockholders' equity (deficit)                   274,146     (3,575)

</TABLE>

(1)   Modified EBITDA consists of earnings before interest, taxes, 
      depreciation, amortization, non-cash charges for stock-based 
      compensation and for the amortization of notes receivable from 
      Executive.  While not a measure under generally accepted accounting 
      principles ("GAAP"), EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, 
      depreciation and amortization) is a measure commonly used in the 
      telecommunications industry and is presented to assist in understanding 
      the Company's operating results. Although EBITDA should not be construed 
      as a substitute for operating income determined in accordance with GAAP, 
      it is included herein to provide additional information with respect to 
      the ability of the Company to meet future debt service, capital 
      expenditures and working capital requirements.  See the Financial 
      Statements and the notes thereto.  As all companies and analysts do not 
      calculate these non-GAAP measurements in the same manner, the amount may 
      not be comparable to other calculations.


ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL    
         CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        Except for any historical information contained herein, the
 matters discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain certain
 "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 21E of the
 Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Such forward-looking
 statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other
 factors including, but not limited to, economic, key employee,
 competitive, governmental and technological factors affecting the
 Company's growth, operations, markets, products, services, licenses and
 other factors discussed in the Company's other filings with the
 Securities and Exchange Commission.  These factors may cause the actual
 results, performance or achievements of the Company, or industry
 results, to be materially different from any future results,
 performance or achievements expressed or implied by such 
 forward-looking statements. Given these uncertainties, prospective  
 investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-
 looking statements. 

GENERAL

       The following discussion and analysis is based upon the financial 
statements of the Company from its inception on March 5, 1996 to 
December 31, 1997 and should be read in conjunction with the Financial 
Statements and notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K.

OVERVIEW
 
       Teligent intends to capitalize on a convergence of technological, 
regulatory and market developments to capture revenues in the estimated 
$110 billion business telecommunications market. Teligent's goal is to 
be a premier facilities-based provider of telecommunications solutions 
to small and medium-sized businesses. The Company intends to provide
cost-effective, high bandwidth connectivity in order to offer an integrated
package of local and long distance telephone service, high-speed data
connectivity, Internet access and videoconferencing.
 
       The Company's business commenced on March 5, 1996, and the 
Company has generated only nominal revenues from operations to date. 
Prior to the transfer by MSI and DSC of their fixed wireless licenses 
to the Company in October 1997, revenues and cash flows associated 
with customers using the fixed wireless licenses were accounted for by 
MSI and DSC. Accordingly, Teligent's historic revenues principally 
reflect certain management and administration services to MSI and DSC 
in connection with the development, construction and operation of 
their 18 GHz and subsequently 24 GHz fixed wireless networks. The 
Company's primary activities have focused on the acquisition of 
licenses and authorizations, the acquisition of building access 
rights, the hiring of management and other key personnel, the raising 
of capital, the acquisition of equipment, the development of operating 
systems and the negotiation of interconnection agreements.

       The Company has experienced significant operating and net 
losses and negative operating cash flow to date and expects to 
continue to experience operating and net losses and negative operating 
cash flow until such time as it develops a revenue-generating customer 
base sufficient to fund operating expenses.  After the Company 
initiates service in a significant number of markets, the Company 
expects to achieve positive operating margins over time by increasing 
the number of revenue-generating customers and providing additional 
capacity for its customers without significantly increasing related 
capital expenditures, costs of building access rights and other 
operating costs. Over time, the Company believes that its cost 
structure will be further enhanced as the majority of its network 
deployment costs will consist of electronics, which tend to decline in 
price through time as economies of scale are achieved. The Company 
expects that operating and net losses and negative operating cash flow 
will increase significantly as the Company implements its growth 
strategy. See "--Liquidity and Capital Resources."

FACTORS AFFECTING FUTURE OPERATIONS

        The Company's primary activities to date have focused on the 
Acquisition of licenses and authorizations, the acquisition of building 
access rights, the hiring of management and other key personnel, the 
raising of capital, the acquisition of equipment, the development of 
operating systems and the negotiating of interconnection agreements.  
The Company's ability to provide commercial service on a widespread basis 
and to generate revenues and positive operating cash flow will depend 
on its ability to, among other things, (i) develop its operational and 
support systems, (ii) acquire appropriate building access for its
operations, (iii) obtain state authorizations to operate as a CLEC and 
an IXC in its market areas and any other required local authorizations, 
(iv) commercialize its 24 GHz point-to-multipoint technology on a market-
by-market basis, (v) attract and retain an adequate customer base, 
(vi) raise additional capital, (vii) attract personnel and (viii) enter 
into an implement interconnection agreements with ILECs.  Given the 
Company's limited operating history, there can be no assurance that it 
will be able to achieve these goals, generate sufficient revenues to make 
principal and interest payments on its indebtedness, or compete successfully
in the telecommunications industry.

        Although fixed wireless point-to-point technology has been in use 
for a significant period of time, two-way point-to-multipoint technology 
has only been deployed on a limited basis, and not at the 24 GHz frequency
(other than in connection with the Company's trial locations).  The Company
has selected point-to-multipoint technology because the Company believes it 
will offer several advantages over other technologies.  However, the 
Company's point-to-multipoint technology has not been tested on a commercial
basis and may not perform as expected or provide the advantages expected by
the Company.

REVENUES
 
       Target Market and Penetration.  Teligent's wireless licenses 
cover approximately 3.7 million U.S. businesses and 26.7 million 
business lines in 74 of the most populous U.S. metropolitan market 
areas. The Company intends to focus its marketing efforts on small and 
medium-sized businesses with 5 to 350 telephone lines. Teligent's 
market research indicates that a significant portion of its target 
customer base is currently dissatisfied with its ILEC service. To 
address this market opportunity, Teligent plans to initially focus its 
sales efforts on business customers whose needs are not well served by 
fiber-based services and whose bandwidth needs are not adequately met 
by copper-based services.
 
       The Company has compiled geographic databases of commercial 
buildings, business establishments and multi-tenant units. These 
databases will be used to optimize network deployment as well as 
target sales and marketing efforts in order to maximize capital 
efficiency. In addition, by using this data, the Company plans to 
measure its performance by market segment as it grows and then use 
this analysis to optimize deployment of its network in the future.
 
       Service Offering.  Teligent initially intends to derive the 
majority of its revenues from local switched voice and data 
communications services directly provided to end user customers. 
Teligent also intends to offer an integrated package of local and long 
distance telephone services, value-added services, high speed data 
connectivity, Internet access and videoconferencing. As a result of 
regulatory constraints, local and long distance services have 
historically been purchased separately. Due to changes in the 
regulatory environment, the Company believes business customers will 
increasingly seek to purchase local and long distance service from the 
same provider. Where economically attractive, the Company may also 
enter into arrangements through which other carriers could resell 
Teligent's services to their own customers.
 
       Pricing.  Teligent's pricing structures will vary according to 
service. Switched voice service revenues will typically consist of two 
types of charges: a fixed charge for access to the network and 
additional charges based on actual usage. Data service revenues will 
more commonly consist solely of fixed charges as the result of the 
current industry practice of providing service on a dedicated basis. 
In the future, the Company believes that its wireless local networks 
will be able to offer advanced functions, which would enable data 
services to be provided on an as-needed basis instead of on a 
dedicated basis. As a result, Teligent expects to be able to price its 
data services on a usage basis, which may prove more economical and 
attractive to potential customers than dedicated pricing, enabling 
Teligent to differentiate itself in the marketplace.
 
       As a new market entrant, Teligent's strategy will be to price its 
services competitively to gain market share early. For switched voice 
services and other services already provided by the ILEC, the Company 
expects to price at a discount. For certain data and bandwidth-
intensive services that may not be provided by competitors or for 
which there may exist an underserved market demand, the Company may be 
able to price its services at a premium. The Company anticipates that 
some ILECs may reduce their prices as increased competition begins to 
erode their market share. The Company believes that it will be able to 
remain competitive if market prices decline because of its lower 
expected network cost. The Company also expects to price its bundled 
long distance service at a discount to market prices as a further 
incentive to attract potential customers and to broaden its revenue 
base. 
 
       Churn.  Similar to other telecommunications providers, the 
Company expects to encounter customer churn as its customer base 
grows. The Company believes that it will be able to mitigate churn 
through its competitive pricing, ability to provide last mile local 
loop service through its own networks, which will enhance its ability 
to ensure high quality service by minimizing its reliance on the ILEC 
for maintenance or equipment upgrades, and its bundled service 
offering. In the event of customer churn, the Company's customer 
premise equipment will be able to be redeployed at other customer 
premises thereby reducing the risk of stranded assets.

NETWORK RELATED COSTS
 
       In addition to the capital expenditures described below, 
additional costs are required to operate and maintain the networks, 
including: real estate leases for switching centers, base station 
sites and customer sites; preparation, installation, operation and 
maintenance of switching centers, base station sites and individual 
customer radio links, as well as customer premise equipment; leasing 
of backhaul facilities between base station sites and switching 
centers; network operation center facility expense; the cost to 
interconnect and terminate traffic with other network providers; 
software licensing fees; and network design and base station 
configuration planning.
 
       Site Leases.  Site lease costs, particularly customer rooftop 
lease costs, may represent a substantial ongoing operating expense. 
Teligent has developed a detailed strategy to minimize these costs. 
First, as part of its sales strategy, the Company will focus its 
marketing efforts in targeted buildings where site leases are being or 
have already been acquired. Multiple customers located in the same 
building can therefore share a single rooftop antenna, as opposed to 
having individual customers dispersed across multiple buildings, each 
of which would require an individual antenna and a rooftop lease. 
Second, Teligent is exploring alternative approaches to building 
access.
 
       Base Station Sites.  Base station sites will primarily be 
located on rooftops of existing buildings. The Company anticipates 
that it will be able to utilize existing structures more frequently 
than PCS and cellular providers, which cover areas that Teligent does 
not intend to prioritize, such as highways and residential streets, 
where there may be a lack of suitable existing structures. Rather, the 
Company expects that most of its target customers will be located in 
business districts which contain existing commercial buildings 
suitable for base station sites, thereby minimizing site construction 
costs.
 
       Installation and Maintenance.  The Company will require a 
significant number of network installation and maintenance personnel 
for each market. As the Company's customer base grows, so will its 
utilization of switching centers, the base station to switch transport 
network and base station sites, all of which require regular 
maintenance. While certain customer premise maintenance will be simple 
enough for customers to perform themselves, Company technicians will 
still be required to perform customer site maintenance and service 
changes.
 
       Base Station to Switch Transport.  Traffic between base station 
sites and the Company's switching centers will be carried over a 
combination of Company-owned wireless microwave links as well as 
hybrid fiber optic transmission facilities, where appropriate. 
Additionally, as customers are added and the base station to switch 
transport capacity requirements increase, some of the wireless links 
initially deployed may be replaced with additional fiber-based 
facilities. In such cases, the wireless equipment may be redeployed 
elsewhere in the network, in order to reduce stranded assets.
 
       Interconnection Costs.  Because the vast majority of local 
telecommunications users are currently served by ILECs, local calls 
originating on Teligent's network will most likely be to other parties 
served by an ILEC. In such cases, Teligent will be required to pay 
interconnection fees to connect calls to subscribers on the ILEC's 
network. Additionally, the Company expects to lease capacity from 
other network providers to carry much of its long distance and 
Internet traffic. As a facilities-based local access provider, 
Teligent will earn access charges for long distance services it 
provides to local customers on its network, thereby significantly 
enhancing its operating margins. The Company believes that this will 
become an added competitive advantage as it expands its revenue base 
by providing an increasing portion of long distance services.

COST OF OPERATIONS
 
       Teligent will incur operating costs common to all 
telecommunications providers including customer service and technical 
support, information systems, billing and collections, general 
management and overhead expense, office leases, bad debt expense and 
administrative functions. Those functional areas driven by headcount, 
such as customer service, will increase gradually as required by 
customer demand. Other areas, particularly information and billing 
systems, may require significant upfront capital expenditures and 
operating costs to the extent that the Company purchases or creates 
its own infrastructure.  Because Teligent lacks any legacy systems, 
the Company believes that it has the opportunity to develop systems 
that provide greater functionality and flexibility than many existing 
operators.
 
       The Company's experienced management team has demonstrated past 
success in building and managing each of these functional areas. 
Company management is currently designing, developing and hiring the 
necessary staff for all of its operational departments. Management 
anticipates that centralized staff and operations will decrease as a 
portion of the Company's operating expenses over time. As the Company 
commercializes more markets and the customer base grows, the number of 
market-specific workers is expected to grow to represent the majority 
of the Company's employees. However, certain functions such as 
customer service call centers, network operations monitoring and 
billing and site planning are likely to remain centralized in order to 
achieve economies of scale.

        The success of the Company depends, in large part, upon the 
continuing contributions of its key technical, marketing, sales and 
management personnel.  The Company's future success is also dependent 
upon its continuing ability to attract and retain other highly 
qualified personnel.  Competition for such personnel is intense, 
and the Company's inability to attract and retain additional key 
employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.  There can be no assurance
that such key personnel will continue to be employed by the Company or 
that the Company will be able to attract and retain qualified personnel 
in the future.

       Sales and Marketing Costs.  Teligent intends to employ a 
significant direct sales force to focus on the end user. The 
salespeople will have performance incentives through a structure that 
will link a significant portion of each person's compensation to the 
actual revenue produced by that individual.  Particularly in the first 
few years, the sales force will target the specific geographic areas 
covered by newly constructed base station sites. As the network's 
geographic coverage expands, Teligent expects it will broaden its 
marketing and advertising activities. In addition, to enhance 
profitability and maximize benefits of network architecture, 
salespeople will be encouraged to maximize penetration in "on net" 
buildings that already have installed CPE. The Company also intends to 
use alternate or indirect channels of distribution, including a sales 
agent program.
 
       Software and Development Costs.  The Company expects to incur 
significant costs for rights to the software used within the wireless 
local loop, switching and network management portions of its network. 
The Company will incur significant software-related costs as it builds 
and maintains its advanced information systems to support functions 
such as billing and customer care.
   
       Stock-based Compensation.  The Company granted Company 
Appreciation Rights ("CARs") to Alex Mandl and Appreciation Units to 
employees and directors (collectively "Equity Awards").  See note 4 
to the financial statements, "Stock-based Compensation."  These 
Equity Awards were considered to be variable awards due to certain 
provisions thereof, and therefore gave rise to compensation expense.  
In connection with the Offerings, the Equity Awards were converted, 
effective as of the consummation of the Offerings, into stock options 
of Teligent, Inc. having the same vesting schedule, vesting rights and 
term as the applicable Equity Award converted.  This conversion 
created a measurement date whereby the variable Equity Awards were 
converted to nonvariable stock options.  The intrinsic value of the 
Equity Awards upon conversion to stock options resulted in non-cash
compensation expense of $186.3 million, of which $84.0 million and 
$2.8 million were recorded in 1997 and 1996, respectively, and 
additional non-cash expense of up to $99.5 million will be expensed 
over the remaining vesting period of the options as follows: $25.2 million 
per year through 2000, $21.4 million in 2001, and $2.5 million in 2002.


DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
       The Company depreciates and amortizes its property and equipment 
using the straight line method over the estimated useful life of the 
assets ranging from five to ten years for equipment and the lesser of 
the life of the asset or the lease term for leasehold improvements.  
FCC licenses are amortized over fifteen years.

       The Company uses certain property and equipment to provide 
service to customers on an 18 GHz frequency.  However, the Company's 
future business plans are to deploy a 24 GHz frequency network in its 
capacity as a telecommunications provider.  As such, the Company has 
recorded, as a component of depreciation expense in 1997, an 
impairment loss of $5.0 million, which represents the difference 
between the net book value of the assets prior to the impairment loss 
and the estimated future cash flows to be derived by the assets.


CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
 
       The Company's principal capital expenditure requirements involve 
the purchase and installation of CPE, base stations, network switches 
and switch electronics and network operations center expenditures.
 
       Customer Premise Equipment.  The purchase and installation of CPE 
is the largest single capital expense component in Teligent's business 
plan, and represents a success-based capital expenditure. Success-
based capital expenditures afford Teligent greater flexibility in its 
business plan and reduce the risk of deploying equipment and capital  
which are not associated with customers and revenues. While a certain 
amount of equipment must initially be installed at each base station, 
the majority of the equipment (and cost) will depend upon the number 
of customers acquired. As more customers are loaded onto a given base 
station area, the initial base station equipment will be augmented 
with additional sectors, radios, antennas and modems to meet customer 
demand.
 
       The Company's CPE costs include an integrated radio/antenna unit, 
modem(s), power supply, multiplexer and router equipment, line 
interface cards, and cables and installation materials. Portions of 
the CPE costs can also be shared among multiple customers in the same 
building, thereby reducing the capital expenditures required per 
customer. In addition, in the event of customer churn, the Company's 
CPE can be redeployed at other customer premises thereby reducing 
stranded assets.
 
       Base Station Site.  A base station will be able to serve 
customers within a 360-degree coverage area, subject to lines of 
sight. Teligent expects its average coverage radius will be 
approximately three miles (five kilometers), depending on local 
conditions. A base station will typically comprise four to eight 
sectors, each of which cover a radial section of the service area 
depending on coverage and capacity requirements. Each sector requires 
one or more radio/antenna units and  modems, depending on the system 
deployed.  Construction costs per base station are typically higher 
than are construction costs per customer site. The Company expects 
that its sites will typically be built on top of buildings as opposed 
to towers constructed by the Company.
 
       Base Station to Switch Transport.  Teligent will transport 
traffic between its base stations and switching sites. To the extent 
the Company uses wireless transport rather than leased fiber, it will 
incur capital expenditures as opposed to operating costs.
 
       Switching.  Switching costs include traditional circuit-based 
switches, line cards for interfacing with the backhaul networks and 
with the networks of other carriers, packet- and cell-based switching 
systems, such as ATM and Frame Relay switches, power systems, and 
environmental maintenance equipment. The Company expects to eventually 
deploy a switch in each of its markets and thereafter will be able to 
add increased switching capacity by adding more ports to each existing 
switch. Accordingly, the cost structure for switches is expected to 
have both a fixed and variable cost component.


BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT, CAPITAL EXPENDITURES AND ACQUISITIONS 

       From inception through December 31, 1997, expenditures for 
property and equipment total $13.7 million. In addition, the Company 
has incurred significant other costs and expenses in the development 
of its business and has recorded cumulative losses from inception 
through December 31, 1997 of approximately $151.7 million. This amount 
includes $86.8 million of non-cash compensation, consisting of 
expenses associated with the Equity Awards. In October 1997, the 
Company consummated its acquisition of FirstMark, whereby it acquired 
all of the capital stock of FirstMark, which holds additional FCC 
authorizations and licenses, for an aggregate purchase price (before 
related expenses) of approximately $42 million which consisted of 
$10.5 million in cash and a 5% member interest in the predecessor to 
the Company, Teligent, L.L.C (which such member interest was 
subsequently converted to 1,831,410 shares of Class A Common Stock in 
the Company as a result of the Merger.)  The Company may, when and if 
the opportunity arises, acquire other spectrum rights or related 
businesses, incur expenses in the development of new technologies and 
expand its fixed wireless broadband services into new market areas.


YEAR 2000

        While the Year 2000 considerations are not expected to materially 
impact the Company's internal operations, they may have an effect on some 
of the Company's customers and suppliers, and thus indirectly affect 
the Company.  It is not possible to quantify the aggregate cost to the 
Company with respect to customers and suppliers with Year 2000 problems,
although the Company does not anticipate it will have a material adverse 
impact on its business.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 
  
       Prior to the transfer by MSI and DSC of their fixed wireless 
licenses to the Company, revenues and cash flows associated with 
customers using the fixed wireless licenses were accounted for by MSI 
and DSC.  Accordingly, the Company's historic revenues principally 
reflect certain management and administration services to MSI and DSC 
in connection with the development, construction and operation of 
their 18 GHz and subsequently 24 GHz fixed wireless networks. 
Additionally, Teligent has been or will be reimbursed by MSI and DSC 
for the cost of certain services provided by Teligent prior to the 
transfer by MSI and DSC of their fixed wireless licenses to Teligent, 
in connection with the construction and operation of the fixed 
wireless links related to the 18 GHz and 24 GHz licenses.  During the 
fourth quarter, the fixed wireless licenses previously owned by MSI
and DSC were contributed to the Company, and the management service
arrangements related to these licenses ended.

 
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO THE PERIOD MARCH 5, 1996
(INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 1996

       For the twelve months ended December 31, 1997, the Company 
generated revenues of approximately $3.3 million principally from 
services provided to MSI and DSC, including $2.7 million of management
and other services primarily provided to MSI and DSC, and $0.6 million 
from equipment leases.
 
       For the period March 5, 1996 (inception) to December 31, 1996, 
the Company generated revenues of $1.4 million principally from 
services provided to MSI and DSC, including $1.2 million of management
and other services primarily provided to MSI and DSC, and $0.2 million 
from equipment leases.
 
       For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company incurred 
operating expenses (other than interest expense) of approximately 
$138.7 million, including $4.8 million relating to the cost of 
services, $43.5 million of sales, general and administrative expenses, 
primarily due to payroll and consulting costs relating to the , 
commencement of operations of the Company, and $84.0 million of non-
cash expense associated with the Equity Awards.  Interest expense for 1997 
was $5.9 million, due to borrowings under a Revolving Credit Agreement 
(terminated in November 1997) and a $300 million public debt offering 
which occurred in November 1997.  Interest and other income for 1997 
was $3.2 million, primarily as a result of interest earned on cash and 
investments.  Depreciation and amortization for 1997 was $6.5 million 
due to higher capital expenditures, an impairment loss included in 
depreciation of $5.0 million and amortization of intangibles acquired 
in the year.

       For the period March 5, 1996 (inception) to December 31, 1996, 
the Company incurred operating expenses (other than interest expense) 
of approximately $14.1 million, including $1.6 million relating to the 
cost of  services and $9.6 million of sales, general and 
administrative expenses, primarily due to payroll and consulting costs 
relating to the commencement of operations of the Company, and 
$2.8 million of non-cash expense associated with the Equity Awards. 
Interest expense for the period ending December 31, 1996 was 
$0.9 million, primarily due to the loan structuring fee for a certain 
Revolving Credit Agreement, which such Revolving Credit Agreement was 
subsequently terminated by the Company in November 1997. The 
Company expects to generate significant operating and net losses for 
the next several years. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
       Unlike other new wireless entrants that have expended 
considerable capital to acquire licenses, the majority of Teligent's 
licensed spectrum was contributed by MSI and DSC, and Teligent has no 
outstanding liabilities for license purchases. The development of the 
Company's business and deployment of its services and systems will 
require significant capital to fund capital expenditures, working 
capital, debt service and operating losses. The Company's principal 
capital expenditure requirements involve the purchase and installation 
of CPE, base stations, network switches and switch electronics and 
network operations center expenditures and information systems, 
platforms and interface. The Company intends to offer its integrated 
package of services in at least 10 market areas by the end of 1998 and 
30 by the end of 1999, and subsequently in all of its 74 currently 
licensed market areas.  Based on the Company's current business plan, 
the Company anticipates its existing cash balances, together with the 
Vendor Financing and proceeds from its Discount Notes Offering, each 
as defined below, will be sufficient to fund the Company's capital 
requirements through December 2000.  Actual capital requirements may 
vary based upon the timing and success of the Company's roll-out. If 
demand for the Company's services is lower than expected, the Company 
expects to be able to reduce demand-driven capital expenditures such 
as CPE and switch electronics.  If the Company accelerates 
implementation of its network roll-out, the Company may be required to 
obtain additional financing earlier than anticipated.

       The Company expects that its capital requirements after December 
2000 will require it to obtain additional financing, which may include 
commercial bank borrowings, additional vendor financing or the sale or 
issuance of equity and debt securities either through one or more 
offerings or to one or more strategic investors. There can be no 
assurance that the Company will be successful in raising sufficient 
additional capital at all or on terms acceptable to the Company. 

       Because the Company's cost of rolling-out its networks and 
operating its business, as well as the Company's revenues, will depend 
on a variety of factors (including the ability of the Company to meet 
its roll-out schedules, the ability of the Company to negotiate 
favorable prices for purchases of network equipment, the number of 
customers and the services for which they subscribe, the nature and 
penetration of new services that may be offered by the Company, 
regulatory changes and changes in technology), actual costs and 
revenues will vary from expected amounts, possibly to a material 
degree, and such variations are likely to affect the Company's future 
capital requirements. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the 
Company's actual capital requirements will not exceed the anticipated 
amounts described above.  Further, the exact amount of the Company's 
future capital requirements will depend upon many factors, including 
the cost of the development of its networks in each of its markets, 
the extent of competition and pricing of telecommunications services 
in its markets, the acceptance of the Company's services and the 
development of new products.

INITIAL PUBLIC COMMON STOCK OFFERING 

       In November 1997, the Company completed an initial public 
offering of 6,325,000 shares of Common Stock at $21.50 per share, 
raising approximately $125.7 million of net proceeds, after deducting
approximately $10.3 million of offering expenses.

PUBLIC DEBT OFFERING 

       In November 1997, the Company issued $300 million of 11 1/2% 
Senior Notes due 2007 (the "Senior Notes".) The Company used 
approximately $93.9 million of the net proceeds of this offering to 
purchase a portfolio of U.S. Treasury securities which are classified 
as restricted cash and investments on the balance sheet, and have been 
pledged as collateral for the payment of interest on the Senior Notes 
through December 1, 2000.  Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at a 
rate of 11 1/2% per annum and is payable semi-annually on June 1 and 
December 1, commencing June 1, 1998.

DISCOUNT NOTES OFFERING 

       On February 20, 1998, the Company completed an offering (the 
"Discount Notes Offering") of $440 million 11 1/2% Senior Discount 
Notes due 2008 (the "Discount Notes").  The Discount Notes carry 
zero-coupon interest until March 1, 2003, after which the Discount 
Notes pay interest at 11 1/2% per annum payable March 1 and September 1, 
through March 1, 2008.  The Company received approximately 
$243.1 million net proceeds from the Discount Notes Offering, after 
deductions for offering expenses of approximately $7.6 million.

VENDOR FINANCING 
 
       Teligent has the ability to source key network components from a 
number of equipment vendors. Unlike many cellular and PCS networks, 
fixed wireless networks can be constructed using equipment from 
different manufacturers because customers do not roam between base 
stations. Teligent believes that the flexibility provided by vendor 
diversity will assist in ensuring an adequate and prompt supply of 
equipment at attractive prices.
 
       The Company has entered into the Network Products Purchase 
Agreement with Nortel for the purchase of certain telecommunications 
system equipment, software and services (collectively, the 
"Deliverables"). The Company has also entered into a commitment 
letter with Nortel setting forth the anticipated terms and conditions 
under which Nortel will provide loans in an aggregate amount of up to 
$780 million (the "Nortel Loans") which will be used to finance the 
purchase of the Deliverables and provide working capital (the 
"Financing Commitment Letter").  The Financing Commitment Letter 
expires May 31, 1998 and the Company is currently negotiating a new 
credit facility with a consortium of banks under which the Company 
will finance all purchases made under the Network Products Purchase 
Agreement.  The purchase and sale of certain Deliverables from Nortel 
has commenced in advance of the signing of this agreement.  

 HISTORICAL CASH FLOWS 

       To develop its networks, the Company has relied upon several 
sources for its cash flow. The Company received cumulative cash 
contributions of approximately $70.4 million from MSI and DSC. MSI and 
DSC also lent $15.0 million to Alex J. Mandl in connection with his 
employment by the Company for the Company's benefit. The Company used 
$42.5 million of the Additional Sponsor Cash Contributions to repay 
the outstanding balance of the Revolving Credit Agreement.  In 
November 1997, the Company received net proceeds of cash contributions 
totaling $99.0 million (net of transaction expenses) from NTT pursuant 
to a Securities Purchase Agreement, and the Company received an 
additional $414.3 million of net proceeds from its public debt and 
equity offerings.  The Company used $93.9 million of the net proceeds 
from the debt offering to purchase a portfolio of U.S. Treasury 
Securities, pledged as collateral for the payment of interest on the 
Senior Notes through December 1, 2000. 

       From inception through December 31, 1997, the Company used $40.5 
million of cash in its operating activities and $118.3 million of cash 
in its investing activities. At December 31, 1997, the Company had 
working capital of $441.3 million and cash (including cash 
equivalents) of $424.9 million, as compared to a working capital 
deficit of $7.0 million and cash of $1.3 million at December 31, 1996. 
The increase in working capital from December 31, 1996 to December 31, 
1997 is primarily a result of the sponsor cash contributions and the 
Offerings.  The buildout of the Company's networks and the marketing 
of its services will require significant capital and operating 
expenditures.
 
       The Company's total assets increased from $5.1 million as of 
December 31, 1996 to $596.4 million at December 31, 1997, due 
primarily to cash from the Additional Sponsor Cash Contributions and 
the Offerings. Property and equipment, net of accumulated 
depreciation, comprised $3.5 million of total assets at December 31, 
1996, and $8.2 million at December 31, 1997.

       The Company used cash in operations of $6.0 million for the 
period March 5, 1996 (date of inception) through December 31, 1996, 
primarily due to the loss from operations for the period offset by the 
current  liabilities at December 31, 1996. For the year ended December 
31, 1997 the Company used cash in operations of $34.4 million, due 
primarily to the operating loss for the period offset by non-cash 
stock-based compensation and current liabilities at December 31, 1997

       The Company used cash in investing activities of $3.7 million for 
the period March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to December 31, 1996 
relating to the purchase of property and equipment. For the year ended 
December 31, 1997, the Company used $114.6 million in investing 
activities, consisting primarily of $10.0 million relating to the 
purchase of property and equipment, $10.5 million of payments relating 
to the acquisition of FirstMark and $93.9 million related to the 
purchase of U.S. Treasury securities which are pledged as collateral 
for the payment of interest on the Senior Notes through December 1, 
2000.

       The Company's cash flows provided by financing activities for the 
period March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to December 31, 1996 were 
$11.1 million, consisting of cash capital contributions from MSI and 
DSC of $9.1 million, and borrowings under the Revolving Credit 
Agreement of $2.0 million. Cash flows provided by financing activities 
for the year ended December 31, 1997 amounted to $572.6 million, 
consisting primarily of $160.3 million of capital contributions from 
MSI, DSC and NTT, and $414.3 million of net proceeds from the Equity 
Offering and the offering of the Senior Notes, after costs of $21.7 
million. 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

       The Company's financial statements and supplementary data, 
together with the report of the independent auditor, are included or 
incorporated by reference elsewhere herein.  Reference is made to the 
"Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule" 
following the signature pages hereto.


ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON 
         ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
None. 


PART III
 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
       The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by 
reference to the Company's definitive proxy statement for the 
Company's 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. If the registrant does 
not file a definitive proxy statement with the SEC on or before April 
30, 1998, the registrant will, on or before April 30, 1998, file an 
amendment to this Form 10-K containing the Part III information.


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
       The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by 
reference to the Company's definitive proxy statement for the 
Company's 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  If the registrant does 
not file a definitive proxy statement with the SEC on or before April 
30, 1998, the registrant will, on or before April 30, 1998, file an 
amendment to this Form 10-K containing the Part III information.



ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
        The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by 
reference to the Company's definitive proxy statement for the 
Company's 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  If the registrant does 
not file a definitive proxy statement with the SEC on or before April 
30, 1998, the registrant will, on or before April 30, 1998, file an 
amendment to this Form 10-K containing the Part III information.



ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
       The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by 
reference to the Company's definitive proxy statement for the 
Company's 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. If the registrant does 
not file a definitive proxy statement with the SEC on or before April 
30, 1998, the registrant will, on or before April 30, 1998, file an 
amendment to this Form 10-K containing the Part III information.



PART IV
 
ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 
          8-K

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1) Financial Statements

      Balance Sheets, December 31, 1997 and 1996  
      Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 
        1997 and the periods from March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to 
        December 31, 1997 and 1996  
      Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the period from 
        March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to December 31, 1997
      Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 
        1997 and the periods from March 5, 1996 (date of inception) 
        to December 31, 1997 and 1996  
      Notes to Financial Statements

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

      All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not
      required or because the required information is incorporated 
      herein by reference or included in the financial statements or 
      notes thereto included elsewhere in this report.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K.

      No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the fourth quarter of 
      1997.

(c) Exhibits.  The following exhibits are filed as a part of this 
               Annual Report on Form 10-K:

3.1   Form of Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, filed as Exhibit 3.1 
       to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration 
       No. 333-37381), dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by 
       reference.
3.2   Form of By-laws of Registrant , filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's 
       Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-37381), 
       dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference. 
4.1   Form of Stockholders Agreement,  filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's 
       Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-37381), 
       dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.2   Form of Indenture between the Registrant, as issuer, and First Union 
       National Bank, as Trustee, relating to Registrant's Senior Notes due 
       2007, including form of Note, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's 
       Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-37381), 
       dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.3   Form of Pledge Agreement between Registrant, as issuer, and First 
       Union National Bank, as Escrow Agent, relating to Registrant's 
       Senior Notes due 2007, filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's 
       Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-37381), 
       dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.4   Form of Indenture between the Registrant, as issuer, and First Union 
       National Bank, as Trustee, relating to Registrant's Senior Discount 
       Notes due 2008, including form of Note.
4.5   Form of Certificate for the Class A Common Stock, filed as Exhibit 
       to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration 
       No. 333-37381), dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by 
       reference.
10.1  Employment Agreement, dated August 19, 1996, between Associated 
       Communications, L.L.C. and Alex J. Mandl, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to 
       the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 
       333-37381), dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by 
       reference.
10.2  Stock Contribution Agreement, dated as of March 10, 1997, among 
       Associated Communications, L.L.C., FirstMark Communications, Inc. 
       and Lynn Forester, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's 
       Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-37381), 
       dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.3  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1997, by and 
       among Teligent, L.L.C., Microwave Services, Inc., Digital Services 
       Corporation, and Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation, filed 
       as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 
       (Registration No. 333-37381), dated November 26, 1997, and 
       incorporated herein by reference.
10.4  Form of Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Teligent, L.L.C. 
       and Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation, filed as Exhibit 
       to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 
       (Registration No. 333-37381), dated November 26, 1997, and 
       incorporated herein by reference.
10.5  Form of Technical Services Agreement, by and among Teligent, L.L.C. and 
       NTT America, Inc. , filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's 
       Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-37381), 
       dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.6  Agreement, dated September 29, 1997, among Teligent, L.L.C., Digital 
       Services Corporation, Telcom-DTS Investors, L.L.C., Microwave 
       Services, Inc., The Associated Group, Inc. and certain other 
       parties, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Registration 
       Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-37381), dated November 
       26, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference. 
10.7  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 6, 1997, by and 
       between Teligent, Inc. and Teligent, L.L.C. , filed as Exhibit 10.7 
       to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration 
       No. 333-37381), dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by 
       reference. 
10.8  Form of Lease Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1997, for the 8065 
       Leesburg Pike, Vienna, Virginia office space lease between NHP 
       Incorporated and Teligent, L.L.C. , filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the 
       Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-
       37381), dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by 
       reference. 
10.9  Form of Teligent, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.9 
       to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration 
       No. 333-37381), dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by 
       reference.
10.10 Network Products Purchase Agreement, dated December 11, 1997, by and 
       between Northern Telecom Inc. and Teligent, Inc.  *
10.11 Financing Commitment Letter of Intent, dated October 28, 1997, by and 
       between Northern Telecom Inc. and Teligent, Inc, filed as Exhibit 
       to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 
       (Registration No. 333-37381), dated November 26, 1997, and 
       incorporated herein by reference. 
10.12 Promissory Note, dated February 1, 1997, by Kirby G. Pickle, Jr. to 
       Associated Communications, L.L.C. , filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the 
       Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-
       37381), dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by 
       reference. 
10.13 Promissory Notes, each dated October 29, 1997, by Abraham L. Morris to 
       Teligent, L.L.C. , filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's 
       Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-37381), 
       dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference. 
10.14 Promissory Note, dated August 5, 1997, by Laurence E. Harris to 
       Associated Communications, L.L.C. , filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the 
       Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-
       37381), dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by 
       reference. 
10.15 Promissory Note, dated April 7, 1997, by Steven F. Bell to Associated 
       Communications, L.L.C. , filed as   Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's 
       Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-37381), 
       dated November 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference. 
10.16 Registration rights agreement dated as of March 6, 1998, by and between 
       Teligent, Inc., and Microwave Services, Inc.
21.1  Significant Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
27.1  Financial Data Schedule (filed only electronically with the Securities 
       and Exchange Commission)


* - Portions of this document have been omitted pursuant to a request 
    for confidential treatment.



                                SIGNATURES

       Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly 
authorized.


                                        TELIGENT, INC 
                                        (Registrant)


Date:  March ___, 1998.                 By: 
                                           ------------------------
                                           Alex J. Mandl
                                           Chairman of the Board, Chief 
                                           Executive Officer and Director


       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates 
indicated.





Date:  March 30, 1998                  By:  /s/Alex J. Mandl
                                           ------------------------
                                           Alex J. Mandl
                                           Chairman of the Board, Chief 
                                           Executive Officer and Director





Date:  March 30, 1998                  By:  /s/Abraham L. Morris
                                           ------------------------
                                           Abraham L. Morris
                                           Senior Vice President, Chief 
                                           Financial Officer and Treasurer
                                           (Principal Financial Officer)




Date:  March 30, 1998                  By:  /s/Cindy L. Tallent
                                           ------------------------
                                           Cindy L. Tallent
                                           Vice President and Controller
                                          (Principal Accounting Officer)




Date:  March 30, 1998                  By:  /s/Myles P. Berkman
                                           ------------------------
                                           Myles P. Berkman
                                           Director




Date:  March 30, 1998                  By:  /s/David J. Berkman
                                           ------------------------
                                           David J. Berkman
                                           Director



Date:  March 30, 1998                  By:  /s/William H. Berkman
                                           ------------------------
                                           William H. Berkman
                                           Director



Date:  March 30, 1998                  By:  /s/Donald H. Jones
                                           ------------------------
                                           Donald H. Jones
                                           Director



Date:  March 30, 1998                  By:  /s/Tetsuro Mikami
                                           ------------------------
                                           Tetsuro Mikami
                                           Director



Date:  March 30, 1998                  By:  /s/Rajendra Singh
                                           ------------------------
                                           Rajendra Singh
                                           Director


TELIGENT, INC.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

                                                                     Page 
                                                                    Number

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors ...........         F-2
Balance Sheets, December 31, 1997 and 1996 ..................         F-3
Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1997
   and the periods from March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to 
   December 31, 1997 and 1996................................         F-4
Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the period from 
March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to December 31, 1997 ......         F-5

Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 1997
   and the periods from March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to 
  December 31, 1997 and 1996 ................................         F-6
Notes to Financial Statements ...............................         F-7



           REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Teligent, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Teligent, Inc., (a 
development stage company) (formerly Teligent, L.L.C.) as of December 
31, 1997 and 1996, and the related statements of operations, and 
stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year ended 
December 31, 1997, and for the periods from March 5, 1996 (date of 
inception) to December 31, 1997 and 1996.  The financial statements 
are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our
audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well
as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present     
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Teligent, 
Inc., (formerly Teligent, L.L.C.) at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and 
the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended 
December 31, 1997, and for the periods from March 5, 1996 (date of 
inception) to December 31, 1997 and 1996, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.


										Ernst & Young LLP


Vienna, Virginia
February 27, 1998



                              TELIGENT, INC.
                     (a development stage company)
                             BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            December 31,
                                                            ------------
                                                   1997                 1996 
                                                   ----                 ----
<S>                                            <C>                <C>
 ASSETS
 Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                     $424,900,715       $ 1,302,612
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets        7,087,268           147,073
  Restricted cash and investments                 30,372,962                 -
                                                 -----------         ---------
   Total current assets                          462,360,945         1,449,685
       
 Property and equipment, net                       8,185,899         3,544,949

 Restricted cash and investments                  64,702,148                 -
 Intangible assets, net                           60,354,191                 -
 Other assets                                        777,085           150,695
                                                 -----------         ---------
   Total assets                                 $596,380,268       $ 5,145,329
                                                 ===========         =========
 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                              $ 16,577,277       $ 3,002,179
  Accrued interest and other                       4,467,473           646,972
  Revolving line of credit                                 -         2,000,000
  Accrued company appreciation rights                      -         2,778,165
                                                 -----------         ---------
   Total current liabilities                      21,044,750         8,427,316
 11 1/2% Senior Notes, due 2007                  300,000,000                 -
 Other non-current liabilities                     1,189,296           292,548

 Commitments and contingencies
 Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred stock                                          -                 -
  Common stock                                       525,827                 -
  Member contributions                                     -        24,058,158
  Additional paid-in capital                     436,307,243                 -
  Deficit accumulated during 
    the development stage                       (151,686,848)      (13,632,693)
                                                 -----------        ----------
                                                 285,146,222        10,425,465
  Notes receivable from Executive                (11,000,000)      (14,000,000)
                                                 -----------        ----------
   Total stockholders' equity (deficit)          274,146,222        (3,574,535)
                                                 -----------        ----------
  Total liabilities and stockholders' 
    equity (deficit)                            $596,380,268       $ 5,145,329
                                                 ===========        ==========
</TABLE>
                                 
                 
                           See notes to financial statements

                                 TELIGENT, INC.
                             (a development stage company)
                               STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Period from March 5, 1996
                                                          (date of inception) to
                                                             December 31, 
                                                             ------------
                                      Year Ended             
                                   December 31,1997      1997           1996
                                   ----------------      ----           ----
<S>                                <C>             <C>            <C>
 REVENUES:
   Management fees and other services
      provided to members           $  3,278,254    $  4,664,596   $  1,386,342
   Wireless communication services        32,745          32,745              -
                                     -----------     -----------     ----------
     Total revenues                    3,310,999       4,697,341      1,386,342

 COSTS AND EXPENSES:
   Cost of services                    4,785,589       6,410,595      1,625,006
   Sales, general and administrative
    expenses                          43,465,732      53,048,369      9,582,637
   Stock-based compensation           84,042,581      86,820,746      2,778,165
   Depreciation and amortization       6,453,632       6,617,683        164,051
                                     -----------     -----------     ----------
     Total costs and expenses        138,747,534     152,897,393     14,149,859
                                     -----------     -----------     ----------
   Loss from operations             (135,436,535)   (148,200,052)   (12,763,517)

 Interest and other income             3,241,837       3,251,932         10,095
 Interest expense                     (5,859,457)     (6,738,728)      (879,271)
                                     -----------     -----------    -----------
 Net loss                          $(138,054,155)  $(151,686,848)  $(13,632,693)
                                     ===========     ===========    ===========

 Net loss per share                $       (2.94)  $       (3.25)  $      (0.29)
                                     ===========     ===========    ============
Weighted average common shares 
 Outstanding                          46,950,860      46,638,160      46,257,709
                                     ===========     ===========    ============

</TABLE>


                        See notes to financial statements


                                     TELIGENT, INC.
                             (a development stage company)
                      STATEMENTS OF AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                      Period from March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to 
                                  December 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Capital      /----- Common Stock -----/
                                      Contributions          A               B-1
                                     -------------    ----------------  --------
<S>                               <C>                  <C>            <C>
Balance at March 5, 1996 
  (date of inception)              $           -        $       -       $      -
Member capital contributions           24,058,158
                                      -----------         -------        -------
Balance at December 31, 1996           24,058,158               -              -
                                      -----------         -------        -------
Contribution of licenses from members   8,497,006
Acquisition                            31,500,000
Cash contributions                    100,300,612
Conversion of member interests
  to capital stock                   (164,355,776)         18,314        214,367
Public stock offering                                      63,250
                                      -----------          ------        -------
   Balance at December 31, 1997     $          -          $81,564       $214,367
                                      ===========          ======        =======

<CAPTION>
                                    /-------------- Common Stock --------------/
                                        B-2              B-3             Total
                                     -------         --------          --------
<S>                                   <C>             <C>            <C>   
Balance at December 31, 1996           $     -         $      -       $      -
                                    
Contribution of equity prior to  
  public offering                                          34,700         34,700
Conversion of member interests
  to capital stock                       172,062           23,134        427,877
Public stock offering                                                     63,250
                                         -------           ------        -------
Balance at December 31, 1997           $ 172,062          $57,834       $525,827
                                         =======           ======        =======

<CAPTION>
                                     Additional                       Receivable
                                      Paid-in       Accumulated         From
                                      Capital        Deficit         Executive
                                    ---------       -----------      ----------
<S>                              <C>             <C>              <C>
Balance at March 5, 1996 
  (date of inception)             $          -    $          -     $         - 
Notes receivable from Executive                                    (15,000,000)
Amortization of notes receivable 
  from Executive                                                     1,000,000
Net loss                                            (13,632,693) 
                                    -----------     -----------     -----------
   Balance at December 31, 1996               -     (13,632,693)   (14,000,000)
                                    -----------     -----------     ----------
Contribution of equity prior to 
  public offering                    59,965,300          
Conversion of member interests
  to capital stock                  163,927,899       
Conversion of CARs and Appreciation 
 Units to stock options              86,820,746                          
Public stock offering               125,593,298           
Amortization of notes 
 receivable from Executive                                           3,000,000
Net loss                                           (138,054,155)     
                                    -----------     -----------     ----------
   Balance at December 31, 1997   $ 436,307,243  $ (151,686,848)  $(11,000,000) 
                                    ===========     ===========     ==========

<CAPTION>

                                                                Total
                                                             ----------
<S>                                                      <C>
Balance at March 5, 1996 
 (date of inception)                                      $           -    
Member capital contributions                                 24,058,158
Notes receivable from Executive                             (15,000,000)
Amortization of notes receivable from Executive               1,000,000
Net loss                                                    (13,632,693)
                                                            -----------     
   Balance at December 31,                                   (3,574,535)
                                                            -----------
Contribution of licenses from members                         8,497,006
Acquisition                                                  31,500,000
Cash contributions                                          100,300,612
Contribution of equity prior to public offering              60,000,000
Conversion of member interests
  to capital stock                                                    -
Conversion of CARs and Appreciation Units
   to stock options                                          86,820,746
Public stock offering                                       125,656,548
Amortization of notes receivable from Executive               3,000,000
Net loss                                                   (138,054,155)
                                                            -----------
   Balance at December 31, 1997                           $ 274,146,222
                                                            ===========
</TABLE>

                            See notes to financial statements

                                   TELIGENT, INC.
                          (a development stage company)
                              STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Period from March 5, 1996 (date
                                                   of inception) to December 31,
                                  Year Ended        ----------------------------
                                December 31, 1997        1997            1996
                                -----------------       -----            ----
<S>                              <C>              <C>             <C>    
 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITES:

 Net loss                         $(138,054,155)   $(151,686,848)  $(13,632,693)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
  net cash used in operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization      6,453,632        6,617,683        164,051
   Amortization of notes 
    receivable from executive         3,000,000        4,000,000      1,000,000
   Amortization of debt issue costs      59,381           59,381              -
   Other noncurrent liabilities         896,748        1,189,296        292,548
   Stock-based compensation          84,042,581       86,820,746      2,778,165
   Other                               (626,390)        (777,085)      (150,695)
   Changes in current assets and 
     current liabilities:
    Restricted cash and investments  (1,168,357)      (1,168,357)             -
    Prepaid expenses and other 
     current assets                  (6,426,665)      (6,573,738)      (147,073)
    Accounts payable                 13,575,098       16,577,277      3,002,179
    Accrued expenses and other 
     current liabilities              3,820,501        4,467,473        646,972
                                    -----------      -----------     ----------
     Net cash used in operating 
      activities                    (34,427,626)     (40,474,172)    (6,046,546)
                                    -----------      -----------     ----------
 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITES:

  Restricted cash and investments   (93,906,753)     (93,906,753)             -
  Purchase of property and equipment (9,960,652)     (13,669,652)    (3,709,000)
  Acquisition and other investments (10,720,000)     (10,720,000)             -
                                    -----------      -----------     ----------
   Net cash used in investing 
     activities                    (114,587,405)    (118,296,405)    (3,709,000)
                                    -----------      -----------     ----------
 CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITES:

  Proceeds from bank borrowing       40,500,000       42,500,000      2,000,000
  Repayment of bank borrowing       (42,500,000)     (42,500,000)             -
  Equity contribution prior to 
   Public offering                   60,000,000       60,000,000              - 
  Net proceeds from issuance of 
    common stock                    125,656,548      125,656,548              -
  Proceeds from long-term debt      300,000,000      300,000,000              -
  Debt financing costs              (11,344,026)     (11,344,026)             -
  Member contributions              100,300,612      109,358,770      9,058,158
                                    -----------      -----------     ----------
   Net cash provided by financing 
     activities                     572,613,134      583,671,292     11,058,158
                                    -----------      -----------     ----------
 Net increase in cash 
    and equivalents                 423,598,103      424,900,715      1,302,612
            
 Cash and cash equivalents, beginning 
    of period                         1,302,612                -              -
                                    -----------      -----------     ----------
 Cash and cash equivalents, 
   end of period                   $424,900,715     $424,900,715    $ 1,302,612
                                    ===========      ===========     ==========
 SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 Cash paid for interest            $  2,450,000     $  3,325,000    $   875,000
                                    ===========      ===========     ==========

</TABLE>

                                 TELIGENT, INC. 
                         (a development stage company)

                        NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. THE COMPANY

       Teligent, Inc. ("Teligent" or the "Company") (a development
stage company) was formed in September 1997, as a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Teligent, L.L.C.  On November 21, 1997 concurrent with
an initial public offering of the Company's Class A Common Stock,
Teligent, L.L.C. merged with and into the Company (the "Merger") with
the Company as the surviving entity.  Teligent, L.L.C. was originally
formed in March 1996, by Microwave Services, Inc. ("MSI") and Digital
Services Corporation ("DSC"), both of which, through affiliates, have
extensive experience in pioneering wireless telecommunications businesses.
Prior to the Merger, Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation ("NTT"), 
through its wholly owned subsidiary NTTA&T, acquired a 5% interest in
Teligent L.L.C., and immediately after the Merger acquired an additional
7.5% equity interest in the Company.  All of Teligent, L.L.C.'s member
interests were converted into shares of common stock upon the Merger in
a manner proportionate to each member's percentage interest in Teligent,
L.L.C. immediately prior to the Merger.

       Teligent, currently in the development stage, intends to be a
premier provider of high quality, low cost voice, data, and video
telecommunications services primarily to small and medium size businesses
through its own fixed local wireless point-to-multipoint broadband
networks and leased long distance facilities.  The Company intends to
deploy its 24GHz fixed wireless licenses in 74 major U.S. metropolitan
market areas.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Use of Estimates
 
       The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the
financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

       The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased
with maturity dates of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be
cash equivalents.  Cash equivalents consist of money market fund
investments and short term-commercial paper.  Restricted cash and
investments relates to cash and securities held exclusively to fund
future interest payments and to secure letters of credit obtained by the
Company.

Property and Equipment
 
       Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation and 
amortization are computed on the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets: 5-10 years for operating equipment, computer
equipment, and furniture, and the lesser of the life of the asset or the 
lease term for leasehold improvements.  Maintenance and repairs are 
charged to expense when incurred.

Long-Lived Assets
 
       In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS") No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and
for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of", management periodically reviews,
if impairment indicators exist, the carrying value and lives of property
and equipment and intangible assets based on expected future cash flows.


                                   F-7

       The Company uses certain property and equipment to provide service
to customers on an 18GHz frequency.  However, the Company's future
business plans are to deploy a 24GHz frequency  network in its capacity as
a telecommunications provider.  As such, the Company has recorded, as a
component of depreciation expense, an impairment loss of $5.0 million,
which represents the difference between the net book value of the assets
prior to the impairment loss and the estimated future cash flows to be
derived by the assets.
 
Intangible Assets

       Intangible assets, and their respective amortization lives, are
as follows as of December 31, 1997:

                                                       Years
        Fixed wireless licenses        $49,808,769      15
        Debt financing costs            11,344,022      10
                                        ----------
                                        61,152,791
        Accumulated amortization          (798,600)
                                        ----------
                                       $60,354,191
                                        ==========

       Fixed wireless licenses represent the direct costs of obtaining
such licenses, including $41.6 million acquired from FirstMark
Communications, Inc. ("FirstMark", see Note 7).  Debt financing costs
represent fees and other costs incurred in connection with the issuance
of long-term debt.  Debt financing costs are amortized to interest expense
over the term of the related debt. 

Income Taxes

       The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income
taxes.  Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences between
the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the basis reported in the
financial statements.  Prior to the Merger, Teligent, L.L.C. was treated
as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.  Therefore, no
provision for income taxes was made prior to the Merger, and tax losses
recognized prior to the Merger are not available to offset any future 
earnings of the Company.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
       Revenue from providing wireless communications services is 
recognized when services are rendered based on usage of the Company's
exchange networks and facilities.  Revenue from management fees, equipment
leases, and other services provided to members or affiliated companies is
recognized as earned on the accrual basis.

Net Loss Per Share

       During 1997, the Company adopted SFAS No. 128 ,("Earnings Per
Share",) which requires the Company to present basic and fully diluted
earnings per share for all years presented.  The Company's net loss per
share calculation (basic and fully diluted), is based upon the number of
common shares outstanding prior to the initial public offering, as if
outstanding for all periods presented similar to a stock split, plus the
weighted average common shares issued subsequently through December 31,
1997.  There are no reconciling items in the numerator or denominator of 
the Company's net loss per share calculation.  Employee stock options 
(see note 4) have been excluded from the net loss per share calculation 
because their effect would be anti-dilutive.

Stock-Based Compensation
 
       SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS No.
123") established a fair value method of accounting for employee stock
options and similar equity instruments.  The fair value 

                                  F-8

method requires compensation cost to be measured at the grant date, 
based on the value of the award, and recognized over the service period. 
SFAS No. 123 allows companies to either account for stock-based 
compensation under the provisions of SFAS No. 123 or under the provisions 
of APB No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB No. 25").  
The Company has elected to account for its stock-based compensation in 
accordance with the provisions of APB No. 25 and will present pro forma 
disclosures of net loss as if the fair value method had been adopted.

Recent Pronouncements

       In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income", ("SFAS No. 130"),
which is required to be adopted during the first quarter of fiscal 1998.
SFAS No. 130 requires that an enterprise (a) classify items of other
comprehensive income by their nature in the financial statements and
(b) display the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income 
separately from retained earnings and additional paid-in capital in the
Statement of Stockholders' Equity.  The Company will be required to 
restate earlier periods provided for comparative purposes, but believes 
that the adoption of SFAS No. 130 will be not material to the Company's 
reported financial condition or results of operations.

       In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information", ("SFAS No. 131"),
which is required to be adopted during the year ended December 31, 1998.
SFAS No. 131 changes the way public companies report segment information
in annual financial statements and also requires those companies to report
selected segment information in interim financial reports to stockholders.  
The effect of the disclosure for segment information on the Company's
reported financial condition or results of operations is not expected to
be material.

Reclassifications

       Certain amounts in the prior periods' financial statements have
been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation.

3.CAPITAL STOCK

       The Company has authorized two classes of Common Stock, Class A
Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.  The rights of the two classes of
Common Stock are substantially identical, except that until the number of
shares held by holders of the respective series of Class B Common Stock
fall below certain thresholds, such holders will have the right to elect
directors to the Company's Board of Directors as follows:  a majority
of the directors will be elected by the holders of Series B-1 Common Stock,
one director will be elected by the holders of Series B-2 Common Stock,
and one director will be elected by the holders of Series B-3 Common 
Stock.

       The number of shares authorized, issued and outstanding at
December 31 1997, for each class of stock is summarized below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Shares         Shares Issued
Class               Par Value        Authorized      and Outstanding 
<S>               <C>              <C>                 <C>                    
A                  $ .01            200,000,000           8,156,410
Series B-1           .01             30,000,000          21,436,689
Series B-2           .01             25,000,000          17,206,210
Series B-3           .01             10,000,000           5,783,400

</TABLE>

       The Company has authorized 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock,
par value $.01 per share, of which none are issued and outstanding.

                                   F-9

Initial Public Common Stock Offering

       In November 1997, the Company completed an initial public offering
of 6,325,000 shares of Common Stock at $21.50 per share (the "Equity
Offering"), raising approximately $125.7 million of net proceeds, after
deducting approximately $10.3 million of offering expenses.

4.STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Company Appreciation Rights and Appreciation Units 

       On September 1, 1996, Teligent, L.L.C. granted six separate
Company Appreciation Rights ("CARs") to an executive officer of the
Company (the "Executive") pursuant to an employment agreement dated 
September 1, 1996 (The "Employment Agreement").  For each CAR, the 
Executive was entitled to receive a percentage of the excess of the 
Company's fair market value, as defined, over the target value for the
CAR.  The CARs vested over a period of six years.

       During 1996, Teligent, L.L.C. adopted a Long-Term Incentive
Compensation Plan (the "Plan") under which an aggregate of 1,600,000
appreciation units (the "Appreciation Units") were available and granted
to employees and directors of the Company.

Conversion of CARs and Appreciation Units into Stock Options

       Upon consummation of the Equity Offering (see note 3), all
outstanding CARs and Appreciation Units were converted into options
(the "Conversion Options") to purchase a number of shares of Class A
Common Stock at respective exercise prices such that the intrinsic value
of the stock options approximated the intrinsic value of the CARs and
Appreciation Units.  The stock options granted in connection with this
conversion are governed by and subject to the terms of the 1997 Plan
(see "1997 Stock Incentive Plan" below) and have the same vesting schedule,
vesting rights and term as the applicable CAR or Appreciation Units which 
were converted.

       Upon the conversion described above, the Company issued options to
purchase an aggregate of 12,480,779 shares of the Company's Class A Common
Stock at exercise prices ranging from $3.35 to $46.00.  In connection with
the issuance of these options, the Company will recognize $186.3 million
of compensation expense over the vesting period of the options.  The
Company recognized $84.0 million of compensation expense during the year 
ended December 31, 1997 ($86.8 million for the period from March 6, 1996
(date of inception) to December 31, 1997) and additional expense up to
$99.5 million through September 1, 2002, as follows: $25.2 million per
year through 2000, $21.4 million in 2001 and $2.5 million in 2002.

1997 Stock Incentive Plan

       The Company maintains the Teligent, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan
(the "1997 Plan").  As of December 31, 1997, the maximum number of shares
of common stock available for grant under the 1997 Plan was 14,729,125.
Generally, all options granted under the 1997 Plan vest over a period of
five years and expire ten years from the date of grant. 

       The Company applies the provisions of APB No. 25 in accounting for
its stock-based compensation.  Had compensation expense been determined in
accordance with SFAS No. 123, the Company's net loss for the year ended
December 31, 1997, and the periods from March 5, 1996 (date of inception)
to December 31, 1996 and 1997 would have been $161.2 million, $12.5
million and $173.7 million, respectively.  Options arising from the
conversion of CARs and Appreciation Units have been valued based on the 
number and exercise price of the options issued upon conversion.  The
weighted average fair value of options granted was $18.57 and $14.04 in 1997
and 1996, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with

                                   F-10

the following assumptions: dividend yield 0%, risk free rate interest
rate of 6.6% in 1997 and 7.0% for the period from March 5, 1996 (date of
inception) to December 31, 1996, an expected life of ten years, and an
expected volatility of .50 in 1997 and .34 for the period from March 6, 
1996 (date of inception) to December 31, 1996.

       Additional information with respect to the Company's 1997 Plan is as
follows.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Number of     Weighted Average
                                                   Options       Exercise Price
                                                   -------       --------------
 <S>                                                <C>               <C>
  Options at beginning of year                            -                -
  Converted from Appreciation Units                  6,471,047         $ 7.07
  Converted from CARs                                6,009,732         $12.41
  Options granted under 1997 Plan                      380,450         $22.18
  Options forfeited and returned to the plan           (50,544)        $12.94
                                                    ----------   
     Options outstanding at end of year             12,810,685         $10.00
                                                    ==========   
</TABLE>

     Weighted average remaining contractual life     9.4 years

     Options exercisable at end of year:
          Exercise price of $6.52                      454,107
          Exercise price of $3.35                    1,001,622
                                                     ---------
            Total                                    1,455,729
                                                     =========

5.   NOTES RECEIVABLE FROM EXECUTIVE AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION
 
       The Executive's Employment Agreement provides for, among
other things, a forgivable loan of $15,000,000 with a five-year term,
at an interest rate of 6.53% per year, which was advanced to the Executive
from certain stockholders of the Company.  The loan is recorded as a
reduction to stockholders' equity in the Company's financial statements.
The Employment Agreement also provides for a payment of $5,000,000 on the
fifth anniversary of the Executive's employment, or earlier in certain 
circumstances.  The Company accrues the present value of the payment due
over the expected service period of five years.

6.  LONG-TERM DEBT

Public Debt Offering

       In November 1997, the Company issued $300 million of 11 1/2% Senior
Notes due 2007 (the "Senior Notes".) The Company used approximately $93.9
million of the net proceeds of this offering to purchase a portfolio of
U.S. Treasury securities which are classified as restricted cash and
investments on the balance sheet, and have been pledged as collateral
for the payment of interest on the Senior Notes through December 1, 2000.
Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at a rate of 11 1/2% per annum and is 
payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1, commencing June 1, 1998.

       On or after December 1, 2002, the Notes will be redeemable at the
option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time,
at the following prices (expressed in percentages of the principal amount
thereof).

        Year                  Percentage
        ----                  ----------
        2002                    105.750%
        2003                    103.833
        2004                    101.917
        2005 and thereafter     100.000


                                   F-11

       Upon the occurrence of a change in control, as defined in the
Senior Notes agreement, each holder of the Senior Notes will have the right
to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such holder's
Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal
amount thereof on any change of control payment date, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to such change of control payment date.

Credit Facility

       In December 1996, the Company entered into a loan agreement with
a bank providing for a $50.0 million senior secured revolving credit
facility (the Credit Facility) which expired December 19, 1997. In
November 1997, the Company used $42.5 million of proceeds from member
cash contributions to repay all outstanding amounts under the Credit
Facility, which was terminated.

7. ACQUISITION

       In October 1997, Teligent, L.L.C. acquired all of the outstanding
stock of FirstMark (the "FirstMark Acquisition"), for an aggregate 
purchase price of approximately $42.0 million which consisted of $10.5 
million in cash and a 5% member interest in Teligent, L.L.C valued at $31.5 
million.  As a result of the Merger, the sole stockholder of FirstMark 
received 1,831,410 shares of Teligent, Inc. Class A Common Stock.  The 
FirstMark Acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of 
accounting.  The majority of the purchase price ($41.6 million) was 
allocated to the fixed wireless licenses acquired and the remaining amount 
was allocated to the net assets acquired. The acquisition of FirstMark 
would not have had a material impact on the Company's operating results 
for the year ended December 31, 1997 and thus no pro forma information 
has been disclosed herein.

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

       The amounts included in property and equipment are as follows.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31,
                                                      ------------
                                                      1997    1996
                                                      ----    ----- 
   <S>                                          <C>           <C>     
   Operating equipment                           4,815,283     $1,999,690
   Computer equipment                            2,105,557        183,605
   Furniture and leasehold improvements          2,072,462        366,937
   Systems in progress                           5,178,080      1,158,768
                                                ----------      ---------
                                                14,171,382      3,709,000
   Accumulated depreciation                     (5,985,483)      (164,051)
                                                ----------      ---------
                                               $ 8,185,899     $3,544,949
                                                ==========      =========
</TABLE>

9. INCOME TAXES

       Income and losses were reported on the respective tax returns of
the members of Teligent L.L.C. and, therefore, no provision for income
taxes was made for the year ended December 31, 1996.  As a result of the
Merger, the Company has recorded income taxes in accordance with SFAS
No. 109 for the year ended December 31, 1997.

                                   F-12

The tax effects of temporary differences as of December 31, 1997
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>  
      Deferred tax assets:
           Net operating loss carryforward             $  2,356,383
           Stock based compensation                      29,519,054
           Property and equipment                         1,737,829        
           Deferred compensation                          1,230,400        
           Other                                            704,100
                                                         ----------
                Total deferred tax assets                35,547,766 

      Deferred tax liability:
           Intangible assets                            (13,106,847)
                                                         ----------
           Net deferred tax assets                       22,440,919
           Valuation allowance                          (22,440,919)
                                                         ----------
                     Total                             $      -      
                                                         ==========
</TABLE>

       The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent 
upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which
those temporary differences become deductible.  The Company has not
recorded its deferred tax assets and liabilities on its balance sheet
given the fact that the majority of the assets and liabilities are long
term and as such have no impact on the balance sheet.

       During the period ended December 31, 1997, the Company did 
not record an income tax provision given the significant operating 
losses and based on the fact that any resultant asset would be 
fully reserved.  At December 31, 1997, the Company has a federal 
net operating loss carryforward of $6.9 million, which expires in 
the year 2017.

       A reconciliation between income taxes computed using the statutory
federal income tax rate (34%) and the effective rate, for the year ended
December 31, 1997, is as follows:

<TABLE>

     <S>                                                      <C>
      Federal income tax (credit) at statutory rate            $(46,938,413)
      Operating losses recognized by Teligent L.L.C.
        for which no tax benefit is available                    13,350,045
      Purchase accounting adjustment                             13,106,847 
      Net change in valuation allowance (from
        beginning balance of $2,128,665)                         20,312,254 
      Other                                                         169,267
                                                                 ----------
                                                               $       - 
                                                                 ==========
</TABLE>

10.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

       The Company leases various operating sites, roof-tops, storage, 
and administrative offices under operating leases. Rent expense was
approximately $2.3 million and $0.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and the period March 5, 1996 (date of inception) to
December 31, 1996, respectively. Future minimum lease payments by year
and in the aggregate, are as follows at December 31, 1997:


        1998           $ 5,013,242
        1999             5,200,713
        2000             5,140,898
        2001             5,180,322
        2002             4,223,945
        Thereafter      20,614,343
                        ----------
                      $ 45,373,463
                        ==========

                                   F-13

11 .   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
       Employees of the parent companies of MSI and DSC performed
administrative and management services on behalf of the Company. These
services were billed to the Company at cost for the year ended
December 31, 1997, and for the period March 5, 1996 (date of inception)
through December 31, 1996, and totaled approximately $1.7 million and
$1.5 million, respectively. 
 
       Employees of the Company are covered under certain health and
benefit plans of the parent company of MSI. The Company is billed for
their pro rata cost of these benefits.

       The company entered into a five-year technical service agreement
(the "TSA") with a subsidiary of NTT  (the "Provider").  Under the terms
of the TSA, the Provider will provide certain technical services to the
Company relating to network design and implementation.  During the first
two years of the TSA which commenced December 1, 1997, the Company is 
required to pay the Provider a fee in the amount of $4.0 million per 
year.  Payments during the remaining three years shall be negotiated 
annually based on the scope of technical services to be provided.

12.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

       The fair value of the Company's financial instruments classified
as current assets or liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents,
restricted cash and investments and other assets, accounts payable and
accrued expenses, approximate carrying value, principally because of
the short maturity of these items.  The fair value of the Company's
non-current restricted cash and investments approximate carrying value
based on their effective interest rates compared with market interest
rates.

       As of December 31, 1997, the estimated fair value and carrying
amount of the Company's 11 1/2% Senior Notes due 2007 was $301,590,000 and
$300,000,000, respectively.

13.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

       On February 20, 1998, the Company completed an offering (the
"Discounted Notes Offering") of $440 million 11 1/2% Senior Discount Notes
due 2008 (the "Discount Notes").  The Discount Notes carry zero-coupon
interest until March 1, 2003, after which the Discount Notes pay interest
at 11 1/2% payable March 1 and September 1 through March 1, 2008.  The
Company received approximately $243.1 million net proceeds from the
Discount Notes Offering, after deductions for offering expenses of
approximately $7.6 million.


                                   F-14



       INDENTURE, dated as of February 20, 1998 by and between TELIGENT, INC.,
a Delaware corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State
of (herein called the "Company"), having its principal office at 8065 
Leesburg Pike, Vienna, VA 22182, and FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, a national 
banking association (herein called the "Trustee").

                            RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

        The Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of 11 1/2% 
Senior Discount Notes due 2008 (herein called the "Initial Notes"), and its 
11 1/2% Series B Senior Discount Notes due 2008 (the "Exchange Notes" and, 
together with the Initial Notes, the "Notes") of substantially the tenor and 
amount hereinafter set forth, and to provide therefor, the Company has duly 
authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.  The Company has 
outstanding 11 1/2% Senior Notes due 2007 (the "Senior Notes") issued pursuant 
to an indenture dated November 26, 1997 (the "Senior Notes Indenture"), and 
the Notes governed hereby will rank pari passu in right of payment with the 
Senior Notes.  The Trustees is also the trustee under the Senior Notes 
Indenture.

        Upon the issuance of the Exchange Notes, if any, or the 
effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (as defined herein), this 
Indenture will be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act 
of 1939, as amended, that are required to be part of this Indenture and 
shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

        All things necessary have been done to make the Notes, when 
executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly 
issued by the Company, the valid obligations of the Company and to make this 
Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with their and its 
terms.

        NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

        For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the 
Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the 
equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows:


   
                                    ARTICLE ONE

                          DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS
                               OF GENERAL APPLICATION

        SECTION 101.  Definitions.
                      -----------
        For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise 
expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

        (a)  the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned 
        to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the 
        singular;

        (b)  all other terms used herein that are defined in the Trust 
        Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the 
        meanings assigned to them therein, and the terms "cash transaction" 
        and "self-liquidating paper", as used in TIA Section 311, shall have 
        the meanings assigned to them in the rules of the Commission adopted 
        under the Trust Indenture Act;

        (c)  all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the 
        meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP; and

        (d)  the words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words 
        of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any 
        particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

        Certain terms, used principally in Article Ten, are defined in that 
Article.

        "Accounts Receivable Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary 
of the Company that is, directly or indirectly, wholly owned by the Company 
(other than directors' qualifying shares) and organized for the purpose of 
and engaged in (i) purchasing, financing, and collecting accounts receivable 
obligations of customers of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) 
the sale or financing of such accounts receivable or interests therein and 
(iii) other activities incident thereto.

        "Accreted Value" as of any date (the "Specified Date") means, with 
respect to each $1,000 principal amount at Stated Maturity of Notes:

        (i)  if the Specified Date is one of the following dates (each a 
        "Semi-Annual Accrual Date"), the amount set forth opposite such date 
        below:  

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Accreted
        Semi-Annual Accrual Date                                Value
        ---------------------------------------------------------------
       <S>                                                     <C>

        Issue Date .................................            $569.78
        September 1, 1998 ..........................             604.61
        March 1, 1999 ..............................             639.37
        September 1, 1999 ..........................             676.14
        March 1, 2000 ..............................             715.02
        September 1, 2000 ..........................             756.13
        March 1, 2001 ..............................             799.61
        September 1, 2001 ..........................             845.59
        March 1, 2002 ..............................             894.21
        September 1, 2002 ..........................             945.63
        March 1, 2003 ..............................           $1000.00;

</TABLE>

        (ii)  if the Specified Date occurs between two Semi-Annual Accrual 
        Dates, the sum of (a) the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual 
        Date immediately preceding the Specified Date and (b) an amount equal 
        to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the immediately following 
        Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted Value for the immediately 
        preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date and (y) a fraction, the numerator 
        of which is the number of days actually elapsed from the immediately 
        preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the Specified Date and the 
        denominator of which is 180; and

        (iii)  if the Specified Date is after March 1, 2003, $1,000.

        "Acquired Debt" means Debt of a Person (a) existing at the time 
such Person becomes a Subsidiary or (b) assumed in connection with the 
acquisition of assets from such Person; provided that, for the purposes of 
Section 1010, such Debt shall be deemed to be incurred on the date of the 
related acquisition of assets from any Person or the date the acquired 
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.

        "Act", when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning 
specified in Section 104.


        "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person that 
directly or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is 
controlled by, such Person. As used in this definition, "control" 
(including, with its correlative meanings, "controlled by" and "under common 
control with") shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to 
direct or cause the direction of management or policies of such Person 
(whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership 
interests, by contract or otherwise), provided that, in any event, any 
                                      --------
Person that owns directly or indirectly 10% of more of the securities having 
ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body 
of a corporation or 10% or more of the partnership or other ownership 
interests of any other Person (other than as a limited partner of such other 
Person) shall be deemed to control such corporation or other Person. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no individual shall be deemed to be an 
Affiliate of a Person solely by reason of his or her being an officer or 
director (or equivalent) of such Person.

        "Arrangement Commitment Letter" means the commitment letter 
among Northern Telecom, Inc. and the financial institutions acting as 
arrangement agents thereunder setting forth the terms and conditions under 
which the arranging agents will provide the facility contemplated by the 
Financing Commitment Letter and underwrite and arrange the syndication of 
such facility.

        "Asset Sale" means, with respect to any Person, any transfer, 
conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, 
by way of sale-and-leaseback and dispositions pursuant to any consolidation 
or merger) by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any 
Person other than to such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries in any 
single transaction or series of transactions of (i) shares of Capital Stock 
or other ownership interests of another Person (other than directors' 
qualifying shares) or (ii) any other property or assets of such Person or 
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than sales of property or assets in 
the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices. For 
purposes of this definition, any series of related transactions that, if 
effected as a single transaction, would constitute an Asset Sale, shall be 
deemed to be a single Asset Sale when the last such transaction that is a 
part thereof is effected, provided that such last transaction is effected 
                          --------
within 12 months of the first such transaction.  For purposes of Section 
[1016], the term "Asset Sale" (i) when used with respect to the Company, 
shall exclude any asset disposition permitted pursuant to Article Eight that 
constitutes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the 
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) shall exclude 
any Asset Sale of less than or equal to $2.0 million, (iii) shall exclude 
sales of Eligible Cash Equivalents and Permitted Temporary Investments, and 
(iv) shall exclude any sale, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of 
the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other Investment 
described in clause (iv) of the definition of Restricted Payment, provided 
                                                                  --------
that such Investment was permitted by the terms of this Indenture. 
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1016, the Company and its 
Restricted Subsidiaries may (a) sell or dispose of damaged, worn out or 
other obsolete property in the ordinary course of business so long as such 
property is no longer necessary for the proper conduct of the business of 
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, (b) create or 
assume Liens (or permit any foreclosure thereon) securing Debt to the extent 
that such Lien does not violate Section 1011, and (c) sell, convey, 
transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of accounts receivable to an Accounts 
Receivable Subsidiary or to Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company 
or any Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business, 
including in connection with financing transactions.


        "Asset Sale Offer" has the meaning set forth in Section 1016.

        "Attributable Debt" means, with respect to an operating lease 
included in any Sale and Leaseback Transaction at the time of determination, 
the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease or, 
if not known, at the Company's incremental borrowing rate) of the 
obligations of the lessee of the property subject to such lease for rental 
payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such 
transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or 
may, at the option of the lessor, be extended, or until the earliest date on 
which the lessee may terminate such lease without penalty or upon payment of 
penalty (in which case the rental payments shall include such penalty), 
after excluding from such rental payments all amounts required to be paid on 
account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water, 
utilities and similar charges.

        "Average Life" means, as of any date, with respect to any Debt, 
the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the 
number of years from such date to the dates of each scheduled principal 
payment (including any sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment 
requirements) of such Debt multiplied in each case by (y) the amount of such 
principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.

        "Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the 
Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.

        "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the 
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted 
by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of 
such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

        "Business Day" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday 
and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in the Borough of 
Manhattan, The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or 
executive order to close.

        "Capital Lease Obligation" of any Person means the obligation to 
pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of (or other Debt 
arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property of such 
Person that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital 
lease or a liability on the face of a balance sheet of such Person in 
accordance with GAAP and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of 
the last payment of rent or any amount due under such lease prior to the 
first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without 
payment of a penalty.

        "Capital Stock" in any Person means any and all shares, 
interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest 
(however designated) in such Person and any rights (other than Debt 
securities convertible into an equity interest), warrants or options to 
acquire an equity interest in such Person.

        "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following 
events: (i) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d)
and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder is or becomes the 
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange 
Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of 
all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right 
is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, upon the 
happening of an event or otherwise), directly or indirectly, of more than 
50% of the total Voting Capital Stock of the Company; provided that 
                                                      --------
Permitted Holders do not otherwise control the election of a majority of the 
Board of Directors of the Company; (ii) the Company consolidates with, or 
merges with or into, another Person or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, 
leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to 
any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the 
Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the 
outstanding Voting Capital Stock of the Company is converted into or 
exchanged for cash, securities or other property, and immediately after such 
transaction a "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) 
and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder is the 
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange 
Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of 
all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right 
is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, upon the 
happening of an event or otherwise), directly or indirectly, of more than 
50% of the total Voting Capital Stock of the surviving or transferee Person; 
provided that Permitted Holders do not otherwise control the election of a 
- --------
majority of the Board of Directors of the Company; (iii) during any period 
of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period 
constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose 
election by the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the 
members of the Company was approved by (a) one or more Permitted Holders or 
(b) a vote of a majority of the directors of the Company then still in 
office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose 
election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for 
any reason to constitute 66_% of the Board of Directors then in office; and 
(iv) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company of any plan 
or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

        "Closing Date" means the date on which the Notes originally are 
issued under this Indenture.


        "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as 
from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such 
Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it 
under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such 
time.

        "Common Stock" means, with respect to the Company, the Class A 
Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock or any similar common stock of the 
Company.

        "Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first 
paragraph of this Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such 
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter 
"Company" shall mean such successor Person.

        "Company Request" or "Company Order" means a written request or 
order signed in the name of the Company by an officer of the Company, and 
delivered to the Trustee.

        "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any 
Person for any period, without duplication (A) the sum of (i) the aggregate 
amount of cash and non-cash interest expense (including capitalized 
interest) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as 
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP in respect of 
Debt (including, without limitation, (v) any amortization of debt discount, 
(w) net costs associated with Interest Swap Obligations (including any 
amortization of discounts), (x) the interest portion of any deferred payment 
obligation, (y) all accrued interest, and (z) all commissions, discounts and 
other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers' 
acceptances or similar facilities) paid or accrued, or scheduled to be paid 
or accrued, during such period; (ii) dividends on preferred stock or 
preferred equity interests of such Person and of its Restricted Subsidiaries 
(if paid to a Person other than such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries) 
declared and payable in cash; (iii) the portion of any rental obligation of 
such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Capital Lease 
Obligation allocable to interest expense in accordance with GAAP; and (iv) 
the portion of any rental obligation of such Person or its Restricted 
Subsidiaries in respect of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction allocable to 
interest expense (determined as if such were treated as a Capital Lease 
Obligation); less (B) to the extent included in (A) above, amortization or 
write-off of deferred financing costs of such Person and its Restricted 
Subsidiaries during such period and any charge related to any premium or 
penalty in connection with redeeming or retiring any Debt of such Person and 
its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to its stated maturity; in the case of 
both (A) and (B) above, after elimination of intercompany accounts among 
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and as determined in accordance 
with GAAP.


        "Consolidated Net Income" of any Person means, for any period, 
the aggregate net income (or net loss) of such Person and its Restricted 
Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis determined in 
accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom, 
                      --------
without duplication, (a) all items classified as extraordinary, (b) any net 
income or loss of any Person other than such Person and its Restricted 
Subsidiaries, except with respect to net income to the extent of the amount 
of dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to such Person or 
its Restricted Subsidiaries by such other Person during such period, (c) the 
net income or loss of any Person acquired by such Person or any of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries in a pooling-of-interests transaction for any period 
prior to the date of such acquisition, (d) gains or losses in respect of any 
sale, transfer or disposition of assets other than in the ordinary course of 
business by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (e) the net income 
or loss of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person to the extent that the 
payment of dividends or other distributions to such Person at the time is 
restricted by the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, 
contract, judgment, order, decree, statute, rule, governmental regulation or 
otherwise, except for any dividends or distributions actually paid or that 
could have been paid by such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in 
compliance with such restrictions, (f) any non-cash, nonrecurring charges, 
(g) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock options 
and (h) any gain or loss, net of taxes, realized on the termination of an 
employee pension benefit plan.

        "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal corporate trust 
office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust 
business shall be administered, which office at the date of execution of 
this Indenture is located at 901 E. Cary Street, 2nd Floor, Richmond, 
Virginia 23219 except that, with respect to presentation of Notes for 
payment or for registration of transfer or exchange, such term shall mean 
the office or agency of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its 
corporate agency business shall be conducted.

        "Corporation" includes corporations, associations, companies and 
business trusts.

        "Credit Agreement" means a secured or unsecured credit agreement 
providing for revolving credit loans, term loans and/or letters of credit 
between the Company and one or more lenders, as such agreement may be 
amended, modified, supplemented, refunded, refinanced, restructured, 
renewed, repaid or replaced from time to time (whether in whole or in part, 
whether with the original agent or lenders or other agents or lenders or 
otherwise and whether provided pursuant to the facility contemplated by the 
Financing Commitment Letter or otherwise).

        "Currency Hedge Obligations" means the obligations of any 
Person, whether or not incurred in the ordinary course of business, pursuant 
to any foreign currency exchange agreement, option or futures contract or 
other similar agreement or arrangement.


        "Debt" means at any time (without duplication), with respect to 
any Person, and whether or not contingent, (i) any obligation of such Person 
for money borrowed, (ii) any obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, 
debentures, notes, Guarantees or other similar instruments, including, 
without limitation, any such obligations incurred in connection with 
acquisition of property, assets or businesses, excluding trade accounts 
payable arising in the ordinary course of business, (iii) any reimbursement 
obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers' 
acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person, 
(iv) any obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred 
purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable 
or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business that in 
either case are not more than 90 days overdue or are being contested in good 
faith), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of 
placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the 
completion of such service, (v) any Capital Lease Obligation of such Person, 
(vi) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of Redeemable Capital 
Stock of such Person at the date of determination, (vii) to the extent not 
otherwise included in this definition of "Debt", any Interest Swap 
Obligations or Currency Hedge Obligations of such Person at the date of 
determination, (viii) Attributable Debt of such Person with respect to any 
Sale and Leaseback Transaction to which such Person is a party, (ix) 
preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, and (x) to the 
extent not otherwise included in this definition of "Debt", any obligation 
of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (ix) of this definition of 
another Person and all dividends and distributions of another Person the 
payment of which, in either case, such Person has Guaranteed, or the payment 
of which is secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an 
existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or 
with respect to property or assets owned by such Person, provided, however, 
                                                         --------  -------
if the obligations secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien not 
securing any liability that would itself constitute Debt) on any assets or 
property have not been assumed by such Person in full or are not such 
Person's legal liability in full, the amount of such Debt for purposes of 
this definition shall be limited to the lesser of the amount of Debt secured 
by such Lien or the value of the property subject to such Lien.  For 
purposes of the preceding sentence, the maximum fixed repurchase price of 
any Redeemable Capital Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price 
shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital 
Stock as if such Redeemable Capital Stock were repurchased on any date on 
which Debt shall be required to be determined pursuant to this  Indenture;
provided, however, that if such Redeemable Capital Stock is not then 
- --------  -------
permitted to be repurchased, the repurchase price shall be the book value of 
such Redeemable Capital Stock.  The principal amount outstanding of any Debt 
issued with original issue discount is the accreted value of such Debt and 
Debt shall not include any liability for federal, state, local or other 
taxes.  The amount of Debt of any Person at any date shall be the 
outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as 
described above and the maximum liability of any Guarantees at such date.


        "Debt Securities" means any debt securities (including any 
Guarantee of such securities) issued by the Company and/or any Restricted 
Subsidiary in connection with a public offering (whether or not 
underwritten) or a private placement (provided such private placement is 
underwritten for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, Regulation S or otherwise 
under the Securities Act or sold on an agency basis by a broker-dealer or 
one of its Affiliates to ten or more beneficial holders); it being 
understood that the term "Debt Securities" shall not include any evidence of 
indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or other commercial bank borrowings 
or similar borrowings (including the facility contemplated by the Financing 
Commitment Letter), recourse transfers of financial assets, capital leases 
or other types of borrowings incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as 
a "securities offering", or any Guarantees in respect of any of the 
foregoing.

        "Debt to Annualized EBITDA Ratio" means, as at any date of 
determination, the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Debt of the Company 
and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as at the date of 
determination to (ii) the aggregate amount of EBITDA of the Company and its 
Restricted Subsidiaries for the two preceding fiscal quarters for which 
financial information is available immediately prior to the date of 
determination multiplied by two; provided that any Debt incurred or retired 
                                 --------
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the fiscal 
quarter in which the transaction date occurs shall be calculated as if such 
Debt was so incurred or retired on the first day of the fiscal quarter in 
which the date of determination occurs; and provided further that if the 
                                            -------- -------
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Debt to Annualized 
EBITDA Ratio would have the effect of increasing or decreasing Debt or 
EBITDA in the future, Debt or EBITDA shall be calculated on a pro forma 
basis as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of such two 
fiscal quarter period preceding the date of determination, and (y) if during 
such two fiscal quarter period, the Company or any of its Restricted 
Subsidiaries shall have engaged in any Asset Sale of any company, entity or 
business, EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the 
EBITDA (if positive), or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if 
negative), directly attributable to the company, entity or business that is 
the subject of such Asset Sale and any related retirement of Debt as if such 
Asset Sale and related retirement of Debt had occurred on the first day of 
such period or (z) if during such two fiscal quarter period the Company or 
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have acquired any company, entity 
or business, EBITDA shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such 
acquisition and related financing had occurred on the first day of such 
period.

        "Default" means any event, act or condition the occurrence of 
which is, or after notice or the passage of time or both would be, an Event 
of Default.

        "Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 307.

        "Depositary" shall mean The Depository Trust Company, its 
nominees, and their respective successors.

        "Disinterested Director" means, with respect to any transaction 
or series of related transactions, a member of the Board of Directors of the 
Company who has no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with 
respect to such transaction or series of related transactions. For purposes 
of this definition, no Person would be deemed not to be a Disinterested 
Director solely because such Person or an Affiliate of such Person holds 
Capital Stock of the Company.

        "EBITDA" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the 
sum for such Person for such period of Consolidated Net Income plus, to the 
extent reflected in the income statement of such Person for such period from 
which Consolidated Net Income is determined, without duplication, (i) 
Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) income tax expense, (iii) depreciation 
expense, (iv) amortization expense including without limitation, 
amortization of goodwill and other intangibles, (v) any charge related to 
any premium or penalty paid in connection with redeeming or retiring any 
Debt prior to its stated maturity and (vi) any non-cash charges excluded in 
calculating Consolidated Net Income less any non-cash charges added to the 
calculation of Consolidated Net Income (excluding in each case any such non-
cash charge that requires an accrual of or reserve for cash charges for any 
future period).


        "Eligible Cash Equivalents" means (i) United States dollars, 
(ii) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the 
United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof having 
maturities of not more than one year and one day from the date of 
acquisition, (iii) certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits with 
maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers' 
acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank 
deposits, in each case with any commercial bank(s) domiciled in the United 
States or in any member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and 
Development having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a 
Keefe Bank Watch Rating of "B" or better, (iv) repurchase obligations with a 
term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types 
described in clauses (ii) and (iii) entered into with any financial 
institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above, (v) 
commercial paper rated no lower than P-2 or the equivalent thereof by 
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or no lower than A-2 or the equivalent 
thereof by Standard & Poor's Rating Services or corporate notes, bonds or 
medium term notes rated no lower than A-2 or the equivalent thereof by 
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or no lower than A or the equivalent thereof 
by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, and in each case maturing within one 
year and one day after the date of acquisition, (vi) direct obligations 
issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any 
such state or political instrumentality thereof maturing, or subject to 
tender at the option of the holder thereof, within 90 days after the date of 
acquisition, having a rating of A from Standard & Poor's Ratings Services or 
A-2 from Moody's Investors Service, Inc., (vii) asset-backed securities with 
an Average Life equal to or less than one year and one day from the time of 
acquisition and rated no lower than Aaa or the equivalent thereof by Moody's 
Investors Service, Inc. or AAA or the equivalent thereof by Standard & 
Poor's Ratings Services, and (viii) investments in money market funds 
substantially all of whose assets comprise securities of the types described 
in clauses (i) through (vii).

        "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 501.

        "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended.

        "Exchange Notes" has the meaning stated in the first recital of 
this Indenture and refers to any Exchange Notes containing terms 
substantially identical to the Initial Notes (except that (i) such Exchange 
Notes shall not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions and 
shall be registered under the Securities Act, and (ii) certain provisions 
relating to Additional Interest (as defined in the Note) shall be 
eliminated) that are issued and exchanged for the Initial Notes in 
accordance with the Exchange Offer, as provided for in the Registration 
Rights Agreement and this Indenture.

        "Exchange Offer" means the offer by the Company to the Holders 
of the Initial Notes to exchange all of the Initial Notes for Exchange 
Notes, as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement.

        "Exchange Offer Registration Statement" means the Exchange Offer 
Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

        "Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any asset or property, the 
sale value that could be obtained in an arm's-length transaction, for cash, 
between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of whom is under 
pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Unless otherwise 
specified herein, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board of 
Directors of the Company acting in good faith and as of the date on which 
such determination is made.

        "Federal Communications Commission" means the Federal 
Communications Commission, or, if at any time after the execution of this 
Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now 
assigned to it, then the body performing such duties at such time.

        "Financing Commitment Letter" means the commitment letter 
between the Company and Northern Telecom, Inc. setting forth the anticipated 
terms and conditions under which Northern Telecom, Inc. will provide loans 
to the Company in an aggregate amount of up to $780.0 million that will be 
used to provide working capital and finance the purchase of certain 
telecommunications system equipment, software and services subject to the 
Arrangement Commitment Letter.


        "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting 
principles, consistently applied, as set forth in the opinions and 
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute 
of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the 
Financial Accounting Standards Board, or in such other statements by such 
other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting 
profession of the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as 
of the date of determination; provided, however, that, except as otherwise 
                              --------  -------
specifically provided, all calculations made for purposes of determining 
compliance with the terms of the provisions of this Indenture shall utilize 
GAAP in effect at the time of preparation of, and in accordance with the 
GAAP used to prepare, the historical financial statements of the Company on 
the Issue Date.

        "Global Notes" has the meaning set forth in Section 201.

        "Guarantee" means, as applied to any obligation of another 
Person, (i) a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments 
for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in 
any manner, of any part or all of such obligation, (ii) any direct or 
indirect obligation, contingent or otherwise, of a Person guaranteeing or 
having the effect of guaranteeing the obligations of any other Person in any 
manner and (iii) an agreement of a Person, direct or indirect, contingent or 
otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment 
or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of 
all or any part of such obligation of another Person (and "Guaranteed", 
"Guaranteeing" and "Guarantor" shall have meanings correlative to the 
foregoing).

        "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in 
the Note Register.

        "incur" means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of 
any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), 
extend, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt 
or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or 
otherwise, of any such Debt or obligation on the balance sheet of such 
Person; provided that neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of 
        --------
original issue discount shall be considered an incurrence of Debt (and 
"incurrence", "incurred", "incurrable" and "incurring" shall have meanings 
correlative to the foregoing); provided further that a change in GAAP that 
                               -------- -------
results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming 
Debt shall not be deemed an incurrence of such Debt. Debt otherwise incurred 
by a Person before it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall 
be deemed to have been incurred at the time at which it becomes a Restricted 
Subsidiary.

        "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed and as 
it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more 
indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable 
provisions hereof.

        "Initial Notes" has the meaning specified in the recitals to 
this Indenture.

        "Interest Payment Date" means the Stated Maturity of an 
installment of interest on the Notes.

        "Interest Swap Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, 
the obligations of such Person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, 
interest rate cap, collar or floor agreement or other similar agreement or 
arrangement.

        "Invested Capital" means the sum of (a) 15% of the aggregate net 
cash proceeds received by the Company (or its predecessor) from the issuance 
of (or capital contributions with respect to) any Qualified Capital Stock, 
(b) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from the 
issuance of (or capital contributions with respect to) any Qualified Capital 
Stock (including preferred stock but only if any redemption thereof is 
permitted only after the Stated Maturity of the Notes) or Subordinated 
Stockholder Debt subsequent to the Issue Date, other than the issuance of 
Qualified Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and (c) 
all net cash proceeds from the sales of Redeemable Capital Stock of the 
Company or Debt securities of the Company convertible into Qualified Capital 
Stock of the Company, in each case upon such redemption or conversion 
thereof into Qualified Capital Stock; provided, however, that Invested 
                                      --------  -------
Capital shall be excluded from any computation thereof to the extent 
utilized to make a Restricted Payment.

        "Investment" by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, 
advance (or other extension of credit, including any Guarantee) or capital 
contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to 
others or any other payments for property or services for the account or use 
of others), the purchase or acquisition of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, 
debentures or other securities of, the acquisition, by purchase or 
otherwise, of all or substantially all of the businesses or assets or stock 
or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or making of any 
Investment in any Person.  Investments shall exclude accounts receivable and 
other extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in 
accordance with normal trade practices.

        "Issue Date" means the date on which the Notes are first 
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

        "Lien" means, with respect to any property or other asset, any 
mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit 
arrangement, security interest, lien (statutory or other), charge, easement, 
preference, priority or other encumbrance on or with respect to such 
property or other asset (including, without limitation, any conditional sale 
or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic 
effect as any of the foregoing).

        "Maturity", when used with respect to a Note, means the date on 
which the principal of such Note becomes due and payable as provided therein 
or herein, whether at the Stated Maturity, on the purchase date established 
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture with regard to a Change of Control 
Offer or an Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, or by declaration of 
acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.


        "Net Cash Proceeds" means, (a) with respect to Asset Sales of 
any property or other assets by a Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, 
cash and cash equivalents received net of (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket 
expenses of such Person or such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in connection 
with such sale, including, without limitation, all legal, title and 
recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred 
(but excluding any finder's fee or broker's fee payable to any Affiliate of 
such Person) and all federal, state, foreign and local taxes arising in 
connection with such an Asset Sale that are paid or required to be accrued 
as a liability under GAAP by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, 
(ii) all payments made by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries on any 
Debt that is secured by such properties or other assets in accordance with 
the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such properties or other 
assets or that must, by the terms of such Debt or in order to obtain a 
necessary consent to such transaction or by applicable law, be repaid in 
connection with such Asset Sale, (iii) all contractually required 
distributions and other payments made to minority interest holders in 
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person as a result of such transaction, and 
(iv) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted 
Subsidiary of the Company as a reserve against any liabilities associated 
with such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-
employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters 
and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such 
Asset Sale; provided that, in the event that any consideration for a 
            --------
transaction (that otherwise would constitute Net Cash Proceeds) is required 
to be held in escrow pending determination of whether a purchase price 
adjustment shall be made or is reserved pursuant to clause (iv) above, such 
consideration (or any portion thereof) shall become Net Cash Proceeds only 
at such time as it is released to such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries 
from escrow or ceases to be reserved, and provided that any non-cash 
                                          --------
consideration received in connection with any transaction that is 
subsequently converted to cash shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds at 
such time, for purposes of an Asset Sale and shall thereafter be applied in 
accordance with Section 1016, and (b) with respect to any issuance or sale 
of Capital Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash 
or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment 
obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, 
component thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents 
(except to the extent such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to 
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) and proceeds from 
the conversion of other property received when converted to cash or cash 
equivalents, net of attorney's fees, underwriters' or placement agents' 
fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees 
incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or 
payable as a result thereof.  For purposes of the preceding clause (b) the 
value of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company upon the 
issuance of Capital Stock either upon the conversion of convertible Debt or 
Redeemable Capital Stock, shall be the Net Cash Proceeds received upon the 
issuance of such Debt or Redeemable Capital Stock plus the incremental 
amount received by the Company upon the conversion, exchange or exercise 
thereof.

        "Non-U.S. Person" means a person who is not a U.S. person as 
defined in Regulation S.

        "Note Register" and "Note Registrar" have the respective 
meanings specified in Section 305.

        "Notes" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this 
Indenture and more particularly means any Notes authenticated and delivered 
under this Indenture.

        "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the 
Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Vice Chairman of the Board of 
Directors, the President or a Vice President, and by the Chief Financial 
Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant 
Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and 
delivered to the Trustee, which certificate shall comply with this 
Indenture.

        "Offshore Global Note" has the meaning set forth in Section 201.

        "Offshore Physical Note" has the meaning set forth in Section 201. 

        "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may 
be an employee of or counsel for the Company, including an employee of the 
Company, and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

        "Outstanding", when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the 
date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered 
under this Indenture, except:

        (i)   Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to 
        the Trustee for cancellation;


        (ii)  Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption 
        money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the 
        Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set 
        aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act 
        as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that,
                                                                --------
        if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been 
        duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor reasonably 
        satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; 

        (iii) Notes, except to the extent expressly provided in 
        Sections 1302 and 1303, with respect to which the Company has effected 
        defeasance and/or covenant defeasance as provided in Article Thirteen; 
        and

        (iv) Notes that have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in 
        exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated 
        and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in 
        respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof 
        satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser 
        in whose hands the Notes are valid obligations of the Company;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the 
- --------  -------
requisite principal amount at Stated Maturity of Outstanding Notes have
given any request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, notice or
waiver hereunder, and for the purpose of making the calculations 
required by TIA Section 313, Notes owned by the Company or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or such other 
obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except 
that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making 
such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, 
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that 
the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.  Notes so 
owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as 
Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the 
Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Notes and 
that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes 
or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor.

        "Paying Agent" means any Person (including the Company acting as 
Paying Agent) authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and 
premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Company.



        "Permitted Debt" means (a) Vendor Debt in an aggregate principal 
amount not to exceed $780.0 million outstanding at any one time; (b) Debt 
permitted to be borrowed under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate 
principal amount not to exceed $175.0 million outstanding at any time; (c) 
Telecommunications Assets Debt; (d) Debt under Interest Swap Obligations 
designed to protect against or manage the Company's or any of its 
Subsidiaries' exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, provided that such 
                                                          --------
obligations are related to payment obligations on other Permitted Debt, and 
Currency Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business 
and designed to protect against or manage the Company's or any of its 
Subsidiaries' exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; 
(e) Debt of the Company to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Debt of a 
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Restricted 
Subsidiary of the Company (but only so long as such Debt is held by a Person 
who is the Company or such a Restricted Subsidiary); (f) Debt in respect of 
(1) letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or other similar instruments or 
obligations, issued in connection with liabilities incurred in the ordinary 
course of business (including those issued to governmental entities in 
connection with self-insurance under applicable workers' compensation 
statutes) or (2) surety, judgment, appeal, performance and other similar 
bonds, instruments or obligations provided in the ordinary course of 
business; (g) Debt represented by the Notes and the Senior Notes, any 
Guarantees in respect thereof, and any Debt arising by reason of any Lien 
granted to secure any of the foregoing Debt; (h) Debt arising from 
agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or 
similar obligations, or from Guarantees, or letters of credit, surety bonds 
or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case incurred in 
connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Restricted 
Subsidiary of the Company, in a principal amount not to exceed the gross 
proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in 
connection with such disposition; (i) Capital Lease Obligations in an 
aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $10.0 
million; (j) Debt in existence on the Issue Date; (k) Debt arising from the 
honoring of a check, draft or similar instrument of a Person drawn against 
insufficient funds, provided that such Debt is extinguished within five 
                    --------
Business Days of its incurrence; (l) Debt incurred (and refinancing of such 
Debt) not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, two times the aggregate 
Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the 
issuance and sale of its Capital Stock (other than (1) Redeemable Capital 
Stock and (2) preferred stock that requires the accrual of dividends in cash 
prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes) or Subordinated Stockholder Debt 
to a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company to the extent that such 
Net Cash Proceeds have not been used to make a Permitted Investment pursuant 
to clause (a) of the definition of "Permitted Investments", or to make a 
Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 1012, provided that such Debt does 
                                             --------
not mature prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes and has an Average Life 
longer than the Notes; (m) any Debt incurred in connection with or given in 
exchange for the renewal, extension, substitution, refunding, defeasance, 
refinancing or replacement of any Debt referred to in clauses (c), (g), (j), 
(n), and (o) and not incurred in violation of this Indenture ("Refinancing 
Debt"), provided, however, that (1) the principal amount of such Refinancing 
        --------  -------
Debt shall not exceed the principal amount of the Debt so renewed, extended, 
substituted, refunded, defeased, refinanced or replaced (plus the premiums 
paid, and the expenses incurred, in connection therewith), (2) with respect 
to Refinancing Debt of any Debt, if the Average Life of the Debt being 
renewed, extended, substituted, refunded, defeased, refinanced or replaced 
is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Notes, the Refinancing 
Debt shall have an Average Life equal to or greater than the Average Life of 
the Notes and shall not mature prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, 
and (3) with respect to Refinancing Debt of any Debt, such Refinancing Debt 
shall rank no more senior (including as a result of structural subordination 
of the Notes), and shall be at least as subordinated, in right of payment to 
the Notes as the Debt being renewed, extended, substituted, refunded, 
defeased, refinanced or replaced; (n) Debt incurred in connection with a 
prepayment or redemption of the Notes or the Senior Notes pursuant to a 
Change of Control), provided that the principal amount of such Debt does not 
                    --------
exceed 101% of the principal amount at Stated Maturity of the Notes or the 
principal amount of the Senior Notes, prepaid (plus the amount of reasonable 
expenses incurred in connection therewith) and that such Debt (i) has an 
Average Life to stated maturity equal to or greater than the remaining 
Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Notes and (ii) does not mature prior 
to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; (o) Debt incurred if after giving pro 
forma effect to the incurrence and application of the proceeds thereof, the 
Debt to Annualized EBITDA Ratio would not equal or exceed 5 to 1 in the case 
of any such incurrence; (p) Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted 
Subsidiaries arising by reason of the recharacterization of the sale of 
accounts receivable to an Accounts Receivable Subsidiary; and (q) 
Subordinated Stockholder Debt.

        For purposes of determining compliance with, and any particular 
amount of Debt under, Section 1010, Guarantees, Liens or obligations with 
respect to letters of credit supporting Debt shall be disregarded (x) if 
otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount, or (y) if 
incurred by the obligor on such Debt, to the extent that any such Guarantee, 
Lien or letter of credit secures the principal amount of such Debt.  For 
purposes of determining compliance with Section 1010, in the event that an 
item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt 
described in this definition of Permitted Debt, the Company, in its sole 
discretion, shall classify such item of Debt and only be required to include 
the amount and type of such Debt in one of such clauses.

        For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-
denominated restriction on the incurrence of Debt denominated in a foreign 
currency, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Debt incurred 
pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange 
rate in effect on the date that such Debt was incurred, in the case of term 
debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt, provided 
                                                                --------
that (x) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of any such Debt outstanding 
on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency 
exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date and (y) if such Debt is incurred 
to refinance other Debt denominated in a foreign currency, and such 
refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be 
exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on 
the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be 
deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such 
refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of such Debt being 
refinanced.  The principal amount of any Debt incurred to refinance other 
Debt, if incurred in a different currency from the Debt being refinanced, 
shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the 
currencies in which such respective Debt is denominated that is in effect on 
the date of such refinancing.

        Debt of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, which 
Debt is outstanding at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary 
or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted 
Subsidiary, shall be deemed to have been incurred at the time such Person 
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into or consolidated 
with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and Debt that is assumed at the 
time of the acquisition of any asset shall be deemed to have been incurred 
at the time of such acquisition.

        "Permitted Holder" means each of Microwave Services Inc., 
Digital Services Corporation, Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation, 
Alex J. Mandl and their respective Affiliates on the Issue Date.


        "Permitted Investments" means (a) Investments in an aggregate 
amount not to exceed the sum of (i) Invested Capital, (ii) the Fair Market 
Value of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, Redeemable Capital Stock of 
the Company, or Debt securities of the Company convertible into Qualified 
Capital Stock of the Company, in the latter two cases upon such redemption 
or conversion thereof into Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, issued by 
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as consideration for 
any such Investments made pursuant to this clause (a), and (iii) in the case 
of the disposition or repayment of any Investment made pursuant to this 
clause (a) after the Issue Date (including by redesignation of an 
Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary of the 
Company), an amount equal to the lesser of the return of capital with 
respect to such Investment and the initial amount of such Investment, in 
either case, less the cost of the disposition of such Investment; (b) 
Permitted Temporary Investments; (c) Investments in assets used in the 
ordinary course of business; (d) Investments in any Person as a result of 
which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company provided 
                                                                 --------
that such Restricted Subsidiary is engaged in a Telecommunications Business; 
(e) Investments in trade receivables, prepaid expenses, negotiable 
instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers' 
compensation, performance and other similar deposits; (f) loans and advances 
to employees made in the ordinary course of business; (g) Interest Swap 
Obligations and Currency Hedge Obligations; (h) bonds, notes, debentures or 
other securities received as a result of Asset Sales permitted under Section 
1016; (i) Investments in existence at the Issue Date and any extension, 
modification or renewal of any such Investment that does not increase the 
amount of such Investment; (j) endorsements for collection or deposit in the 
ordinary course of business by such Person of bank drafts and similar 
negotiable instruments of such other Person received as payment for ordinary 
course of business trade receivables; (k) any Investment by a Restricted 
Subsidiary of the Company or any Investment by the Company or a Restricted 
Subsidiary of the Company in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (l) 
Investments deemed to have been made as a result of the acquisition of a 
Person that at the time of such acquisition held instruments constituting 
Investments that were not acquired in contemplation of, or in connection 
with, the acquisition of such Person; and (m) Investments in or acquisitions 
of Capital Stock, Debt, securities or other property of Persons (other than 
Affiliates of the Company) received by the Company or any of its Restricted 
Subsidiaries in the bankruptcy or reorganization of or by such Person or any 
exchange of such Investment with the issuer thereof or taken in settlement 
of or other resolution of claims or disputes, and, in each case, extensions, 
modifications and renewals thereof.

        "Permitted Liens" means (a) Liens securing Vendor Debt and Debt 
incurred under the Credit Agreement, provided that such Debt was incurred in 
                                     --------
compliance with clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of the definition of 
Permitted Debt; (b) Liens securing Telecommunications Assets Debt; (c) Liens 
on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or 
into, or consolidated with, the Company or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary 
of the Company (and not incurred in anticipation of such transaction); 
provided that such Liens are not extended to the property and assets of the 
- --------
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than the acquired Restricted 
Subsidiary; (d) Liens existing as of the Issue Date; (e) Liens on property 
or assets acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, 
provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in 
- --------
contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any other property or 
assets; (f) Liens in respect of Interest Swap Obligations and Currency Hedge 
Obligations permitted under the Indenture; (g) Liens in favor of the Company 
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (h) Liens securing the Notes and the 
Senior Notes, or any Guarantees thereof; (i) any interest or title of a 
lessor in the property subject to any Capitalized Lease Obligation or 
operating lease; (j) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect 
to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to 
such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (k) Liens 
arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar 
arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (l) Liens on the 
property or assets or Capital Stock of Accounts Receivable Subsidiaries and 
Liens arising out of any sale of accounts receivable in the ordinary course 
(including in connection with a financing transaction) to or by an Accounts 
Receivable Subsidiary or to Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company; 
(m) Liens on the Pledged Securities in favor of the Senior Notes Trustee and 
the holders of the Senior Notes; and (n) any extension, renewal, 
refinancing, refunding or replacement of any Permitted Lien (or any 
arrangement to which such Permitted Lien relates), provided that such new 
                                                   --------
Lien, pledge or deposit is limited to the property or assets that secured 
(or under the arrangement under which the original Permitted Lien arose, 
could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate.

        "Permitted Temporary Investments" means (a) all Eligible Cash 
Equivalents except that the term "not more than one year and one day after 
the date of acquisition" is changed to "not more than two years after the 
Issue Date" and (b) debt securities with an investment grade rating by 
Standard & Poor's Rating Services and Moody's Investors Service, Inc. issued 
by any Person and maturing within two years after the Issue Date.

        "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint 
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated 
organization, limited liability corporation or government or any agency or 
political subdivision thereof.

        "Physical Notes" has the meaning set forth in Section 201.

        "Pledged Securities" means the securities purchased by the 
Company with a portion of the net proceeds from the offering of the Senior 
Notes as set forth in the Offering Memorandum.

        "Predecessor Note" of any particular Note means every previous 
Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such 
particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note 
authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for a mutilated 
security or in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to 
evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

        "Private Placement Legend" has the meaning set forth in Section 
202.

        "Proportionate Interest" in any issuance of Capital Stock of a 
Restricted Subsidiary means a ratio (i) the numerator of which is the 
aggregate amount of all Investments in Capital Stock of such Restricted 
Subsidiary by the Company and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate 
amount of all Investments in Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary by 
all Persons.

        "Qualified Capital Stock" of any Person means a class of Capital 
Stock other than Redeemable Capital Stock.

        "QIB" means a "Qualified Institutional Buyer" within the meaning 
of Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

        "Redeemable Capital Stock" of any Person means any equity 
security of such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security 
into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or otherwise 
(including on the happening of an event), is required to be redeemed or is 
redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part 
(including by operation of a sinking fund), or is exchangeable for Debt 
(other than at the option of such Person), in whole or in part, at any time 
prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes.

        "Redemption Date", when used with respect to any Note to be 
redeemed, in whole or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by 
or pursuant to this Indenture and the terms of the Notes.


        "Redemption Price", when used with respect to any Note to be 
redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this 
Indenture and the terms of the Notes.

        "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights 
Agreement dated as of February 20, 1998 among the Company and the Initial 
Purchasers.

        "Registration Statement" means the Registration Statement as 
defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

        "Regular Record Date", for the interest payable on any interest 
payment date, means the February 15 or August 15 (whether or not a Business 
Day), as the case may be, next preceding such interest payment date.

        "Regulation S" means Regulation S under the General Regulations 
of the Securities Act.

        "Replacement Assets" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, 
properties or assets that, as determined by the Board of Directors, as 
evidenced by a Board Resolution, are used or shall be used in the 
Telecommunications Business of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the 
Company.

        "Responsible Officer", when used with respect to the Trustee, 
means the chairman or any vice-chairman of the board of directors, the 
chairman or any vice-chairman of the executive committee of the board of 
directors, the chairman of the trust committee, the president, any vice 
president, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any 
assistant treasurer, the cashier, any assistant cashier, any trust officer 
or assistant trust officer, the controller or any assistant controller or 
any other officer of the Trustee duly authorized and customarily performing 
functions similar to those performed by any of the above-designated 
officers, and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust 
matter, any other duly authorized officer to whom such matter is referred 
because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.


        "Restricted Payment" means (i) a dividend or other distribution 
declared and paid on the Capital Stock of the Company or to the Company's 
stockholders (in their capacity as such), or declared and paid to any Person 
other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on the 
Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case, 
other than dividends, distributions or payments made solely in Qualified 
Capital Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (and other than 
pro rata dividends or distributions on Qualified Capital Stock of such 
Restricted Subsidiaries), (ii) a payment made by the Company or any of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a payment to the Company or any 
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to purchase, redeem, acquire or retire 
any Capital Stock of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the 
Company, (iii) a payment made by the Company or any of its Restricted 
Subsidiaries to redeem, repurchase, defease (including an in-substance or 
legal defeasance) or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any 
scheduled maturity, scheduled sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment, 
any Subordinated Debt of the Company, (iv) an Investment in any Person, 
including an Unrestricted Subsidiary, other than (a) a Permitted Investment, 
(b) an Investment by the Company in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company 
or (c) an Investment by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the 
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (v) a payment of 
principal, interest or other payment on or in respect of Subordinated 
Stockholder Debt.  For calculation purposes upon any Person becoming a 
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, no investments in that Person shall be 
considered to be Restricted Payments.

        "Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means (i) any corporation 
other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary more than 50% of the outstanding 
shares of Voting Stock of which is owned or controlled, directly or 
indirectly, by such Person or (ii) any limited partnership other than an 
Unrestricted Subsidiary of which such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of 
such Person is a general partner or (iii) any other Person (other than a 
corporation or limited partnership) other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary in 
which such Person, or one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries of such 
Person, or such Person and one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries 
thereof, directly or indirectly, have more than 50% of the outstanding 
partnership or similar interests or have the power, by contract or 
otherwise, to direct or cause the direction of the policies, management and 
affairs thereof.

        "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the General Regulations of the 
Securities Act.

        "Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means, with respect to any 
Person, any direct or indirect arrangement pursuant to which property is 
sold or transferred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person 
and is thereafter leased back from the purchaser or transferee thereof by 
such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

        "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        "Senior Notes" has the meaning set forth in the recitals herein.

        "Senior Notes Indenture" means the indenture dated November 26, 
1997 by and between the Trustee and the Company governing the Senior Notes.


        "Senior Notes Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" 
in the first paragraph of the Senior Notes Indenture until a successor 
Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the 
Senior Notes Indenture, and thereafter "Senior Notes Trustee" shall mean 
such successor Trustee.

        "Shelf Registration Statement" means the Shelf Registration 
Statement, as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

        "Significant Restricted Subsidiary" means a Restricted 
Subsidiary that is a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of 
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, or that owns 
or holds a Federal Communications Commission license for the transmission of 
wireless telecommunications services.

        "Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest 
means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

        "Stated Maturity", when used with respect to a Note or any 
installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in such Note as 
the fixed date on which the principal of such Note or such installment of 
interest is due and payable.

        "Subordinated Debt" means Debt of the Company that is 
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes.

        "Subordinated Stockholder Debt" means Debt of the Company to a 
Permitted Holder, provided that, except to the extent expressly permitted by 
                  --------
Section 1012,  such Debt shall not (by its terms or by the terms of any 
security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) 
(including upon the happening of any event) pay principal, premium, if any, 
or interest (upon acceleration or otherwise) until the earlier of (a) six 
months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes and (b) the payment in full in 
cash of all the Notes and provided further that (i) such Debt shall be 
                          --------
subordinated to the Notes pursuant to the terms of a Subordinated Note in 
the form attached hereto and (ii) the Company shall have delivered one or 
more opinions of counsel in the form attached hereto as to the validity and 
enforceability of such Subordinated Note.

        "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any 
corporation more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of which 
is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, or by one or more other 
Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more other 
Subsidiaries of such Person, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or 
similar entity, more than 50% of the outstanding partnership or similar 
interests of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, or by 
one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or 
more other Subsidiaries of such Person and (iii) any limited partnership of 
which such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner.


        "Subsidiary Guarantee" means a Guarantee of the Notes or the 
Senior Notes, as the case may be, by a Restricted Subsidiary and required 
pursuant to Section [1014] hereof.

        "Subsidiary Guarantor" means a Restricted Subsidiary that has 
executed a Subsidiary Guarantee.

        "Telecommunications Assets" means all assets, rights 
(contractual or otherwise) and properties, whether tangible or intangible, 
used or useful in connection with a Telecommunications Business.

        "Telecommunications Assets Debt" means any Debt of the Company 
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, 
construction, expansion or development of Telecommunications Assets; 
provided that, at the time of incurrence, such Debt does not exceed 100% of 
- --------
the lesser of cost or Fair Market Value of the Telecommunications Assets to 
be so acquired, constructed, expanded or developed.

        "Telecommunications Business" means, when used in reference to 
any Person, that such Person is engaged primarily in the business of (i) 
transmitting or providing services relating to the transmission of voice, 
video or data through owned or leased transmission facilities, (ii) 
creating, developing or marketing communications related network equipment, 
software and other devices for use in a Telecommunications Business or (iii) 
evaluating, participating in or pursuing any other activity or opportunity 
that is related to those identified in (i) or (ii) above; provided that the 
                                                          --------
determination of what constitutes a Telecommunications Business shall be 
made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

        "Transactions" means (i) the acquisition by the Company of all 
of the outstanding stock of FirstMark Communications, Inc. pursuant to a 
stock contribution agreement dated as of March 10, 1997 among Teligent, 
L.L.C., FirstMark Communications, Inc. and the sole stockholder of FirstMark 
Communications, Inc., (ii) the capital contributions in an aggregate amount 
of $60 million to Teligent, L.L.C. by the original members of Teligent, 
L.L.C., (iii) the contribution of Associated Communications of Los Angeles 
to Teligent, L.L.C. by The Associated Group, Inc., (iv) the assignment of 
certain licenses held by certain of the Company's members or affiliates to 
the Company, (v) the grant by the Federal Communications Commission of 
pending applications to provide 24 GHz wireless services in Boston, MA and 
New York, NY, (vi) the investment by Nippon Telegraph and Telephone 
Corporation of $100.0 million in the Company pursuant to a securities 
purchase agreement dated September 30, 1997 between the Company and Nippon 
Telegraph and Telephone Corporation and (vii) the merger of Teligent, L.L.C. 
with and into the Company, with the Company surviving the merger.


        "Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 
1939 as in effect from time to time.

        "Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first 
paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such 
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter 
"Trustee" shall mean such successor Trustee.

        "U.S. Global Note" has the meaning set forth in Section 201.

        "U.S. Government Obligations" means (x) securities that are (i) 
direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which 
the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) 
obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency 
or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is 
unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the 
United States of America, which securities, in either case under clause (i) 
or (ii) above, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer 
thereof, and (y) depository receipts issued by a bank (as defined in Section 
3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any U.S. 
Government Obligation that is specified in clause (x) above and held by such 
bank for the account of the holder of such depository receipt, or with 
respect to any specific payment of principal or interest on any U.S. 
Government Obligation that is so specified and held, provided that (except 
                                                     --------
as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction 
from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any 
amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government 
Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest of the U.S. 
Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

        "U.S. Physical Note" has the meaning set forth in Section 201.

        "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the 
Company (a) that at the time of determination shall be an Unrestricted 
Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, as 
provided below), (b) that shall be engaged in the same or similar line of 
business as the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (c) all the 
Debt of which shall be non-recourse to the Company and its Subsidiaries 
other than its Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (ii) any Subsidiary of an 
Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that notwithstanding clause (i)(c) above, 
                         --------
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may Guarantee, 
endorse, agree to provide funds for the payment or maintenance of, or 
otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to, Debt of an 
Unrestricted Subsidiary but only to the extent that the Company or such 
Restricted Subsidiary could make an Investment in such Unrestricted 
Subsidiary pursuant to Section 1012 and any such Guarantee, endorsement or 
agreement shall be deemed an incurrence of Debt by the Company for purposes 
of Section 1010.  The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any 
newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary 
unless such Subsidiary owns any capital stock of, or owns or holds any Lien 
on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not an 
Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than an Subsidiary of the type referred to in 
clause (ii) above).  Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the 
Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a 
certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and 
an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the 
foregoing conditions.  The Company's Board of Directors may designate any 
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary (a "Revocation"); 
provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation, 
- --------  -------
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, 
including, without limitation, under Sections 1010 and 1011, assuming the 
incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of 
such designation of all existing Debt and Liens of the Unrestricted 
Subsidiary to be so designated as a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

        "Vendor Debt" means any Debt incurred (x) pursuant to the 
facility contemplated by the Financing Commitment Letter and/or the 
Arrangement Commitment Letter or (y) pursuant to any agreement with one or 
more other vendors, suppliers or lessors of equipment (including any 
facility entered into with any vendor, supplier or lessor or any financial 
institution acting on behalf of any vendor, supplier or lessor as such 
agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented, refunded, refinanced, 
restructured, renewed or replaced from time to time (whether in whole or in 
part, whether with the original agent or lenders or other agents or lenders 
and whether provided under the original agreement or otherwise).

        "Vice President", when used with respect to the Company or the 
Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or 
a word or words added before or after the title "vice president".

        "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, securities of 
any class or classes of Capital Stock in such Person entitling the holders 
thereof (whether at all times or at the times that such class of Capital 
Stock has voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) to 
vote in the election of members of the board of directors or comparable body 
of such Person.

        SECTION 102.  Compliance Certificates and Opinions.
                      ------------------------------------

        Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to 
take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall 
furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions 
precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture (including any covenant 
compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) relating to the 
proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating 
that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, 
have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or 
request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically 
required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular 
application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be 
furnished.

        Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a 
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to 
Section 1008(a)) shall include:

        (1)  a statement that each individual signing such certificate or 
        opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein 
        relating thereto;

        (2)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the 
        examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions 
        contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

        (3)  a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he 
        has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable 
        him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant 
        or condition has been complied with; and

        (4)  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such 
        individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

        SECTION 103.  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.
                      --------------------------------------
        In any case where several matters are required to be certified 
by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary 
that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only 
one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one 
document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to 
some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any 
such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or 
several documents.

        Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be 
based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion 
of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows that the 
certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon 
which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous.  Any such 
certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to 
factual matters, upon (x) a certificate or opinion of, or representations 
by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with 
respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless 
such counsel knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with 
respect to such matters are erroneous or (y) one or more certificates of 
public officials.


        Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or 
more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or 
other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be 
consolidated and form one instrument.

        SECTION 104.  Acts of Holders.
                      ---------------
        (a)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, 
consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or 
taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments 
of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents 
duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly 
provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or 
instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly 
required, to the Company.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action 
embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as 
the "Act" of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of 
execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent 
shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in 
favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this 
Section.

        (b)  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such 
instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such 
execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized 
by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual 
signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution 
thereof.  Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other 
than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also 
constitute sufficient proof of authority.  The fact and date of the 
execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person 
executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee 
deems sufficient.

        (c)  The principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any 
Person, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the Note 
Register.


        (d)  If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of Notes any 
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other 
Act, the Company may, at its option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, 
fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to 
give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver 
or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so.  
Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record 
date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a 
date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of 
Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such 
solicitation is completed.  If such a record date is fixed, such request, 
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may 
be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at 
the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for 
the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of 
Outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, 
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and 
for that purpose the Outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record 
date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the 
Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become 
effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven 
months after the record date.

        (e)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, 
consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every 
future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the 
registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof 
in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, 
any Paying Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation 
of such action is made upon such Note.

        SECTION 105.  Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company.
                      -------------------------------------
        Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, 
waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this 
Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

        (1)  the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be 
   sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or 
   filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, 
   Attention:  Corporate Trust Department, or

        (2)  the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be 
   sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein 
   expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage 
   prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its 
   principal office specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture, 
   or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee 
   by the Company.

        SECTION 106.  Notice to Holders; Waiver.
                      -------------------------

        Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders 
by the Company or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given 
(unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, 
first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at his 
address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, 
and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such 
notice.  In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the 
failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any 
particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect 
to other Holders.  Any notice mailed to a Holder in the manner herein 
prescribed shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such 
Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives such notice.  Where 
this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived 
in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or 
after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.  
Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such 
filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action 
taken in reliance upon such waiver.

        In case by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in 
regular mail service or by reason of any other cause, it shall be 
impracticable to mail notice of any event to Holders when such notice is 
required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any 
manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall 
be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice for every purpose 
hereunder.

        SECTION 107.  Effect of Headings, Table of Contents and Recitals.
                      --------------------------------------------------

        The Article and Section headings herein, the Table of Contents 
and the Recitals are for convenience only and shall not affect the 
construction hereof.

        SECTION 108.  Successors and Assigns.
                      ----------------------

        All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company 
and the Trustee shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether 
so expressed or not.

        SECTION 109.  Separability Clause.
                      -------------------

        In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be 
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability 
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired 
thereby.

        SECTION 110.  Benefits of Indenture.
                      --------------------- 

        Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, 
shall give to any Person, (other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, 
any Notes Registrar and their successors hereunder, and the Holders) any 
benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this 
Indenture.

        SECTION 111.  Governing Law.
                      -------------

        This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed 
in accordance with the law of the State of New York (without giving effect 
to the conflict of laws principles thereof).  The Trustee, the Company, and 
(by their acceptance of the Notes) the Holders, agree to submit to the non-
exclusive jurisdiction of any United States federal or state court located 
in the Borough of Manhattan, in the City of New York in any action or 
proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or the Notes.  Upon 
the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or the consummation of 
the Exchange Offer, this Indenture will be subject to the provisions of the 
Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture and 
shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

        SECTION 112.  Legal Holidays.
                      --------------

        In any case where any Interest Payment Date, date established 
for the payment of defaulted interest, Redemption Date, Change of Control 
Payment Date, Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date or Stated Maturity or Maturity 
of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other 
provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal (or 
premium, if any) or interest need not be made on such date, but may be made 
on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if 
made on the Interest Payment Date, date established for the payment of 
defaulted interest, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date, Asset 
Sale Offer Purchase Date or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity; provided 
                                                                --------
that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest 
Payment Date, date established for the payment of defaulted interest, 
Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date, Asset Sale Offer Purchase 
Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be.

        SECTION 113.  No Recourse Against Others.
                      --------------------------

        No recourse for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if 
any, or interest on, any of the Notes or for any claim based thereon or 
otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, 
covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any of the 
Notes, or because of the creation of any Debt represented thereby, shall be 
had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee, 
controlling person of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the Company or of 
any successor Person of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the Company.  Each 
Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability, and such 
waiver and release is part of the consideration for the issuance of the 
Notes.

        SECTION 114.  Exhibits and Schedules.
                      ----------------------

        All exhibits and schedules attached hereto are by this reference 
made a part hereof with the same effect as if herein set forth in full.

        SECTION 115.  Counterparts.
                      ------------

        This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, 
each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together 
constitute but one and the same instrument.

        SECTION 116.  Duplicate Originals.
                      -------------------

        The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  
Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent 
the same agreement.

        SECTION 117.  Incorporation by Reference of TIA.
                      ---------------------------------

        Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the 
provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this 
Indenture.  Any terms incorporated by reference in this Indenture that are 
defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined 
by Commission rule under the TIA, have the meanings so assigned to them 
therein.


                                    ARTICLE TWO

                                    NOTES FORMS

        SECTION 201.  Forms Generally.
                      ---------------

        The Initial Notes shall be known as the "11 1/2% Senior Discount 
Notes due 2008" and the Exchange Notes shall be known as the "11 1/2% Series B 
Senior Discount Notes due 2008", in each case, of the Company.  The Notes 
and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be in substantially 
the forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate insertions, 
omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted 
by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of 
identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be 
required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange, law, 
governmental rule or regulation, depository rule or usage, or other 
customary usage or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the 
officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Notes.  
Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, 
with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.  Each Note 
shall be dated the date of its authentication.

        The definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved 
on steel-engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as 
determined by the officers of the Company executing such Notes, as evidenced 
by their execution of such Notes.


        Initial Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A under 
the Securities Act shall be issued initially in the form of one or more 
permanent global Notes in substantially the form set forth herein and 
contain each of the legends set forth in Section 203 (collectively the "U.S. 
Global Notes"), registered in the name of the nominee of the Depositary, 
deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, 
duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter 
provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the U.S. Global Note may from 
time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of 
the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter 
provided.

        Initial Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in 
reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act shall be issued initially 
in the form of a single global Note in substantially the form set forth in 
Exhibit A and contain each of the legends set forth in Section 203 (the 
"Offshore Global Note"), registered in the name of the nominee of the 
Depositary, deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or 
its nominee, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee 
as hereinafter provided.  The aggregate principal amount of the Offshore 
Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments 
made in the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its 
nominee, as herein provided.  Initial Notes issued pursuant to Section 305 
in exchange for or upon transfer of beneficial interests in the U.S. Global 
Note or the Offshore Global Note shall be in the form of permanent 
certificated Notes substantially in the form set forth herein (the "U.S. 
Physical Notes" and the "Offshore Physical Notes" respectively), as 
hereinafter provided.

        The Offshore Physical Notes and U.S. Physical Notes are 
sometimes collectively herein referred to as the "Physical Notes."  The U.S. 
Global Note and the Offshore Global Note are sometimes collectively referred 
to as the "Global Notes."

        SECTION 202.  Restrictive Legends.

        Unless and until the earlier of (A) the date which is two years 
(or such shorter period of time as permitted by rule 144 under the 
Securities Act and any successor provision thereunder) after the later of 
the original issue date of the Initial Notes or the last day on which the 
company or any affiliate of the company was the owner of an Initial Note or 
(B) the date that (i) an Initial Note is sold pursuant to an effective Shelf 
Registration Statement or (ii) an Initial Note is exchanged for an Exchange 
Note in an Exchange Offer pursuant to an effective Exchange Offer 
Registration Statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration Rights 
Agreement, (x) each U.S. Global Note and U.S. Physical Note shall bear the 
following legend set forth below (the "Private Placement Legend") on the 
face thereof and (y) the Offshore Physical Notes and the Offshore Global 
Note shall bear the Private Placement Legend:



   THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 
   SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY 
   STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS.  NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY 
   INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, 
   TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE 
   ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS THE TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, 
   OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES 
   ACT.  THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) 
   REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS 
   DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A")) OR (B) IT 
   IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN "OFFSHORE 
   TRANSACTION" PURSUANT TO RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S, (2) AGREES 
   THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO (X) THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS (OR SUCH 
   SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES 
   ACT AND ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREUNDER) AFTER THE LATER OF THE 
   ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF (OR OF ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) OR 
   THE LAST DAY ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS 
   THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) AND 
   (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAWS 
   (THE "RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE"), OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE 
   TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY 
   THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN 
   DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE 
   SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A INSIDE THE 
   UNITED STATES, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED 
   INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS 
   OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO 
   WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON 
   RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT 
   OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S 
   UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S, OR 
   (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION 
   REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO 
   EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE 
   SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND; PROVIDED THAT THE COMPANY, 
   THE TRUSTEE, THE TRANSFER AGENT AND THE REGISTRAR SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT 
   PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) 
   OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION 
   AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (II) IN 
   EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATION OF 
   TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS 
   COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE.  THIS LEGEND 
   WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE 
   RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.  AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "OFFSHORE 
   TRANSACTION", "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE RESPECTIVE 
   MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

        Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall also 
bear the following legend on the face thereof:

   UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 
   OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO 
   THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR 
   PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE 
   & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED 
   REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO 
   SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF 
   DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE 
   BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER 
   HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

   TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN 
   WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR 
   THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS 
   GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 
   THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 311 AND 312 OF THE INDENTURE 
   DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 20, 1998 BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND FIRST UNION 
   NATIONAL BANK AS TRUSTEE.

        SECTION 203.  Form of Face of Note and Exchange Note.
                      --------------------------------------
                                 TELIGENT, INC

               [Series B]* 11 1/2%  Senior Discount Notes due 2008

No. _____                                                  $__________

                                                         CUSIP No.____


        Teligent, Inc., a Delaware corporation (herein called the 
"Company", which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture 
hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE 
& CO., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of __________ Dollars on 

- ----------------------------
*    Include only for Exchange Notes

March 1, 2008 at the office or agency of the Company referred to below, and 
to pay interest thereon on March 1, 2003 and semi-annually thereafter, on 
March 1 and September 1 in each year, from March 1, 2003, or from the most 
recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly 
provided for, at the rate of 11 1/2% per annum, until the principal hereof is 
paid or duly provided for, and (to the extent lawful) to pay on demand 
interest on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the 
date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date on which 
payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for.  The principal 
of this Note shall not accrue interest until March 1, 2003 except in the 
case of a default in payment of the amount due at Stated Maturity, in which 
case the amount due on this Note shall bear interest at the rate borne by 
the Notes (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally 
enforceable), which shall accrue from the date of such default to the date 
the payment of such amount has been made or duly provided for.  The interest 
so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest 
Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in 
whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the 
close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall 
be the February 15 or August 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case 
may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.  Any such interest not so 
punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to 
the Holder on such Regular Record Date, and such defaulted interest, and (to 
the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by 
the Notes, may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more 
Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special 
Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the 
Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 
days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any 
other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities 
exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be 
required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.  
Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest on this 
Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that 
purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the 
Company as may be maintained for such purpose, in such coin or currency of 
the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for 
payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of 
                                     --------  -------
interest may be made at the option of the Company (i) by check mailed to the 
address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear on the 
Note Register or (ii) by transfer to an account maintained by the payee 
located in the United States.

        The following information is supplied for purposes of 
Sections 1273 and 1275 of the Internal Revenue Code:

Issue Date:  February 20, 1998        Original issue discount under 
                                      Section 1273
                                      of the Internal Revenue Code 
                                      (for each $1,000 principal 
                                      amount at maturity):  $1005.22

Issue Price (for each $1,000          Yield to Maturity:  11 1/2%
   Principal amount at 
   maturity):  $569.78

        Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note 
set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all 
purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

        Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been duly 
executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual 
signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the 
Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be 
duly executed.

Dated:              1998                      TELIGENT, INC.
        ------- ---,


                                               By
                                                 ---------------------
Attest:                                    Title:



Authorized Signature


        SECTION 204.  Form of Reverse of Note.
                      -----------------------

        This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the 
Company designated as its 11 1/2% [Series B]* Senior Discount Notes due 2008 

- ----------------------
 *  Include only for Exchange Notes

(herein called the "Notes"), limited (except as otherwise provided in the 
Indenture referred to below) in aggregate principal amount at maturity to 
$440,000,000, that may be issued under a Senior Discount Notes Indenture 
(herein called the "Indenture") dated as of February 20, 1998 between the 
Company and First Union National Bank, as trustee (herein called the 
"Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), 
to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is 
hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, 
duties, obligations and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee 
and the Holders of the Notes, and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and 
are to be, authenticated and delivered.

        The Notes are subject to redemption, upon not less than 30 nor 
more than 60 days' notice, at any time on or after March 1, 2003, as a whole 
or in part, at the election of the Company, at a Redemption Price equal to 
the percentage of the principal amount at Stated Maturity set forth below if 
redeemed during the 12-month period beginning March 1 of the years indicated 
below, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to 
the Redemption Date, all as provided in the Indenture:

     Year..............................      Redemption Price
                                             ---------------
     2003 .............................           105.750%
     2004 .............................           103.833%
     2005 .............................           101.917%
     2006 and thereafter ..............               100%

        Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Holder of this 
Note may require the Company, subject to certain limitations provided in the 
Indenture, to repurchase this Note at a purchase price in cash in an amount 
equal to (i) 101% of the Accreted Value of this Note as of the Change of 
Control Payment Date, if such Change of Control Payment Date occurs prior to 
March 1, 2003, or (ii) 101% of the principal amount at Stated Maturity of 
this Note as of the Change of Control Payment Date, if such Change of 
Control Payment Date occurs on or after March 1, 2003, plus accrued and 
unpaid interest, if any, to such Change of Control Payment Date.


        [The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 20, 1998, among the Company 
and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the "Registration Rights 
Agreement").  In the event that either (a) the Exchange Offer Registration 
Statement (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) is 
not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or prior to the 
90th calendar day following the date of original issue of the Notes, (b) the 
Exchange Offer Registration Statement (as such term is defined in the 
Registration Rights Agreement) has not been declared effective on or prior 
to the 150th calendar day following the date of original issue of the Notes 
or (c) the Exchange Offer is not consummated or a Shelf Registration 
Statement (as such terms are defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) 
is not declared effective on or prior to the 180th calendar day following 
the date of original issue of the Notes, cash interest ("Additional 
Interest") will accrue and become payable on this Note (in addition to the 
accrual of original issue discount on this Note) at a rate per annum equal 
to one-quarter of one percent of the Accreted Value of the Note following 
such 90-day period in the case of (a) above, following such 150-day period 
in the case of (b) above or following such 180-day period in the case of 
(c) above, which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for 
each 90-day period that any additional interest continues to accrue; 
provided that the aggregate increase in such annual interest rate shall in 
- --------
no event exceed 1%.  Such Additional Interest shall become payable 
semiannually on each March 1 and September 1, as applicable, following the 
periods set forth in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above.  Upon (x) the filing 
of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement after the 90-day period 
described in clause (a) above, (y) the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer 
Registration Statement after the 150-day period described in clause (b) 
above or (z) the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of 
a Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, after the 180-day period 
described in clause (c) above, the Additional Interest borne by this Note 
from the date of such filing, effectiveness or consummation, as the case may 
be, will be reduced to the original interest rate set forth above if the 
Company is otherwise in compliance with this paragraph; provided, however, 
                                                        --------  -------
that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different event 
specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) above occurs, the interest rate will 
again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.]*

        In the case of any redemption of Notes, interest installments 
whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable 
to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, of record at 
the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Date referred to on the 
face hereof.  Notes (or portions thereof) for whose redemption and payment 
provision is made in accordance with the Indenture shall cease to bear 
interest from and after the Redemption Date.

        In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a new Note 
or Notes for the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of 
the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

- --------------------------
 *   Include only for Initial Notes.

        If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the 
principal of all the Notes and any accrued and unpaid interest thereon may 
be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in 
the Indenture and in an amount equal to (i) the Accreted Value of the Notes 
as of the date on which the Notes first become due and payable, if such date 
occurs prior to March 1, 2003, or (ii) 100% of the principal amount at 
Stated Maturity of the Notes as of the date on which the Notes first become 
due and payable plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to such date, if 
such date occurs on or after March 1, 2003.

        The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of 
(a) the entire indebtedness of the Company on this Note and (b) certain 
restrictive covenants and the related Defaults and Events of Default, upon 
compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein, which 
provisions apply to this Note.

        The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein 
provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and 
obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under the Indenture 
at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders 
of a majority in aggregate principal amount at Stated Maturity of the Notes 
at the time Outstanding.  The Indenture also contains provisions permitting 
the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount at Stated 
Maturity of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of 
all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of 
the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their 
consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by or on behalf of the Holder of 
this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all 
future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of 
transfer hereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu hereof whether or not 
notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

        No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this 
Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the 
Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and 
premium, if any) and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, 
and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

        As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations 
therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable on the Note 
Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of 
transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose 
in The City of New York, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written 
instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note 
Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly 
authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes, of authorized 
denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount at Stated 
Maturity, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.


        The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons 
in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.  As provided 
in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the 
Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount at Stated 
Maturity of Notes of a different authorized denomination, as requested by 
the Holder surrendering the same.

        No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer 
or exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum 
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in 
connection therewith.

        Prior to the time of due presentment of this Note for 
registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the 
Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is 
registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be 
overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent shall be 
affected by notice to the contrary.

        All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture 
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

        No recourse for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if 
any, or interest on, any of the Notes or for any claim based thereon or 
otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, 
covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or in any of the 
Notes, or because of the creation of any Debt represented thereby, shall be 
had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee, 
controlling person of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the Company or of 
any successor Person of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the Company.  Each 
Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability, and such 
waiver and release is part of the consideration for the issuance of the 
Notes.

        The Indenture and this Note shall be governed by, and construed 
in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York (without 
giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof).  The Trustee, the 
Company, and (by their acceptance of the Notes) the Holders agree to submit 
to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any United States federal or state 
court located in the Borough of Manhattan, in the City of New York, in any 
action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture of this 
Note.

        Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or 
an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by 
the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not 
as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to 
Minors Act).


        The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and 
without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to Teligent, 
Inc., 8065 Leesburg Pike, Vienna, VA 22182, Attention:  Chief Financial 
Officer.

        SECTION 205.  Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication.
                      -----------------------------------------------

        The Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be in 
substantially the following form:

                  TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.

        Dated:  ____________________

        This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned 
Indenture.

                                            FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK,

                                                                as Trustee

                                            By
                                              ----------------------------
                                              Authorized Officer


        SECTION 206.  Form of Transfer Notice for the Notes.
                      -------------------------------------

        FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby 
sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

Insert Taxpayer Identification No.
- ---------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting 
and appointing


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
attorney to transfer such Note on the books of the Company with full power 
of substitution in the premises.

                   [THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED
                          ON ALL CERTIFICATES
                        REPRESENTING INITIAL NOTES]


        In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to 
the date which is the earlier of the date of an effective Registration 
Statement or February 20, 2000; i.e., the end of the period referred to in 
Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that without 
utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising that:

                                 Check One
                                 ---------
   [ ]  this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from 
        registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 
        provided by Rule 144A thereunder.

                                    or
                                    --
   [ ]  this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) 
        above and documents are being furnished which comply with the 
        conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Note 
Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any 
Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any 
such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 311 and 312 
of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.  


Date: 
      ---------------------
                                         -----------------------------
                                         NOTICE:  The signature to this 
                                         assignment must correspond with 
                                         the name as written upon the face 
                                         of the within-mentioned instrument 
                                         in every particular, without 
                                         alteration or any change 
                                         whatsoever.


Signature Guarantee:  
                    ----------------------------------
TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.


        Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor 
institution" meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which 
requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer 
Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee 
program" as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in 
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934, as amended.

        The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing 
this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it 
exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a 
"qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is 
being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received 
such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested 
pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and 
that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned's 
foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration 
provided by Rule 144A.


Dated: 
      ------------------------          ----------------------------          
                                        NOTICE:  To be executed by an 
                                                 executive officer


       [THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS SHALL APPLY TO ALL OF THE NOTES]
                      OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE


        If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant 
to Section 1009 or Section 1016 of the Indenture, check the Box: [ ]

        If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the 
Company pursuant to Section 1009 or Section 1016 of the Indenture, state the 
amount (in original principal amount at Stated Maturity) below:


                         $                   .
                          -------------------

Date:   
      ----------------------

Your Signature:  
                ---------------------
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:  
                     ----------------------------

        Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor 
institution" meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which 
requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer 
Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee 
program" as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in 
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934, as amended.


                                  ARTICLE THREE

                                    THE NOTES

        SECTION 301.  Title and Terms.
                      ---------------


        The aggregate principal amount at Stated Maturity of Notes that 
may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is limited to 
$440,000,000, except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration 
of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to 
Section 303, 304, 305, 306, 906, 1012 or 1013.

        The Notes shall be known and designated as the "11 1/2% Senior 
Discount Notes due 2008" and the Exchange Notes shall be known and 
designated as the "11 1/2% Series B Senior Discount Notes due 2008," in each 
case, of the Company.  Their Stated Maturity shall be March 1, 2008 and they 
shall bear interest at the rate of 11 1/2% per annum from March 1, 2003 or from 
the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or 
duly provided for, payable in cash on March 1, 2003 and semi-annually 
thereafter on March 1 and September 1 in each year and at said Stated 
Maturity until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for.  The 
Notes will be issued at a discount to their aggregate principal amount at 
maturity.  The principal of the Notes shall not accrue interest until March 
1, 2003 except in the case of a default in payment of the amount due at 
Stated Maturity, in which case the amount due on the Notes shall bear 
interest at the rate borne by the Notes (to the extent that the payment of 
such interest shall be legally enforceable), which shall accrue from the 
date of such default to the date the payment of such amount has been made or 
duly provided for.  Interest on any overdue principal amount shall be 
payable on demand.

        The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes 
shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such 
purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the 
Company as may be maintained for such purpose; provided, however, that, at 
                                               --------  -------
the option of the Company, interest may be paid (i) by check mailed to 
addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on 
the Note Register or (ii) by transfer to an account maintained by the payee 
located in the United States.

        Holders shall have the right to require the Company to purchase 
their Notes, in whole or in part, in the event of a Change in Control 
pursuant to Section 1009.  The Notes shall be subject to repurchase pursuant 
to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 1016.

        The Notes shall be redeemable as provided in Article Eleven.

        SECTION 302.  Denominations.
                      -------------
        The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without 
coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple 
thereof.

        SECTION 303.  Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.
                      ----------------------------------------------

        The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its 
Chairman, its President or a Vice President and attested by its Secretary or 
an Assistant Secretary.  The signature of any of these officers on the Notes 
may be manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such 
authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the 
Notes.

        Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals 
who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the 
Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to 
hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or 
did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes.

        On Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate for original 
issue Initial Notes in an aggregate principal amount at Stated Maturity not 
to exceed $440,000,000.  On Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate 
for original issue Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount at Stated 
Maturity not to exceed $440,000,000; provided that such Exchange Notes shall
                                     -------- 
be issuable only upon the valid surrender for cancellation of Initial Notes 
of a like aggregate principal amount at Stated Maturity in accordance with 
an Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.  In each 
case, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Officers' Certificate and 
an Opinion of Counsel of the Company that it may reasonably request in 
connection with such authentication of Notes.  Such order shall specify the 
amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue 
of Notes is to be authenticated.

        At any time and from time to time after the execution and 
delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the 
Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for 
the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance 
with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.

        Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

        No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or 
be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a 
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein 
duly executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized officer, 
and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the 
only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered 
hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.


        In case the Company, pursuant to Article Eight, shall be 
consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, 
transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets 
substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person 
resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which 
the Company shall have been merged, or the Person that shall have received a 
conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have 
executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to 
Article Eight, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such 
consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, 
from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for 
other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes 
in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of 
like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal 
amount at Stated Maturity; and the Trustee, upon Company Request of the 
successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such 
request for the purpose of such exchange.  If Notes shall at any time be 
authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant 
to this Section in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of 
transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders 
but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all 
Outstanding Notes for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

        SECTION 304.  Temporary Notes.
                      ---------------

        Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, the Company may 
execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, 
temporary Notes that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or 
otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the 
tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such 
appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the 
officers executing such Notes may determine, as conclusively evidenced by 
their execution of such Notes.

        If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause definitive 
Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay.  After the preparation of 
definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive 
Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the 
Company designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002, without charge 
to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary 
Notes, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and 
deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount at Stated Maturity of 
definitive Notes of authorized denominations.  Until so exchanged, the 
temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under 
this Indenture as definitive Notes.

        SECTION 305.  Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.
                      ---------------------------------------------------

        The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office 
of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any 
other office or agency designated pursuant to Section 1002 being herein 
sometimes referred to as the "Note Register") in which, subject to such 
reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for 
the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes.  The Note Register 
shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into 
written form within a reasonable time.  At all reasonable times, the Note 
Register shall be open to inspection by the Trustee.  The Trustee is hereby 
initially appointed as security registrar (the "Note Registrar") for the 
purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided.

        Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the 
office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 1002, the 
Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in 
the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes 
of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate 
principal amount at Stated Maturity.

        At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other 
Notes of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal 
amount at Stated Maturity, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged 
(including an exchange of Initial Notes for Exchange Notes), at such office 
or agency.  Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company 
shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes 
that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive; provided that no
                                                            -------- 
exchange of Initial Notes for Exchange Notes shall occur until an Exchange 
Offer Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the 
Commission, the Trustee shall have received an Officers' Certificate 
confirming that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has been declared 
effective by the Commission and the Initial Notes to be exchanged for the 
Exchange Notes have been cancelled by the Trustee.

        All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange 
of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same 
debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes 
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

        Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer 
or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Note Registrar) 
be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in 
the form attached to the Note or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and 
the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly 
authorized in writing.

        No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer 
or exchange or redemption of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a 
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be 
imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of 
Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906, 1012, 1013 or 1108 
not involving any transfer.


        The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the 
transfer of or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of 
business 15 days before the selection of Notes to be redeemed under Section 
1104 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing of the 
relevant notice of redemption, (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange 
any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the 
unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (iii) to issue, 
register, transfer or exchange any Note during a Change of Control Offer or 
an Asset Sale Offer, if such Note is tendered pursuant to such Change of 
Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer and not withdrawn.

        SECTION 306.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes.
                      -------------------------------------------

        If (i)  any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or 
(ii) the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of 
the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and there is delivered to the 
Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by 
them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the 
Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide 
purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee 
shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or 
in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note of 
like tenor and principal amount at Stated Maturity, bearing a number not 
contemporaneously outstanding.

        In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has 
become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion 
may, instead of issuing a replacement Note, pay such Note.

        Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section, 
the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or 
other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any 
other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected 
therewith.

        Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu 
of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an 
original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not 
the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time 
enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this 
Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly 
issued hereunder.

        The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude 
(to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the 
replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.


        SECTION 307.  Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.
                      ----------------------------------------------

        Interest on any Note that is payable, and is punctually paid or 
duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person 
in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at 
the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the 
office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to 
Section 1002; provided, however, that each installment of interest may at
              --------  ------- 
the Company's option be paid by (i) mailing a check for such interest, 
payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant 
to Section 308, to the address of such Person as it appears in the Note 
Register or (ii) transfer to an account located in the United States 
maintained by the payee.

        Any interest on any Note that is payable, but is not punctually 
paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall forthwith 
cease to be payable to the Holder on the Regular Record Date by virtue of 
having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent 
lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes 
(such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called 
"Defaulted Interest") may be paid by the Company, at its election in each 
case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:


        (1)  The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted 
   Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective 
   Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a 
   Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which 
   shall be fixed in the following manner.  The Company shall notify the 
   Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be 
   paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the 
   same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of 
   money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of 
   such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably 
   satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the 
   proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for 
   the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in 
   this clause (1) provided.  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special 
   Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be 
   not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of 
   the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by 
   the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall 
   promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date, and in the 
   name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the 
   proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record 
   Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 106, 
   not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of 
   the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record 
   Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be 
   paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective 
   Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such 
   Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the 
   following clause (2).

        (2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any 
   other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any 
   securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such 
   notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by 
   the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this 
   clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the 
   Trustee.

        Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note 
delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in 
exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest 
accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Note.

        SECTION 308.  Persons Deemed Owners.
                      ---------------------

        Prior to and at the time of the due presentment of a Note for 
registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the 
Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Note is 
registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of 
principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) 
interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not 
such Note be overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee or any agent of 
the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

        SECTION 309.  Cancellation.
                      ------------

        All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of 
transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the 
Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it.  
The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any 
Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may 
have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or 
to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Notes 
previously authenticated hereunder that the Company has not issued and sold, 
and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee.  No 
Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes 
cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this 
Indenture.  All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by 
the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures and certification of 
their disposal delivered to the Company unless by Company Order the Company 
shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to it.  The Trustee shall 
provide the Company with a list of all Notes that have been cancelled from 
time to time as requested by the Company.

        SECTION 310.  Computation of Interest.
                      -----------------------
 
        Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 
360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

        SECTION 311.  Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.
                      --------------------------------------

        (a)  Each Global Note initially shall (i) be registered in the 
name of the Depositary for such Global Notes or the nominee of such 
Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such 
Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Section 203.

        Members of, or participants in, the Depositary ("Agent Members") 
shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note, 
and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent 
of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for 
all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein 
shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the 
Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other 
authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the 
Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices 
governing the exercise of the rights of a beneficial owner of any Note.  The 
registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize 
any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests 
through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take 
under this Indenture or the Notes.


        (b)  Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may be 
transferred in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the 
Depositary and the provisions of Section 312.  Transfers of a Global Note 
shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, 
to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees, except 
(i) as otherwise set forth in Section 312 and (ii) U.S. Physical Notes or 
Offshore Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in 
exchange for their beneficial interests in the U.S. Global Note or the 
Offshore Global Note, respectively, in the event that the Depositary 
notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as 
Depositary for the applicable Global Note or the Depositary ceases to be a 
"Clearing Agency" registered under the Exchange Act and a successor 
depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days or an Event of 
Default has occurred and is continuing and the Note Registrar has received a 
request from the Depositary.  In connection with a transfer of an entire 
Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph 
(b), the applicable Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the 
Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee 
shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the 
Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in the applicable Global 
Note, an equal aggregate principal amount at Stated Maturity of U.S. 
Physical Notes (in the case of the U.S. Global Note) or Offshore Physical 
Notes (in the case of the Offshore Global Note), as the case may be, of 
authorized denominations.

        (c)  Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is 
transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the 
other Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such 
Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, 
accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if 
any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other 
Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

        (d)  Any U.S. Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest 
in the U.S. Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section shall, 
unless such exchange is made on or after the Resale Restriction Termination 
Date and except as otherwise provided in Section 312, bear the Private 
Placement Legend.

        SECTION 312.  Transfer Provisions.
                      -------------------

        Unless and until the earlier of (A) the date which is two years 
(or such shorter period of time as permitted by rule 144 under the 
Securities Act and any successor provision thereunder) after the later of 
the original issue date of the Initial Notes or the last day on which the 
Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of an Initial Note or 
(B) the date on which (i) an Initial Note is sold pursuant to an effective 
Registration Statement, or (ii) an Initial Note is exchanged for an Exchange 
Note in the Exchange Offer pursuant to an effective Registration Statement, 
in each case, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the following 
provisions shall apply:

        (a)  General.  The provisions of this Section 312 shall apply to 
   all transfers involving any Physical Note and any beneficial interest 
   in any Global Note.

        (b)  Certain Definitions.  As used in this Section 312 only, 
   "delivery" of a certificate by a transferee or transferor means the 
   delivery to the Note Registrar by such transferee or transferor of the 
   applicable certificate duly completed; "holding" includes both 
   possession of a Physical Note and ownership of a beneficial interest 
   in a Global Note, as the context requires; "transferring" a Global 
   Note means transferring that portion of the principal amount of the 
   transferor's beneficial interest therein that the transferor has 
   notified the Note Registrar that it has agreed to transfer; and 
   "transferring" a Physical Note means transferring that portion of the 
   principal amount thereof that the transferor has notified the Note 
   Registrar that it has agreed to transfer.


        As used in this Indenture, "Regulation S Certificate" means a 
   Certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 313; "Rule 
   144A Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form set 
   forth in Section 314; and "Non-Registration Opinion and Supporting 
   Evidence" means a written opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to 
   the Company to the effect that, and such other certification or 
   information as the Company may reasonably require to confirm that, the 
   proposed transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a 
   transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the 
   Securities Act.

        (c)  [Intentionally Omitted]

        (d)  Deemed Delivery of a Rule 144A Certificate in Certain 
             -----------------------------------------------------
 Circumstances. 
 --------------
A Rule 144A Certificate, if not actually delivered, will be deemed 
delivered if (A) (i) the transferor advises the Company and the 
Trustee in writing that the relevant offer and sale were made 
in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144A (or, in the case of a 
transfer of a Physical Note, the transferor checks the box provided on 
the Physical Note to that effect) and (ii) the transferee advises the 
Company and the Trustee in writing that (x) it and, if applicable, 
each account for which it is acting in connection with the relevant 
transfer, is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of 
Rule 144A, (y) it is aware that the transfer of Notes to it is being 
made in reliance on the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of 
the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A, and (z) prior to the 
proposed date of transfer it has been given the opportunity to obtain 
from the Company the information referred to in Rule 144A(d)(4), and 
has either declined such opportunity or has received such information 
(or, in the case of a transfer of a Physical Note, the transferee 
signs the certification provided on the Physical Note to that effect); 
or (B) the transferor holds the Global Note and is transferring to a 
transferee that will take delivery in the form of the Global Note.

        (e)  Procedures and Requirements.  If the proposed transferor 
holds:       ---------------------------

             (1)  a U.S. Physical Note which is surrendered to the 
            Note Registrar, and the proposed transferee or transferor, 
            as applicable:


                 (A)  delivers (or is deemed to have delivered 
             pursuant to clause (d) above) a Rule 144A 
             Certificate and the proposed transferee requests 
             delivery in the form of a U.S. Physical Note, then 
             the Note Registrar shall (x) register such transfer 
             in the name of such transferee and record the date 
             thereof in its books and records, (y) cancel such 
             surrendered U.S. Physical Note and (z) deliver a new 
             U.S. Physical Note to such transferee duly 
             registered in the name of such transferee in 
             principal amount equal to the principal amount being 
             transferred of such surrendered U.S. Physical Note; 

                 (B)  delivers (or is deemed to have delivered 
             pursuant to clause (d) above) a Rule 144A 
             Certificate and the proposed transferee is or is 
             acting through an Agent Member and requests that the 
             proposed transferee receive a beneficial interest in 
             the U.S. Global Note, then the Note Registrar shall 
             (x) cancel such surrendered U.S. Physical Note, (y) 
             record an increase in the aggregate principal amount 
             of the U.S. Global Note equal to the principal 
             amount being transferred of such surrendered U.S. 
             Physical Note and (z) notify the Depositary in 
             accordance with the procedures of the Depositary 
             that it approves of such transfer; or

                 (C)  delivers a Regulation S Certificate, then 
             the Note Registrar shall cancel such surrendered 
             U.S. Physical Note and at the direction of the 
             transferee, either:

                   (i)  register such transfer in the name of 
                 such transferee, record the date thereof in 
                 its books and records and deliver a new 
                 Offshore Physical Note to such transferee duly 
                 registered in the name of such transferee in 
                 principal amount equal to the principal amount 
                 being transferred of such surrendered U.S. 
                 Physical Note, or

                   (ii) if the proposed transferee is or is 
                 acting through an Agent Member, record an 
                 increase in the aggregate principal amount of 
                 the Offshore Global Note equal to the 
                 principal amount being transferred of such 
                 surrendered U.S. Physical Note and notify the 
                 Depositary in accordance with the procedures 
                 of the Depositary that it approves of such 
                 transfer.

             In any of the cases described in this Section 
             312(e)(1)(A), (B) or (C)(i), the Note Registrar 
             shall deliver to the transferor a new U.S. Physical 
             Note duly registered in the name of such transferor 
             in principal amount equal to the principal amount 
             not being transferred, if any, of such surrendered 
             U.S. Physical Note, as applicable.


             (2)  a beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note, 
        and the proposed transferee or transferor, as applicable:

                  (A)  delivers (or is deemed to have delivered 
             pursuant to clause (d) above) a Rule 144A 
             Certificate and the proposed transferee requests 
             delivery in the form of a U.S. Physical Note, then 
             the Note Registrar shall (w) register such transfer 
             in the name of such transferee and record the date 
             thereof in its books and records, (x) record a 
             decrease in the aggregate principal amount of the 
             U.S. Global Note in an amount equal to the 
             beneficial interest therein being transferred, (y) 
             deliver a new U.S. Physical Note to such transferee 
             duly registered in the name of such transferee in 
             principal amount equal to the amount of such 
             decrease and (z) notify the Depositary in accordance 
             with the procedures of the Depositary that it 
             approves of such transfer;

                  (B)  delivers (or is deemed to have delivered 
             pursuant to clause (d) above) a Rule 144A 
             Certificate and the proposed transferee is or is 
             acting through an Agent Member and requests that the 
             proposed transferee receive a beneficial interest in 
             the U.S. Global Note, then the transfer shall be 
             effected in accordance with the procedures of the 
             Depositary therefor; or

                  (C)  delivers a Regulation S Certificate, then 
             the Note Registrar shall (x) record a decrease in 
             the aggregate principal amount of the U.S. Global 
             Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest 
             therein being transferred, (y) notify the Depositary 
             in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary 
             that it approves of such transfer and (z) at the 
             direction of the transferee, either:

                       (i)  register such transfer in the name of 
                       such transferee, record the date thereof in 
                       its books and records and deliver a new 
                       Offshore Physical Note to such transferee duly 
                       registered in the name of such transferee in 
                       principal amount equal to the amount of such 
                       decrease, or


                       (ii) if the proposed transferee is or is 
                       acting through an Agent Member, record an 
                       increase in the aggregate principal amount of 
                       the Offshore Global Note equal to the amount 
                       of such decrease.

             (3)  an Offshore Physical Note which is surrendered to 
        the Note Registrar, and the proposed transferee or 
        transferor, as applicable:

                  (A)  delivers (or is deemed to have delivered 
             pursuant to clause (d) above) a Rule 144A 
             Certificate and the proposed transferee is or is 
             acting through an Agent Member and requests that the 
             proposed transferee receive a beneficial interest in 
             the U.S. Global Note, then the Note Registrar shall 
             (x) cancel such surrendered Offshore Physical Note, 
             (y) record an increase in the aggregate principal 
             amount of the U.S. Global Note equal to the 
             principal amount being transferred of such 
             surrendered Offshore Physical Note and (z) notify 
             the Depositary in accordance with the procedures of 
             the Depositary that it approves of such transfer;

                  (B)  where the proposed transferee is or is 
             acting through an Agent Member, requests that the 
             proposed transferee receive a beneficial interest in 
             the Offshore Global Note, then the Note Registrar 
             shall (x) cancel such surrendered Offshore Physical 
             Note, (y) record an increase in the aggregate 
             principal amount of the Offshore Global Note equal 
             to the principal amount being transferred of such 
             surrendered Offshore Physical Note and (z) notify 
             the Depositary in accordance with the procedures of 
             the Depositary that it approves of such transfer;

                  (C)  delivers (or is deemed to have delivered 
             pursuant to clause (d) above) a Rule 144A 
             Certificate and the proposed transferee requests 
             delivery in the form of a U.S. Physical Note, then 
             the Note Registrar shall (x) register such transfer 
             in the name of such transferee and record the date 
             thereof in its books and records, (y) cancel such 
             surrendered Offshore Physical Note and (z) deliver a 
             new U.S. Physical Note to such transferee duly 
             registered in the name of such transferee in 
             principal amount equal to the principal amount being 
             transferred of such surrendered U.S. Physical Note; or

                  (D)  does not make a request covered by Section 
             312(e)(3)(A), (B) or(C), then the Note Registrar 
             shall (x) register such transfer in the name of such 
             transferee and record the date thereof in its books 
             and records, (y) cancel such surrendered Offshore 
             Physical Note and (z) deliver a new Offshore 
             Physical Note to such transferee duly registered in 
             the name of such transferee in principal amount 
             equal to the principal amount being transferred of 
             such surrendered Offshore Physical Note.

             In any of the cases described in this Section 
             312(e)(3), the Note Registrar shall deliver to the 
             transferor a new Offshore Physical Note duly 
             registered in the name of such transferor in 
             principal amount equal to the principal amount not 
             being transferred of such surrendered Offshore 
             Physical Note, as applicable.

             (4)  a beneficial interest in the Offshore Global 
Note, and the proposed transferee or transferor, as applicable:

                  (A)  delivers (or is deemed to have delivered 
              pursuant to clause (d) above) a Rule 144A 
              Certificate and the proposed transferee is or is 
              acting through an Agent Member and requests that the 
              proposed transferee receive a beneficial interest in 
              the U.S. Global Note, then the Note Registrar shall 
              (x) record a decrease in the aggregate principal 
              amount of the Offshore Global Note in an amount 
              equal to the beneficial interest therein being 
              transferred, (y) record an increase in the aggregate 
              principal amount of the U.S. Global Note equal to 
              the amount of such decrease and (z) notify the 
              Depositary in accordance with the procedures of the 
              Depositary that it approves of such transfer;

                  (B)  where the proposed transferee is or is 
              acting through an Agent Member, requests that the 
              proposed transferee receive a beneficial interest in 
              the Offshore Global Note, then the transfer shall be 
              effected in accordance with the procedures of the 
              Depositary therefor; or


                  (C)  delivers (or is deemed to have delivered 
              pursuant to clause (d) above) a Rule 144A 
              Certificate and the proposed transferee requests 
              delivery in the form of a U.S. Physical Note, then 
              the Note Registrar shall  (w) register such transfer 
              in the name of such transferee and record the date 
              thereof in its books and records, (x) record a 
              decrease in the aggregate principal amount of the 
              Offshore Global Note in an amount equal to the 
              beneficial interest therein being transferred, (y) 
              deliver a new U.S. Physical Note to such transferee 
              duly registered in the name of such transferee in 
              principal amount equal to the amount of such 
              decrease and (z) notify the Depositary in accordance 
              with the procedures of the Depositary that it 
              approves of such transfer;

                  (D)  does not make a request covered by Section 
              312(e)(4)(A), (B) or (C), then the Note Registrar 
              shall (w) register such transfer in the name of such 
              transferee and record the date thereof in its books 
              and records, (x) record a decrease in the aggregate 
              principal amount of the Offshore Global Note in an 
              amount equal to the beneficial interest therein 
              being transferred, (y) deliver a new Offshore 
              Physical Note to such transferee duly registered in 
              the name of such transferee in principal amount 
              equal to the amount of such decrease and (z) notify 
              the Depositary in accordance with the procedures of 
              the Depositary that it approves of such transfer.

          (f)  Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Physical Notes.  In 
               --------------------------------------------------------
   any case in which the Note Registrar is required to deliver a Physical 
   Note to a transferee or transferor, the Company shall execute, and the 
   Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, such 
   Physical Note.

          (g)Certain Additional Terms Applicable to Physical Notes.  Any 
             -----------------------------------------------------
   transferee entitled to receive a Physical Note may request that the 
   principal amount thereof be evidenced by one or more Physical Notes in 
   any authorized denomination or denominations and the Note Registrar 
   shall comply with such request if all other transfer restrictions are 
   satisfied.

          (h)Transfers Not Covered by Section 312(e).  The Note Registrar 
             ---------------------------------------
   shall effect and record, upon receipt of a written request from the 
   Company so to do, a transfer not otherwise permitted by Section 
   312(e), such recording to be done in accordance with the otherwise 
   applicable provisions of Section 312(e), upon the furnishing by the 
   proposed transferor or transferee of a Non-Registration Opinion and 
   Supporting Evidence.


          (i)General.  By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private 
             -------
   Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the 
   restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and 
   in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such 
   Note only as provided in the Indenture.  The Note Registrar shall not 
   register a transfer of any Note unless such transfer complies with the 
   restrictions with respect thereto set forth in this Indenture.  The 
   Note Registrar shall not be required to determine (but may rely upon a 
   determination made by the Company) the sufficiency or accuracy of any 
   such certifications, legal opinions, other information or document.

          (j)  Private Placement Legend.  Upon the transfer, exchange or 
               ------------------------
   replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the 
   Note Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private 
   Placement Legend.  Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes 
   bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver 
   only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) the 
   requested transfer is at least two years after the original issue date 
   of the Initial Note (ii) there is delivered to the Note Registrar an 
   Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the 
   Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related 
   restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance 
   with the provisions of the Securities Act or (iii) such Notes are 
   exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer. 

          SECTION 313.  Form of Regulation S Certificate.
                        --------------------------------
                           Regulation S Certificate
                           ------------------------

To:   First Union National Bank
      901 East Cary Street
      Richmond, VA  23219

      Attention:   Corporate Trust Department
 
      Re:   Teligent, Inc. (the "Company")
            11 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2008 (the "Notes")
            ---------------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

            In connection with our proposed sale of $      aggregate 
                                                     ------
principal amount of Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected 
pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S ("Regulation S") under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and accordingly, 
we hereby certify as follows:

            1.  The offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United 
        States (unless such person or the account held by it for which it is 
        acting is excluded from the definition of "U.S. person" pursuant to 
        Rule 902(o) of Regulation S under the circumstances described in Rule 
        902(i)(3) of Regulation S) or specifically targeted at an identifiable 
        group of U.S. citizens abroad.

            2.  Either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer 
        was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our 
        behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United 
        States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the 
        facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we 
        nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was 
        pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.

            3.  Neither we, any of our affiliates, nor any person acting on 
        our or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the 
        United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 
        Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable.

            4.  The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme 
        to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

            5.  If we are an officer or director of the Company or a 
        distributor, we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in 
        accordance with the provisions of Rules 903 and 904(c) of 
        Regulation S.

            You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate 
and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof 
to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or 
official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.  Terms used in 
this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

                                                 Very truly yours,

                                                 [NAME OF SELLER]


                                                  By:
                                                     ---------------------
                                                     Name:
                                                     Title:
                                                     Address:


Date of this Certificate:                , 199
                           ---------- --     -----

                   SECTION 314.  Form of Rule 144A Certificate. 
                                 -----------------------------

                                    Rule 144A Certificate
                                    ---------------------
To:     First Union National Bank
        901 East Cary Street
        Richmond, VA  23219
 
        Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

        Re:  Teligent, Inc. (the "Company")
             11 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2008 (the "Notes")
             ---------------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        In connection with our proposed purchase of $     aggregate 
                                             ----
principal amount of Notes, we confirm that such purchase has been effected 
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A ("Rule 144A") under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").  We are aware 
that the transfer of Notes to us is being made in reliance on the exemption 
from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 
144A.  Prior to the date of this Certificate we have been given the 
opportunity to obtain from the Company the information referred to in Rule 
144A(d)(4), and have either declined such opportunity or have received such 
information.

        You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate 
and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof 
to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or 
official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                          [NAME OF PURCHASER]


                                           By:
                                              --------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:
                                              Address:

Date of this Certificate:               , 199
                           ---------- --     -----

        SECTION 315.  CUSIP Numbers.
                      -------------

        The Company in issuing the Notes may use "CUSIP" numbers (if 
then generally in use) in addition to serial numbers and, if so, the Trustee 
shall use such "CUSIP" numbers in addition to serial numbers in notices of 
redemption, repurchase or other notices to Holders as a convenience to 
Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is 
made as to the correctness of such CUSIP numbers either as printed on the 
Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or repurchase and that 
reliance may be placed only on the serial or other identification numbers 
printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or repurchase shall not be 
affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Company will 
promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.


                               ARTICLE FOUR

                        SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

        SECTION 401.  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.
                      ----------------------------------------

        This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further 
effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or 
exchange of Notes expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto) and the 
Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute 
proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this 
Indenture when

       (1)  either

            (a)  all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered 
            (other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen 
            and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 
            and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been 
            deposited in trust with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or 
            segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter 
            repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided 
            in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for 
            cancellation; or

            (b)  all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee 
            for cancellation

                 (i)   have become due and payable, or

                 (ii)  will become due and payable at their Stated 
            Maturity within one year, or

                 (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year 
            under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the 
            giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, 
            and at the expense, of the Company,

        and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has 
        irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee 
        as trust funds in trust for such purpose United States dollars 
        in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire 
        indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the 
        Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) 
        and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes 
        that have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or 
        Redemption Date, as the case may be;

        (2)  the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums 
   payable hereunder by the Company; and

        (3)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' 
   Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all 
   conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction 
   and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.  (Such 
   Opinion of Counsel may, as to all matters of fact, rely on, among 
   other things, such Officers' Certificate).

        Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this 
Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 607 
and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to 
subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee 
under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive.

        SECTION 402.  Application of Trust Money.
                      ---------------------------

        Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, 
all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held 
in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes 
and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying 
Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee 
may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and 
premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been 
deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other 
funds except to the extent required by law.



                             ARTICLE FIVE

                               REMEDIES

        SECTION 501.  Events of Default.
                      ------------------

        "Event of Default", wherever used herein, means any one of the 
following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether 
it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or 
pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or 
regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

        (a)  default in the payment of any installment of interest on the 
   Notes when it becomes due and payable and the continuance of such 
   default for a period of 30 days;

        (b)  default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if 
   any, on) any Note at its Stated Maturity, upon repurchase, 
   acceleration, optional redemption, required repurchase (including 
   pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer) or 
   otherwise, or the failure to make an offer to purchase as therein 
   required;

        (c)  failure by the Company to perform or comply with the 
   provisions of Article Eight of this Indenture;

        (d)  default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or 
   warranty of the Company under this Indenture (other than a covenant or 
   warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach is 
   specifically dealt with in (a), (b) or (c) above) and continuance of 
   such default or breach for a period of 60 days after specified written 
   notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the 
   Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the 
   aggregate principal amount at Stated Maturity of the Outstanding 
   Notes;

        (e)  Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the 
   Company is not paid when due within the applicable grace period, if 
   any, or is accelerated by the holders thereof and, in either case, the 
   principal amount of such unpaid or accelerated Debt exceeds $15.0 
   million;

        (f)  the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of one or more 
   judgments or orders against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary 
   of the Company in an uninsured or unindemnified aggregate amount in 
   excess of $15.0 million, which remains undischarged, unwaived, 
   unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days;


        (g)  the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of 
   (i) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any 
   Significant Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary 
   case or proceeding under U.S. bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter 
   constituted, or any other applicable federal, state, or foreign 
   bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar law or (ii) a decree or order 
   adjudging the Company or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary of the 
   Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a 
   petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or 
   composition of or in respect of the Company or any Significant 
   Restricted Subsidiary of the Company under U.S. bankruptcy laws, as 
   now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable federal, state, 
   or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar law, or appointing a 
   custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or 
   other similar official of the Company or any Significant Restricted 
   Subsidiary of the Company or of any substantial part of the property 
   or assets of the Company or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary of 
   the Company or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs 
   of the Company or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary of the 
   Company, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or 
   any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 
   60 consecutive days; or


        (h)  (i) the commencement by the Company or any Significant 
   Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a voluntary case or proceeding 
   Under U.S. bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any 
   other applicable federal, state, or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or 
   other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated 
   a bankrupt or insolvent, or (ii) the consent by the Company or any 
   Significant Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the entry of a 
   decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any 
   Significant Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary 
   case or proceeding under U.S. bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter 
   constituted, or any other applicable federal, state or foreign 
   bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar law or to the commencement of 
   any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against the Company or 
   any Significant Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (iii) the 
   filing by the Company or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary of the 
   Company of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or 
   relief under U.S. bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or 
   any other applicable federal, state, or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency 
   or other similar law, or (iv) the consent by the Company or any 
   Significant Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the filing of such 
   petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, 
   receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar 
   official of the Company or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary of 
   the Company or of any substantial part of the property or assets of 
   the Company or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, 
   or the making by the Company or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary 
   of the Company of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (v) 
   the admission by the Company or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary 
   of the Company in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally 
   as they become due, or (vi) the taking of corporate action by the 
   Company or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in 
   furtherance of any such action.

        SECTION 502.  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.
                      ---------------------------------------------------

        If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified 
in Section 501(g) or 501(h)) above with respect to the Company) occurs and 
is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not 
less than 25% of the outstanding aggregate principal amount at Stated 
Maturity of Notes may declare the Default Amount (as defined below) and any 
accrued and unpaid interest on all such Notes then outstanding to be 
immediately due and payable, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to 
the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration, such 
Default Amount and any accrued and unpaid interest will become and be 
immediately due and payable.  If any Event of Default specified in Sections 
501(g) and 501(h) above with respect to the Company occurs, the Default 
Amount and any accrued and unpaid interest on all such Notes then 
outstanding, shall become immediately due and payable without any 
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.  Prior to 
March 1, 2003, the Default Amount with respect to the Notes shall equal the 
Accreted Value of the Notes as of such date.  On or after March 1, 2003, the 
Default Amount with respect to the Notes shall equal 100% of the principal 
amount at Stated Majority of the Notes.

        At any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made 
and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been 
obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders 
of a majority in principal amount of the Notes Outstanding, by written 
notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such 
declaration and its consequences if:

        (1)  the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum 
   sufficient to pay,

             (A)  all overdue interest on all Outstanding Notes,

             (B)  all unpaid principal of (and premium, if any, on) any 
             Outstanding Notes that has become due otherwise than by such 
             declaration of acceleration, and interest on such unpaid 
             principal at the rate borne by the Notes,

             (C)  to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, 
             interest on overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes, and

             (D)  all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and 
             the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and 
             advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

        (2)  all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts 
   of principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on Notes that 
   have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been 
   cured or waived as provided in Section 513.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right 
consequent thereon.

        SECTION 503. Collection of Debt and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.
                     --------------------------------------------------------


        The Company covenants that if an Event of Default specified in 
Section 501(a) or (b) occurs, the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, 
pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole 
amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if 
any) and interest, and interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if 
any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally 
enforceable, upon any overdue installment of interest, at the rate borne by 
the Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be 
sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the 
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the 
Trustee, its agents and counsel.

        If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such 
demand, the Trustee, in its own name as trustee of an express trust, may 
institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and 
unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may 
enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes and 
collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided 
by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the 
Notes, wherever situated.

        If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may 
in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights 
of the Holders by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall 
deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the 
specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in 
aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other 
proper remedy.

        SECTION 504.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
                      --------------------------------

        In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, 
liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, 
composition or other similar judicial proceeding relative to the Company or 
any other obligor upon the Notes or the property of the Company or of such 
other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the 
principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or 
by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall 
have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal, 
premium, if any, or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by 
intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

        (i)  to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal 
   (and premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the 
   Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary 
   or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any 
   claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and 
   advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders 
   allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

        (ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable 
   or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or 
similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by 
each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the 
Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the 
Holders, to pay the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable 
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its 
agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.

        Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the 
Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any 
Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition 
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the 
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such 
proceeding.

        SECTION 505.  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes.
                      ------------------------------------------------------

        All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the 
Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession 
of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating 
thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought 
in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of 
judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable 
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its 
agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes 
in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.


        SECTION 506.  Application of Money Collected.
                      ------------------------------

        Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 
shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the 
Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of 
principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes 
and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon 
surrender thereof if fully paid:

        FIRST:  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under 
   Section 607;

        SECOND:  To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for 
   principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in 
   respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been 
   collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, 
   according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal 
   (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

        THIRD:  The balance, if any, to the Company.

        SECTION 507.  Limitation on Suits.
                      -------------------

        No Holder of any Notes shall have any right to institute any 
proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for 
the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, 
unless

        (1)  such Holder has previously given written notice to the 
   Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

        (2)  the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount at 
   Stated Maturity of the Outstanding Notes shall have made written 
   request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such 
   Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

        (3)  such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable 
   indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred 
   in compliance with such request;

        (4)  the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, 
   request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such 
   proceeding; and

        (5)  no direction inconsistent with such written request has been 
   given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a 
   majority or more in principal amount at Stated Maturity of the 
   Outstanding Notes;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders shall have any 
right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision 
of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other 
Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any 
other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the 
manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the 
Holders.

        SECTION 508.  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive 
                      -----------------------------------------
                      Principal, Premium and Interest.
                      -------------------------------

        Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the 
Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and 
unconditional, to receive payment, as provided herein (including, if 
applicable, Article Thirteen) and in such Note of the principal of (and 
premium, if any) and (subject to Section 307) interest on such Note on the 
respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note (or, in the case of 
redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the 
enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired 
without the consent of such Holder.

        SECTION 509.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
                      ----------------------------------

        If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to 
enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has 
been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined 
adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, 
subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee 
and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former 
positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee 
and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been 
instituted.

        SECTION 510.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
                      ------------------------------

        Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or 
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in the last paragraph 
of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the 
Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or 
remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be 
cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder 
or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The 
assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, 
shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other 
appropriate right or remedy.


        SECTION 511.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
                      ----------------------------

        No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note 
to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall 
impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of 
Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this 
Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from 
time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by 
the Holders, as the case may be.

        SECTION 512.  Control by Holders.
                      ------------------

        The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount at 
Stated Maturity of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the 
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available 
to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, 
provided that

        (1)  such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law 
   or with this Indenture or any Note, 

        (2)  the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the 
   Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction, and

        (3)  the Trustee need not take any action that might involve it in 
   personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not 
   consenting.

        SECTION 513.  Waiver of Past Defaults.
                      -----------------------

        The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount at 
Stated Maturity of the Outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all 
the Notes waive (including by way of consents obtained with a purchase of, 
or a tender or exchange offer for, Notes) any past default hereunder and its 
consequences, except a default

        (1)  in respect of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if 
   any) or interest on any Note, or

        (2)  in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that under 
   Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the 
   Holder of each Outstanding Note affected.

        Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any 
Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for 
every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any 
subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right 
consequent thereon.

        SECTION 514.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.
                      --------------------------------

        The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) 
that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner 
whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension 
law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect 
the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the 
extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or 
advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or 
impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will 
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law 
had been enacted.

        SECTION 515.  Undertaking for Costs.
                      ---------------------

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note 
by such Holder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any 
court may in its discretion require in any suit for the enforcement of any 
right or remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, or in any suit against 
the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the 
filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs 
of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable 
costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in 
such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or 
defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 515 
shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit 
instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more 
than 10% in principal amount at Stated Maturity of the Outstanding Notes or 
to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of 
the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note on or after the 
respective Stated Maturity expressed in such Note.


                                 ARTICLE SIX

                                 THE TRUSTEE

        SECTION 601.  Certain Duties and Responsibilities.
                      -----------------------------------

        (1)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

             (a)  the  Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only 
        such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and 
        no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this 
        Indenture against the Trustee; and

             (b)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee 
        may rely conclusively, as to the truth of the statements and the 
        correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates 
        or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the 
        requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such 
        certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof 
        specifically are required to be furnished to the Trustee, the 
        Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine 
        whether or not they conform to the requirements of this 
        Indenture.

        (2)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the 
   Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this 
   Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise 
   as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in 
   the conduct of such person's own affairs.

        (3)  No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve 
   the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own 
   negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that

            (a)  this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the 
        effect of Subsection (1) of this Section;

            (b)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of 
        judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it 
        shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining 
        the pertinent facts;

            (c)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any 
        action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in 
        accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in 
        principal amount at Stated Maturity of the Outstanding Notes 
        relating to the time, method and place of conducting any 
        proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or 
        exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under 
        this Indenture; and

           (d)  the Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its 
        own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the 
        performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise 
        of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable 
        grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate 
        indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably 
        assured to it.

        SECTION 602.  Notice of Defaults.
                      ------------------
        Within 90 days after the occurrence of any Default hereunder, 
the Trustee shall transmit in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA 
Section 313(c), notice of such Default hereunder known to the Trustee, 
unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, 
that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of (or 
premium, if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in 
withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the 
executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible 
Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of 
such notice is in the interest of the Holders; and provided further that in 
the case of any Default of the character specified in Section 501(d), no 
such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 60 days after the 
occurrence thereof. 

        SECTION 603.  Certain Rights of Trustee.
                      -------------------------

        Subject to the provisions of TIA Sections 315(a) through 315(d):

        (1)  the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or 
   refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, 
   instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, 
   order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other 
   paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have 
   been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

        (2)  any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein 
   shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order 
   and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently 
   evidenced by a Board Resolution;

        (3)  whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee 
   shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior 
   to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee 
   (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the 
   absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers' Certificate;
  
        (4)  the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice 
   of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete 
   authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered 
   or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;


        (5)  the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of 
   the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or 
   direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless 
   such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or 
   indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be 
   incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

        (6)  the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into 
   the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, 
   instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, 
   order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other 
   paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such 
   further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may 
   see fit; and

        (7)  the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder 
   or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through 
   agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any 
   misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney (other 
   than an agent or attorney who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed 
   with due care by it hereunder.

        SECTION 604.  Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance 
                      ------------------------------------------------
                      of Notes.
                      --------

        The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except for the 
Trustee's certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements 
of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their 
correctness.  The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or 
sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee 
represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, 
authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder and that the 
statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on 
Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate, subject to the 
qualifications set forth therein.  The Trustee shall not be accountable for 
the use or application by the Company of Notes or the proceeds thereof.

        SECTION 605.  May Hold Notes.
                      --------------

        The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar or any other 
agent of the Company or of the Trustee, in its individual or any other 
capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to TIA 
Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same 
rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or 
such other agent.

        SECTION 606.  Money Held in Trust.
                      -------------------

        Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder shall, until used 
or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which 
it was received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the 
extent required by law.  The Trustee shall be under no liability for 
interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed 
with the Company.

        SECTION 607.  Compensation and Reimbursement.
                      ------------------------------

        The Company agrees:

        (1)  to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable 
   compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which 
   compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to 
   the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

        (2)  except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse 
   the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, 
   disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in 
   accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the 
   reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its 
   agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance 
   as may arise from or be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; 
   and

        (3)  to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless 
   against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or 
   bad faith on its part or on the part of its directors, officers, 
   employees and agents, arising out of or in connection with the 
   acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and 
   expenses of defending itself, and of indemnifying its directors, 
   officers, employees and agents, against any claim or liability in 
   connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Trustee's 
   powers or duties hereunder.

        The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim 
asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity.  The 
obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate the Trustee, to 
pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances and to 
indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee shall constitute additional 
indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of 
this Indenture.  As security for the performance of such obligations of the 
Company, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Notes upon all property 
and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in 
trust for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on 
particular Notes.

        When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in 
connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 501(g) or (h), the 
expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) of 
and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses 
of administration under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, 
insolvency or other similar law.

        The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of 
this Indenture.

        SECTION 608.  Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.
                      ---------------------------------------

        There shall be at all times a Trustee hereunder that shall be 
eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and 310(a)(5) and 
shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000.  If such 
corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to 
law or to the requirements of Federal, State, territorial or District of 
Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this 
Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be 
deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most 
recent report of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall 
cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it 
shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter 
specified in this Article.

        SECTION 609.  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.
                      -------------------------------------------------

        (a)  No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment 
of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until 
the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with 
the applicable requirements of Section 610.

        (b)  The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice 
thereof to the Company.  If the instrument of acceptance by a successor 
Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee 
within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning 
Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment 
of a successor Trustee.

        (c)  The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders 
of not less than a majority in principal amount at Stated Maturity of the 
Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

        (d)  If at any time:

        (1)  the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA 
   Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Company or by any 
   Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six 
   months, or

        (2)  the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 608 and 
   shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or 
   by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least 
   six months, or

        (3)  the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be 
   adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of 
   its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take 
   charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the 
   purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company, by a Board Resolution, may remove 
the Trustee, or (ii) subject to TIA Section 315(e), any Holder who has been 
a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of 
himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent 
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a 
successor Trustee.

        (e)  If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable 
of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any 
cause, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a 
successor Trustee.  If, within one year after such resignation, removal or 
incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall 
be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount at 
Stated Maturity of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Company and the 
retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon 
its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee and 
supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.  If no successor 
Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and 
accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has 
been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of 
himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent 
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

        (f)  The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each 
removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to the 
Holders of Notes in the manner provided for in Section 106.  Each notice 
shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its 
Corporate Trust Office.

        SECTION 610.  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.
                      --------------------------------------

        Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, 
acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an 
instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or 
removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor 
Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested 
with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, 
on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee 
shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument 
transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of 
the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such 
successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee 
hereunder.  Upon reasonable request of any such successor Trustee, the 
Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly 
vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers 
and trusts.

        No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the 
time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and 
eligible under this Article.

        SECTION 611.  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to 
                      --------------------------------------------------
                      Business.
                      --------

        Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted 
or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from 
any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a 
party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the 
corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the 
Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified 
and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any 
paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.  In case 
any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee 
then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such 
authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes 
so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had 
itself authenticated such Notes.  In case at that time any of the Notes 
shall not have been authenticated, any successor Trustee may authenticate 
such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of 
the successor Trustee.  In all such cases such certificates shall have the 
full force and effect that this Indenture provides for the certificate of 
authentication of the Trustee; provided, however, that the right to adopt 
                               --------  -------
the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to 
authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only 
to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

        SECTION 612.  Conflicting Interests.
                      ---------------------
 
        The Trustee shall be subject to and comply with the provisions 
of Section [310(b)] of the TIA.

        SECTION 613.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers.
                      -------------------------------------------------

        The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, 
excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA.  If 
the present or any future Trustee shall resign or be removed, it shall be 
subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent provided therein.



                                     ARTICLE SEVEN
 
                 HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

        SECTION 701.  Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders.
                      --------------------------------------------

        Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees 
with the Company and the Trustee that none of the Company or the Trustee or 
any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the 
disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the 
Holders in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from 
which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held 
accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made 
under TIA Section 312(b).

        SECTION 702.  Reports by Trustee.
                      ------------------

        Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with the 
first May 15 after the first issuance of Notes, the Trustee shall transmit 
to the Holders, in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 
313(c), a brief report dated as of such May 15 if required by TIA Section 
313(a).

        SECTION 703.  Reports by Company.
                      ------------------

        The Company shall:

        (1)  whether or not the Company is subject to Section 13(a) or 
   15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any 
   successor provision thereto, file with the Commission the annual 
   reports, quarterly reports and other documents that the Company would 
   have been required to file with the Commission pursuant to such 
   Section 13(a), 15(d) or any successor provision thereto if the Company 
   were subject thereto and shall file such documents with the Commission 
   on or prior to the respective dates (the "Required Filing Dates") by 
   which the Company would have been required to file them;

        (2)  whether or not the Company is subject to Section 13(a) or 
   15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any 
   successor provision thereto, within 15 days of each Required Filing 
   Date, file with the Trustee copies of the annual reports, quarterly 
   reports and other documents (without exhibits) that the Company would 
   have been required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 
   13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or 
   any successor provisions thereto if the Company was subject thereto;

        (3)  file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with 
   rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, 
   such additional information, documents and reports with respect to 
   compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants of this 
   Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and 
   regulations; and

        (4)  transmit by mail to all Holders, in the manner and to the 
   extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), within 15 days after the filing 
   thereof with the Commission, such summaries of any information, 
   documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to 
   paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) of this Section as may be required by 
   rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

        If the Company is not permitted under the Exchange Act to file 
with the Commission such reports and other information referred to in 
Section 703(1), the Company shall promptly upon written request supply 
copies of such documents (without exhibits) to prospective purchasers of the 
Notes or their representatives.


                                ARTICLE EIGHT

            CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

        SECTION 801.  Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.
                      ----------------------------------------------------

        The Company shall not, in any transaction or series of 
transactions, consolidate with or merge into any other Person (other than a 
merger of a Restricted Subsidiary into the Company in which the Company is 
the continuing corporation), or sell, convey, assign, transfer, lease or 
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the property and assets of 
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any other 
person, and the Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries 
to enter into any such transaction or series of related transactions if such 
transaction or series of related transactions, in the aggregate, would 
result in a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other 
disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the 
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to another 
Person, unless:


        (a)  either (i) the Company shall be the continuing corporation or 
   (ii) the corporation (if other than the Company) formed by such 
   consolidation or into which the Company is merged, or the Person that 
   acquires, by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or 
   disposition, all or substantially all of the property and assets of 
   the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole (such 
   corporation or Person, the "Surviving Entity"), shall be a corporation 
   organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of 
   America, any political subdivision thereof or any state thereof or the 
   District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental 
   indenture, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and 
   premium, if any) and interest on all the Notes and the performance of 
   the Company's covenants and obligations under this Indenture;

        (b)  immediately before and after giving effect to such 
   transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, 
   without limitation, any Debt incurred or anticipated to be incurred in 
   connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of 
   transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and 
   be continuing or would result therefrom; 

        (c)  immediately after giving effect to any such transaction or 
   series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without 
   limitation, any Debt incurred or anticipated to be incurred in 
   connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of 
   transactions), as if such transaction or series of transactions had 
   occurred on the first day of the determination period, the Company (or 
   the Surviving Entity if the Company is not continuing) would be 
   permitted to incur $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to clause (o) of 
   the definition of "Permitted Debt"; and

        (d)  the Company or such Person shall have delivered to the 
   Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each 
   stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease 
   and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such 
   transaction, such supplemental indenture, comply with this Article and 
   that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such 
   transaction have been complied with.  

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may merge with an 
Affiliate incorporated or organized for the sole purpose of reincorporating 
or reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction to realize tax or other 
benefits provided such merger meets the requirements of clauses (a), (b) and 
(d) of the preceding paragraphs.

        Upon any transaction or series of transactions that are of the 
type described in, and are effected in accordance with, the foregoing 
paragraphs, the Surviving Entity (if other than the Company) shall succeed 
to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the 
Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such 
Surviving Entity had been named as the Company herein; and when a Surviving 
Person duly assumes all of the obligations and covenants of the Company 
pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes, except in the case of a lease, the 
predecessor Person shall be relieved of all such obligations.


        SECTION 802.  Successor Substituted.
                      ---------------------

        Upon any consolidation of the Company with or merger of the 
Company with or into any other corporation or any conveyance, transfer or 
lease of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an 
entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 801, the successor Person 
formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which 
such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be 
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company 
under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had 
been named as the Company herein, and in the event of any such conveyance or 
transfer, the Company (which term shall for this purpose mean the Person 
named as the "Company" in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any 
successor Person that shall theretofore become such in the manner described 
in Section 801), except in the case of a lease, shall be discharged of all 
obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes and may be 
dissolved and liquidated.


                                  ARTICLE NINE

                            SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

        SECTION 901.  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.
                      --------------------------------------------------

        Without notice to or the consent of any Holders, the Company, 
when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from 
time to time, may amend, waive or supplement this Indenture and the Notes 
and (if necessary) enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in 
form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following 
purposes:

        (1)  to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company 
   and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the 
   Company contained herein or in the Notes, or

        (2)  to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the 
   Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the 
   Company, or

        (3)  to add any additional Events of Default, or

        (4)  to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment 
   hereunder by a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements of 
   Section 610, or

        (5)  to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision 
   herein that may be inconsistent with any other provision herein or in 
   the Notes, or to add any other provisions with respect to matters or 
   questions arising under this Indenture or the Notes; provided that 
                                                        --------
   such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in 
   any material respect, or

        (6)  to secure the Notes pursuant to the requirements of 
   Section 1015 or otherwise, or

        (7)  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in 
   place of certificated Notes, or

        (8)  to change or eliminate any of the provisions herein or in the 
   Notes;  provided that any such change or elimination shall become 
           --------
   effective only when there is not Outstanding any Note created prior to 
   the execution of such amendment, waiver or supplemental indenture that 
   is entitled to the benefit of such provision, or

        (9)  to comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to 
   effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust 
   Indenture Act.  

        SECTION 902.  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.
                      -----------------------------------------------

        With the consent (including consents obtained with a purchase 
of, or a tender or exchange offer for, Notes) of the Holders of not less 
than a majority in principal amount at Stated Maturity of the Outstanding 
Notes, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the 
Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may amend, 
waive or supplement this Indenture and the Notes and (if necessary) enter 
into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of 
adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the 
provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the 
Holders under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental 
                              --------  -------
indenture shall, without the consent (including consents obtained with a 
purchase of, or a tender or exchange offer for, Notes) of the Holder of each 
Outstanding Note affected thereby:

        (1)  change the Stated Maturity of the principal of or any 
   installment of interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount 
   thereof (or premium, if any) or the rate of interest thereon or reduce 
   the amount that would be due and payable upon a declaration of 
   acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502 or the 
   amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 504 or 
   change the coin or currency in which any Note or any premium or the 
   interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for 
   the enforcement of any such payment after the Stated Maturity thereof 
   (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date), or

        (2)  reduce the percentage in principal amount at Stated Maturity 
   of the Outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for 
   any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is 
   required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this 
   Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences 
   provided for in this Indenture, or

        (3)  modify the obligations of the Company to make offers to 
   purchase Notes in accordance with Sections 1009 and 1016, or
  
        (4)  subordinate in right of payment, or otherwise subordinate, 
   the Notes to any other Debt, or

        (5)  modify any provisions of this Indenture relating to the 
   calculation of Accreted Value, or

        (6)  modify any of the provisions of this Section or Sections 513 
   and 1018, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that 
   certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or 
   waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note 
   affected hereby.

        It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this 
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental 
indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the 
substance thereof.

        SECTION 903.  Execution of Supplemental Indentures.
                      ------------------------------------


        In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any 
supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications 
thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be 
entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an 
Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture 
is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.  The Trustee may, but shall 
not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects 
the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or 
otherwise.

        SECTION 904.  Effect of Supplemental Indentures.
                      ---------------------------------

        Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this 
Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such 
supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; 
and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and 
delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

        SECTION 905.  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.
                      -----------------------------------

        Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to the Article 
shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in 
effect if this Indenture shall then be required to be qualified under the 
TIA.

        SECTION 906.  Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures.
                      ---------------------------------------------

        Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any 
supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required 
by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any 
matter provided for in such supplemental indenture.  If the Company shall so 
determine, replacement Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of 
the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be 
prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the 
Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

        SECTION 907.  Notice of Supplemental Indentures.
                      ---------------------------------

        Reasonably promptly after the execution by the Company and the 
Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 
902, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holders of each 
Outstanding Note affected, in the manner provided for in Section 106, 
setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture.  
Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall 
not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any supplemental 
indenture or effectiveness of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

        SECTION 908.  Effect of Consents.
                      ------------------

        Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a 
consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every 
subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of that Note that evidences the 
same debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent 
is not made on any Note.  After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes 
effective, it shall bind every Holder of Notes. 



                                ARTICLE TEN

                                 COVENANTS

        SECTION 1001.  Payment of Principal, Premium, if Any, and Interest.
                       ---------------------------------------------------

        The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders 
that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) 
and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this 
Indenture.

        SECTION 1002.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.
                       -------------------------------

        The Company will maintain in The City of New York, an office or 
agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes 
may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where 
notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this 
Indenture may be served.  The Trustee's New York Corporate Trust Office at 
40 Broad Street, 5th Floor, Suite 550, New York, New York 10004 shall be 
such office or agency of the Company, unless the Company shall designate and 
maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes.  The 
Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the 
location of any such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall 
fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish 
the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, 
notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of 
the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to 
receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

        The Company may also from time to time designate one or more 
other offices or agencies (in or outside of The City of New York) where the 
Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may 
from time to time rescind any such designation; provided, however, that no 
                                                --------  -------
such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of 
its obligation to maintain an office or agency in The City of New York for 
such purposes.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee 
of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any 
such other office or agency.

        SECTION 1003.  Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust.
                       -------------------------------------------

        If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it 
will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or 
interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of 
the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal of (or 
premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid 
to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will 
promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

        Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for 
the Notes, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or 
premium, if any) or interest on any Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum 
sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so 
becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons 
entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying 
Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of such 
action or any failure so to act.

        The Company will cause each Paying Agent (other than the Company 
or the Trustee) to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which 
such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of 
this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

        (1)  hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of 
   (and premium, if any) or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of 
   the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such 
   Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

        (2)  give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any 
   other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment of 
   principal (and premium, if any) or interest; and

        (3)  at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon 
   the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all 
   sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

        The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the 
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, 
or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums 
held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by 
the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by 
the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent 
to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further 
liability with respect to such sums.


        Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or 
then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or 
premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two 
years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable 
shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the 
Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note 
shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company 
for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent 
with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as 
trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

        SECTION 1004.  Corporate Existence.
                       -------------------

        Subject to Article Eight, the Company will do or cause to be 
done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the 
corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the 
Company and each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, 
                                                       --------  -------
that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or 
franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation 
thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company 
and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole and that the loss thereof would 
not materially adversely affect the Company's ability to perform its 
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; provided further, however, 
                                                -------- -------  -------
that the foregoing shall not prohibit a liquidation, dissolution, merger, 
consolidation, sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of a 
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any of its assets or Capital Stock 
in compliance with the other terms of this Indenture.

        SECTION 1005.  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.
                       ---------------------------------

        The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or 
discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all taxes, 
assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or 
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property 
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) all lawful 
claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law 
become a lien upon the property of the Company or any of its Restricted 
Subsidiaries (other than any Permitted Lien or other Lien permitted by this 
Indenture); provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay 
            --------  -------
or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, 
charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested 
in good faith by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such 
payment or discharge would not materially adversely affect the Company's 
ability to perform its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.

        SECTION 1006.  Maintenance of Properties.
                       -------------------------

        The Company will cause all material properties owned by the 
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or used or held for use in the 
conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted 
Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working 
order (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all reasonably 
necessary equipment and will cause to be made all reasonably necessary 
repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all 
as in the judgment of the Company reasonably may be necessary so that the 
business carried on in connection therewith may be conducted at all times in 
the ordinary course; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall 
                     --------  -------
prevent the Company from discontinuing the maintenance of any of such 
properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company, 
desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries or if such discontinuance or disposal is not 
materially adverse to the ability of the Company to satisfy its obligations 
hereunder.

        SECTION 1007.  Insurance.
                       ---------

        The Company will at all times keep all of its and its Restricted 
Subsidiaries' properties that are of an insurable nature insured with 
insurers, believed by the Company to be responsible, against loss or damage 
to the extent that property of similar character is usually so insured by 
corporations similarly situated and owning like properties (which may 
include self-insurance, if reasonable and in comparable form to that 
maintained by companies similarly situated).

        SECTION 1008.  Statement by Officers as to Default.
                       -----------------------------------

        (a)  The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days 
after the end of each fiscal year, a brief certificate from the principal 
executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting 
officer as to his or her knowledge of the Company's compliance with all 
conditions and covenants under this Indenture.  For purposes of this Section 
1008(a), such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of 
grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.

        (b)  When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this 
Indenture, or if the trustee for or the holder of any other evidence of Debt 
of the Company or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action 
with respect to a claimed default (other than with respect to Debt in the 
principal amount of less than $15,000,000), the Company shall deliver to the 
Trustee by registered or certified mail or by telegram, telex or facsimile 
transmission an Officers' Certificate specifying such event, notice or other 
action within five Business Days of its occurrence.

        SECTION 1009.  Purchase of Notes upon Change of Control.
                       ----------------------------------------

        (a)  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will 
have the right to require the Company repurchase such Holder's Outstanding 
Notes (the "Change of Control Offer") in whole or in part in integral 
multiples of $1,000, at a purchase price (the "Purchase Price") in cash in 
an amount equal to 101% of the Accreted Value of such Notes as of any Change 
of Control Payment Date (as defined below), occuring prior to March 1, 2003 
plus any accrued and unpaid cash interest not otherwise included in the 
Accreted Value to such Change of Control Payment Date, or 101% of the 
principal amount on any Change of Control Payment Date occuring on or after 
March 1, 2003, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to such Change of 
Control Payment Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in 
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section  1009; provided, however, that 
                                              --------  -------
notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall not 
be obligated to purchase the Notes pursuant to this Section 1009 in the 
event that it has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes under Article 
Eleven.

        (b)  Unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of 
the Notes under Article Eleven, within 30 days following any Change of 
Control, the Company shall give to each Holder of the Notes in the manner 
provided in Section 106 a notice stating:

        (1)  that a Change of Control has occurred and a Change of Control 
   Offer is being made as described in this Section 1009, and that, 
   although Holders are not required to tender their Notes, all Notes 
   that are tendered in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 
   1009 shall be accepted for payment;

        (2)  the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of 
   Control (including but not limited to information with respect to pro 
   forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization after giving 
   effect to such Change of Control);

        (3)  the Purchase Price and the date of purchase, which shall be 
   no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such 
   notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"); 

        (4)  the instructions and any other information necessary to 
   enable Holders to tender their Notes and have such Notes repurchased 
   in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section; and

        (5)  that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the 
   Purchase Price for the Notes payable pursuant to such Change of 
   Control Offer, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to such Change 
   of Control Offer shall cease to accrete or accrue interest after the 
   Change of Control Payment Date.

        (c)  Holders electing to have Notes purchased will be required to 
   surrender such Notes to the Company at the address specified in the notice 
   at least five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.  
   Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company receives, 
   not later than three Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment 
   Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the 
   name of the Holder, the principal amount at Stated Maturity of the Notes 
   delivered for purchase by the Holder as to which his election is to be 
   withdrawn and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to 
   have such Notes purchased.  Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part 
   will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount at Stated Maturity to the 
   unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.

        In the event that a Change of Control occurs and the Company is 
required to purchase Notes as described above, the Company will comply with 
the applicable tender offer rules, including the requirements of Section 
14(e) and Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws 
and regulations to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable, and 
will be deemed not to be in violation of any of its covenants under this 
Indenture to the extent such compliance is in conflict with such covenants.

        On and after a Change of Control Payment Date, the Notes or 
portions thereof accepted for payment shall cease to accrete or accrue 
interest unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price 
therefor.

        (d)  Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b), the Company shall not 
be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a 
third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times 
and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 
1009 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and, in 
accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 1009, purchases all Notes 
validly tendered under the Change of Control Offer and not withdrawn.

        SECTION 1010.  Limitation on Debt.
                       ------------------

        The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Debt 
(including Acquired Debt) unless (i) after giving effect to such incurrence 
of Debt and the contemporaneous application of the proceeds thereof, no 
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the 
time or would occur as a consequence of the incurrence of such Debt, and 
(ii) such Debt is Permitted Debt.

        SECTION 1011.  Limitation on Liens.
                       -------------------

        The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or 
suffer to exist any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) on or with 
respect to any of its property or assets, including any shares of stock or 
Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, whether owned at the Issue 
Date or thereafter acquired, or any income, profits or proceeds therefrom, 
or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income thereon, where 
such Lien, assignment or conveyance secures Debt, unless (x) in the case of 
any Lien securing Subordinated Debt, the Notes are secured by a Lien on such 
property, assets or income, profits or proceeds that is senior in priority 
to such Lien and (y) in the case of any other Lien, the Notes are equally 
and ratably secured with the obligation or liability secured by such Lien. 
Any such Lien thereby created in favor of the Notes shall be automatically 
and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and 
discharge of the Lien or Liens to which it relates, or (ii) any sale, 
exchange or transfer to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company of the 
property or assets secured by such Lien or Liens, or of all of the Capital 
Stock held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in, or all 
or substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such 
Lien or Liens.

        SECTION 1012.  Limitation on Restricted Payments.
                       ---------------------------------

        The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted 
Payment unless, at the time of and after giving effect to the proposed 
Restricted Payment, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred 
and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof; (ii) after giving 
effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment and the incurrence 
of any Debt the net proceeds of which are used to finance such Restricted 
Payment, the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant 
to clause (o) of the definition of Permitted Debt; and (iii) after giving 
effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, the aggregate amount 
expended or declared for all Restricted Payments on or after the Issue Date 
does not exceed the sum of (A) cumulative EBITDA of the Company and its 
Restricted Subsidiaries (or, if the cumulative EBITDA is negative, minus 
100% of such negative amount) less 1.5 times cumulative Consolidated 
Interest Expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each 
case for the period (treated as one accounting period) beginning on the 
first day of the Company's fiscal quarter after which the Issue Date occurs, 
and ending on the last day of the Company's fiscal quarter for which 
financial statements are available immediately preceding such proposed 
Restricted Payment, (B) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the 
Company subsequent to the Issue Date either (x) as capital contributions to 
the Company in the form of or with respect to Common Stock of the Company or 
(y) from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the 
Company) of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (including Qualified 
Capital Stock issued upon conversion of convertible Debt or convertible 
Redeemable Capital Stock) or Subordinated Stockholder Debt or any options, 
warrants or rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, 
less 50% of Debt incurred pursuant to clause (l) of the definition of 
Permitted Debt, and (C) in the case of the disposition or repayment of any 
Investment constituting a Restricted Payment made after the Issue Date 
(including by redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company to 
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), an amount equal to the lesser of 
the return of capital with respect to such Investment and the initial amount 
of such Investment, in either case, less the cost of the disposition of such 
Investment.

        The foregoing limitations do not prevent (i) the payment of a 
dividend or similar distribution on the Capital Stock of the Company or any 
of its Restricted Subsidiaries at any time within 60 days after the 
declaration thereof if, on the declaration date, the Company could have paid 
such dividend in compliance with this Indenture; (ii) the making of 
Permitted Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
(iii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any 
Capital Stock or Subordinated Debt of the Company in exchange for (including 
any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or 
privilege in which cash is paid in lieu of fractional shares or scrip), or 
out of the Net Cash Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other 
than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Qualified Capital Stock 
of the Company; (iv) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other 
acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Debt of the Company in 
exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a 
conversion right or privilege in which cash is paid in lieu of fractional 
shares or scrip), or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially 
concurrent incurrence (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) 
of, new Subordinated Debt of the Company so long as (A) the principal amount 
of such new Subordinated Debt does not exceed the principal amount (or, if 
such Subordinated Debt being refinanced provides for an amount less than the 
principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of 
acceleration thereof, such lesser amount as of the date of determination) of 
the Subordinated Debt being so purchased, redeemed, defeased, acquired or 
retired, plus the lesser of the amount of any premium required to be paid in 
connection with such refinancing pursuant to the terms of the Subordinated 
Debt being refinanced or the amount of any premium reasonably determined by 
the Company as necessary to accomplish such refinancing, plus, in either 
case, the amount of expenses of the Company incurred in connection with such 
refinancing, (B) such new Subordinated Debt is subordinated to the Notes to 
the same extent as such Subordinated Debt so purchased, redeemed, defeased, 
acquired or retired, and (C) such new Subordinated Debt has an Average Life 
longer than the Average Life of the Subordinated Debt being refinanced and a 
final Stated Maturity of principal later than the final Stated Maturity of 
principal of the Subordinated Debt being refinanced; (v) any purchase or 
defeasance of Subordinated Debt to the extent required upon a change of 
control or asset sale (as defined therein) by the indenture or other 
agreement or instrument pursuant to which such Subordinated Debt was issued, 
but only if the Company (x) in the case of a Change of Control, has complied 
with its obligations under Section 1009 or (y) in the case of an Asset Sale, 
has applied the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale in accordance with 
Section 1016; (vi) the repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company (including 
options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) from 
departing or deceased directors, officers or employees of the Company or its 
Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 million in any fiscal 
year, provided that the Company may carry forward the unused portion of the 
      --------
$1.0 million in any fiscal year to the next fiscal year, and provided further 
                                                             -------- -------
that the Company may not carry forward more than $2.0 million to any 
subsequent fiscal year; and (vii) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, 
cancellation or other retirement for value of shares of Capital Stock of the 
Company to the extent necessary, in the judgment of the Board of Directors 
of the Company, to prevent the loss or secure the removal or reinstatement 
of any license held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any 
governmental agency as a result of laws limiting foreign ownership of the 
Company's Capital Stock.

        Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (i), (iii), (vi) 
and (vii) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall reduce the amount 
that would otherwise be available for Restricted Payments under clause (iii) 
of the second preceding paragraph and Restricted Payments made pursuant to 
clauses (ii), (iv) and (v) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall not 
reduce the amount that would otherwise be available for Restricted Payments 
under clause (iii) of the second preceding paragraph, provided that any 
                                                      --------
Permitted Investments made pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of 
Permitted Investments shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments for the 
purposes of clause (iii) of the second preceding paragraph.

        For purposes of this Section 1012, if a particular Restricted 
Payment involves a non-cash payment, including a distribution of assets, 
then such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the 
cash portion of such Restricted Payment, if any, plus an amount equal to the 
Fair Market Value of the non-cash portion of such Restricted Payment as 
determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose good faith 
determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution.

        SECTION 1013.  Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment 
                       ----------------------------------------
                       Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.
                       ----------------------------------------------

        The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, cause or suffer to exist 
or become effective or enter into any consensual encumbrance or restriction 
on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (i) to pay 
dividends or make any other distributions in respect of its Capital Stock or 
pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Company or any other Restricted 
Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) to make loans or advances to the Company or 
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or (iii) to transfer any of its 
property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the 
Company, except:

        (a)  any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in 
   effect at the Issue Date or any amendment, restatement, renewal or 
   replacement of such agreement, so long as the encumbrances and 
   restrictions are not materially more restrictive than those in the 
   agreement in effect on the Issue Date;

        (b)  any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement 
   relating to an acquisition of property, so long as the encumbrances or 
   restrictions in any such agreement relate solely to the property so 
   acquired (and are not or were not created in anticipation of or in 
   connection with the acquisition thereof);

        (c)  any encumbrance or restriction relating to any Debt of any 
   Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date on which such 
   Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or any Restricted 
   Subsidiary of the Company (other than Debt incurred by such Restricted 
   Subsidiary in connection with or in anticipation of its acquisition);

        (d)  any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement 
   effecting a permitted refinancing of Debt issued pursuant to an 
   agreement referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), or 
   permitted replacement or increase of Debt referred to in the foregoing 
   clause (a) so long as the encumbrances and restrictions contained in 
   any such refinancing agreement are not materially more restrictive 
   than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements 
   governing the Debt being so refinanced;

        (e)  customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of 
   any lease, license or similar contract of the Company or any 
   Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or provisions in agreements that 
   restrict the assignment of such agreement or any rights thereunder;

        (f)  any encumbrance or restriction arising out of any sale of 
   accounts receivable in the ordinary course (including in connection 
   with a financing transaction) to or by (i) an Accounts Receivable 
   Subsidiary or (ii) to Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company 
   or any Subsidiary of the Company;

        (g)  any encumbrance or restriction on the sale or other 
   disposition of assets or property securing Debt as a result of a 
   Permitted Lien on such assets or property (including, without 
   limitation, customary restrictions relating to assets securing the 
   Credit Agreement, any Vendor Debt or any Telecommunications Assets 
   Debt under the applicable security documents); and

        (h)  any encumbrance or restriction contained in contracts for 
   sales of assets permitted by Section 1016 with respect to the assets 
   to be sold pursuant to such contract.

        Nothing contained in this Section 1013 shall prevent the Company 
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from (1) creating, incurring, assuming 
or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted in Section 1011 or (2) 
restrictions on the sale or other disposition of property or assets of the 
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that such 
property or assets secure Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted 
Subsidiaries not incurred or secured in violation of this Indenture.


        SECTION 1014.  Limitation on Issuances of Certain Guarantees by, 
                       ------------------------------------------------
                       and Debt Securities of, Restricted Subsidiaries.
                       -----------------------------------------------

        The Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries 

to (i) directly or indirectly Guarantee any Debt Securities of the Company, 
or (ii) issue any Debt Securities, unless, in either such case, such 
Restricted Subsidiary (such Restricted Subsidiary, a "Subsidiary Guarantor") 
simultaneously executes and delivers a Guarantee (a "Subsidiary Guarantee") 
of the Notes.  Any such Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be subordinate in 
right of payment to any Debt of the Restricted Subsidiary providing the 
Subsidiary Guarantee.  A Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed released from 
all of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee at any such time that 
such Restricted Subsidiary is released from all of its obligations under all 
of its Guarantees in respect of Debt Securities of the Company or its 
obligations under its Debt Securities, as applicable.  The obligations of 
each Restricted Subsidiary under a Subsidiary Guarantee shall be limited to 
the maximum amount, as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent 
and fixed liabilities of such Restricted Subsidiary, result in the 
obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary under the Subsidiary Guarantee not 
constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable 
law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantee by a 
Restricted Subsidiary of the Notes shall provide by its terms that it shall 
be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the sale 
or other disposition, by way of merger or otherwise, to any Person not an 
Affiliate of the Company, of all of the Company's and its Restricted 
Subsidiaries' Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiary.  In addition, any 
Subsidiary Guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally released and 
discharged upon the merger or consolidation of the applicable Restricted 
Subsidiary with and into the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary that 
has guaranteed the Notes and that is the surviving Person in such merger or 
consolidation.

        SECTION 1015.  Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital 
                       --------------------------------------------
                       Stock in Restricted Subsidiaries.
                       --------------------------------

        The Company (a) shall not permit any of its Restricted 
Subsidiaries to issue any Capital Stock (other than to the Company or a 
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) unless the Company acquires at the 
same time not less than its Proportionate Interest in such issuance of 
Capital Stock and (b) shall not permit any Person (other than the Company or 
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to own any Capital Stock in any 
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that this Section 
                                      --------  -------
1015 shall not prohibit (i) the sale or other disposition of all, but not 
less than all, of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock in any Restricted 
Subsidiary owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company 
in compliance with the other provisions of this Indenture, (ii) the 
ownership of Capital Stock issued as permitted by clause (a) above, (iii) 
the ownership by directors of directors' qualifying shares or the ownership 
by foreign nationals of Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary of the 
Company, to the extent mandated by applicable law, (iv) the ownership of 
Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued and outstanding prior to the 
time that such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company so long 
as such Capital Stock was not issued in contemplation of such Person's 
becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or otherwise being acquired 
by the Company, (v) the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of a Restricted 
Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction that complies with Section 1016, 
provided that such Restricted Subsidiary would remain a Restricted 
- --------
Subsidiary after such transaction, or, if not a Restricted Subsidiary of the 
Company after such transaction, the remaining Capital Stock held by the 
Company must be treated as an Investment made at that time and must comply 
with Section 1012 or constitute a Permitted Investment, and (vi) the 
ownership of Qualified Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in 
exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to refinance, Capital Stock 
of a Restricted Subsidiary owned by a Person other than the Company or a 
Restricted Subsidiary as permitted by clause (iv), provided that (x) the 
                                                   --------
liquidation value of such Qualified Capital Stock so issued that is 
preferred stock shall not exceed the liquidation value of the Capital Stock 
so exchanged or refinanced and (y) the Qualified Capital Stock so issued 
that is preferred stock (I) shall not have a Stated Maturity earlier than 
the Stated Maturity of the Capital Stock being exchanged or refinanced and 
(II) shall not have an Average Life less than the remaining Average Life of 
the Capital Stock being exchanged or refinanced. Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that owns or holds a 
Federal Communications Commission license for the transmission of wireless 
telecommunications services shall at all times remain a wholly owned 
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and shall not, directly or indirectly, 
sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any assets or property 
used or useful in the operation of the business of the Company or any of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries, other than (i) to the Company or another wholly 
owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (ii) in a transaction that 
complies with Section 1016.

        SECTION 1016.  Limitation on Asset Sales.
                       -------------------------

        The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the Company 
or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration 
(including by way of relief from, or by any Person other than the Company or 
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries assuming responsibility for, any 
liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Sale at 
least equal to the Fair Market Value (as evidenced by a Board Resolution, 
which determination shall be conclusive (including as to the value of all 
non-cash consideration)) of the property or assets sold or otherwise 
disposed of, (ii) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company 
or such Restricted Subsidiary for such property or assets consists of cash 
or Eligible Cash Equivalents and (iii) the Company or such Restricted 
Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, uses the Net Cash Proceeds in 
the manner set forth in the next paragraph; provided, however, that for 
                                            --------  -------
purposes of this Section 1016, "cash" shall include (i) the amount of any 
liabilities (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to 
the Notes) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (as shown on the 
Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in 
the notes thereto) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or 
other property in such Asset Sale or are no longer the liability of the 
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and excluding any liabilities that are 
incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale), but only 
to the extent that such assumption is effected on a basis under which there 
is no further recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries 
with respect to such liabilities, and (ii) any securities, notes or other 
obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in 
connection with such Asset Sale that are converted by the Company or such 
Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 60 days of receipt.

        Within 360 days after any Asset Sale, the Company or such 
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, may at its option 
(a) reinvest an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds (or any portion 
thereof) from such disposition in Replacement Assets, provided that if such 
                                                      --------
Investment is in a project authorized by the Board of Directors of the 
Company that shall take longer than such 360 day period to complete, the 
Company shall be entitled to utilize 90 additional days to apply such Net 
Cash Proceeds, and/or (b) apply an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds 
(or remaining Net Cash Proceeds) to the permanent reduction of any Debt of 
the Company ranking pari passu with the Notes (including the Notes) or Debt 
of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. Any Net Cash Proceeds from any 
Asset Sale that are not used to reinvest in Replacement Assets and/or repay 
any such pari passu Debt of the Company or Debt of its Restricted 
Subsidiaries constitute Excess Proceeds.

        When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 
million Date", the Company shall, as soon as practicable, but in any event 
within 20 Business Days, make an offer to the extent of the Excess Proceeds 
to purchase (an "Asset Sale Offer"), on a pro rata basis, the Notes and the 
other Debt described in the next sentence, at a price in cash for the Notes 
equal to 100% of the Accreted Value thereof on any Asset Sale Purchase Date 
occurring prior to March 1, 2003, plus any accrued and unpaid cash interest 
not otherwise included in Accreted Value to such Asset Sale Purchase Date, 
or 100% of the principal amount thereof at Stated Maturity on any Asset Sale 
Purchase Date occurring on or after March 1, 2003, plus accrued and unpaid 
interest, if any, to such Asset Sale Purchase Date, in accordance with the 
procedures set forth in this Indenture.  Any Asset Sale Offer shall include 
a pro rata offer under similar circumstances to purchase all other unsecured 
Debt of the Company ranking pari passu with the Notes, which Debt contains 
similar provisions requiring the Company to purchase such Debt. To the 
extent that any amount of Excess Proceeds remains after completion of such 
offer to purchase, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company 
may use such remaining amount for general corporate purposes and the amount 
of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero.


        Notwithstanding the three immediately preceding paragraphs, the 
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to consummate an 
Asset Sale without complying with such paragraphs to the extent that (i) at 
least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale consists of 
Telecommunications Assets and (ii) such Asset Sale is for Fair Market Value; 
provided that any such acquisition of Telecommunications Assets that is an 
- --------
Investment is made in compliance with Section 1012 or constitutes a 
Permitted Investment, other than pursuant to clause (h) of the definition 
thereof, and any Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company or any of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any such Asset Sale shall be 
subject to the provisions of the three immediately preceding paragraphs.

        Notice of an Asset Sale Offer shall be prepared and mailed by 
the Company with a copy to the Trustee not later than the 20th Business Day 
after the related Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date to each Holder at such 
Holder's registered address, stating: 

        (1)  that an Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date has occurred and that the 
        Company is offering to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes 
        that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds to the extent to be 
        applied to an offer to purchase Notes (as provided in the second 
        preceding paragraph), at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 
        (i) 100% of the Accreted Value thereof on any Asset Sale Offer 
        Purchase Date occurring prior to March 1, 2003 or (ii) 100% of the 
        principal amount thereof at Stated Maturity on any Asset Sale Offer 
        Purchase Date occurring on or after March 1, 2003, plus accrued and 
        unpaid interest, if any, to the date of the purchase (the "Asset Sale 
        Offer Purchase Date"), which shall be a Business Day, specified in 
        such notice, that is not earlier than 30 days or later than 60 days 
        from the date such notice is mailed;

        (2)  the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, as of the Asset 
        Sale Offer Purchase Date;

        (3)  that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest in 
        accordance with the terms thereof;

        (4)  that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase 
        price for the Notes payable pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, any 
        Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall 
        cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Asset Sale Offer 
        Purchase Date;

        (5)  that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to an Asset 
        Sale Offer will be required to surrender their Notes to the Paying 
        Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to 5:00 p.m., New 
        York City time, on the third Business Day prior to the Asset Sale 
        Offer Purchase Date and must complete any form letter of transmittal 
        proposed by the Company (which letter must be completed correctly by 
        such Holder) and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Paying 
        Agent;

        (6)  that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the 
        Paying Agent receives, not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, 
        on the third Business Day prior to the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date, 
        a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the 
        name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes the Holder delivered 
        for purchase, the Note certificate number (if any) and a statement 
        that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Notes 
        purchased;

        (7)  that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued 
        Notes equal in principal amount at Stated Maturity to the unpurchased 
        portion of the Notes surrendered; and

        (8)  the instructions that Holders must follow in order to tender their 
        Notes.

        Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Asset Sale Offer 
Purchase Date, the Company will (i) accept for payment the maximum principal 
amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale 
Offer that can be purchased out of Excess Proceeds from such Asset Sale that 
are to be applied to an Asset Sale Offer (to the extent provided in the 
second preceding paragraph), (ii) deposit with the Trustee or a Paying Agent 
(or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in 
trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount in cash equal to the aggregate 
purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment and any 
accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes as of the Asset Sale Offer 
Purchase Date, and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee all 
Notes tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.  

        If less than all Notes tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer 
are accepted for payment by the Company for any reason consistent with this 
Indenture, selection of the Notes to be purchased by the Company shall be in 
compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities 
exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so 
listed, on a pro rata basis or by lot or any other method as the Trustee 
shall deem fair and appropriate and that may provide for the selection for 
purchase of portions of the principal of Notes; provided, however, that 
                                                --------  -------
Notes accepted for payment in part shall be purchased only in integral 
multiples of $1,000 of principal amount at Stated Maturity.  The Paying 
Agent shall as promptly as practicable after the Asset Sale Offer Purchase 
Date mail to each Holder of Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment 
an amount in cash equal to the purchase price for such Notes plus any 
accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and the Trustee shall authenticate 
promptly and mail to such Holder of Notes accepted for payment in part a new 
Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes, and 
any Note not accepted for payment in whole or in part shall be returned 
promptly to the Holder of such Note. 

        On and after an Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date, the Notes or 
portions thereof accepted for payment will cease to accrete or accrue 
interest, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price 
therefor.  The Company will announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on 
or as soon as practicable after the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date.

        The Company shall comply with the applicable tender offer rules, 
(including, without limitation, any applicable requirements of Rule 14e-1 
under the Exchange Act), and all other applicable securities laws and 
regulations in connection with any Asset Sale Offer and will be deemed not 
to be in violation of any of its covenants under this Indenture to the 
extent such compliance is in conflict with such covenants.

        SECTION 1017.  Transactions with Affiliates.
                       ----------------------------

        The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to 
exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including, but not 
limited to, the purchase, sale or exchange of property, the making of any 
Investment, the giving of any Guarantee or the rendering of any service) 
with any Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case 
may be, unless (i) such transaction or series of related transactions is on 
terms that taken as a whole are no less favorable to the Company or such 
Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained in a comparable 
arm's-length transaction with a Person that is not such an Affiliate and 
(ii) (a) with respect to a transaction or series of related transactions 
that involves aggregate payments equal to, or in excess of, $5.0 million but 
less than $10.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' 
Certificate stating that such transaction or series of related transactions 
complies with clause (i) above; and (b) with respect to a transaction or 
series of related transactions that involves aggregate payments equal to, or 
in excess of, $10.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee an 
Officers' Certificate stating that such transaction or series of related 
transactions complies with clause (i) above, and either (x) such transaction 
or series of related transactions is approved by a majority of the Board of 
Directors (including a majority of the Disinterested Directors, or in the 
event there is only one Disinterested Director, by such Disinterested 
Director), which approval is set forth in a resolution delivered to the 
Trustee or (y) the Company obtains an opinion from a nationally recognized 
investment banking firm, accounting firm or appraisal firm stating that such 
transaction or series of related transactions complies with clause (i) above 
or is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial 
point of view and delivers such opinion to the Trustee.


        Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 1017 shall not apply 
to (i) any transaction entered into by or among the Company or one of its 
Restricted Subsidiaries with one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the 
Company, (ii) any Restricted Payment not prohibited by Section 1012, or any 
Permitted Investment, (iii) the payment of reasonable and customary fees to 
directors of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries who are not 
employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (iv) loans or advances made to 
directors, officers or employees of the Company or any Restricted 
Subsidiary, or Guarantees in respect thereof or otherwise made on their 
behalf (including any payments under such Guarantees), in respect of travel, 
entertainment or moving-related expenses incurred in the ordinary course of 
business, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500,000 in any 
fiscal year, (v) the granting and performance of registration rights for 
shares of Capital Stock of the Company, (vi) transactions pursuant to the 
Administrative Services Agreement between the Company and Associated, as in 
effect on the Issue Date and as such agreement may be amended from time to 
time in a manner no less favorable to the Holders of the Notes (vii) 
transactions pursuant to the Technical Services Agreement between the 
Company and NTT America, Inc., as in effect on the Issue Date and as such 
agreement may be amended from time to time in a manner no less favorable to 
the Holders of the Notes, or (viii) transactions pursuant to the 
Stockholders' Agreement among the Company, Nippon Telegraph and Telephone 
Corporation and certain other stockholders of the Company, as in effect on 
the Issue Date and as such agreement may be amended from time to time in a 
manner no less favorable to the Holders of the Notes.

        SECTION 1018.  Waiver of Certain Covenants.
                       ---------------------------

        The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with 
any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 1005 through 1017, 
inclusive, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of at 
least a majority in principal amount at Stated Maturity of the Outstanding 
Notes, by Act of such Holders (including by way of consents obtained with a 
purchase of, or a tender or exchange offer for, Notes), waive such 
compliance in such instance with such term, provision or condition, but no 
such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition 
except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall 
become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the 
Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in 
full force and effect.

        SECTION 1019.  Provision of Financial Information.
                       ----------------------------------

        Whether or not the Company is subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) 
of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision thereto, the Company shall 
file with the Commission the annual reports, quarterly reports and other 
documents that the Company would have been required to file with the 
Commission pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) or any successor 
provision thereto if the Company were subject thereto and shall file such 
documents with the Commission on or prior to the respective dates (the 
"Required Filing Dates") by which the Company would have been required to 
file them.  The Company shall also in any event (a) within 15 days of each 
Required Filing Date (i) transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and 
addresses appear in the Security Register, without cost to such Holders, and 
(ii) file with the Trustee copies of the annual reports, quarterly reports 
and other documents (without exhibits) that the Company would have been 
required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) and 15(d) of 
the Exchange Act or any successor provisions thereto if the Company was 
subject thereto and (b) if filing such documents by the Company with the 
Commission is not permitted under the Exchange Act, promptly upon written 
request supply copies of such documents (without exhibits) to any 
prospective Holder.


                             ARTICLE ELEVEN

                           REDEMPTION OF NOTES

        SECTION 1101.  Right of Redemption.
                       -------------------

        The Notes may be redeemed, at the election of the Company, as a 
whole or from time to time in part, at any time after March 1, 2003 subject 
to the conditions and at the Redemption Prices specified in the form of 
Note, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date.  

        SECTION 1102.  Applicability of Article.
                       ------------------------

        Redemption of Notes at the election of the Company or otherwise, 
as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made 
in accordance with such provision and this Article. 

        SECTION 1103.  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.
                       -------------------------------------

        The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to 
Section 1101 shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution.  In case of any 
redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, at least 60 
days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter 
notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such 
Redemption Date and of the principal amount at Stated Maturity of Notes to 
be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records 
as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to 
Section 1104.

        SECTION 1104.  Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed.
                       --------------------------------------------

        If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the particular 
Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the 
Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Notes not previously 
called for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal 
national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if 
the Notes are not then listed on a national securities exchange, on a pro 
rata basis or by lot or any other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and 
appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of 
portions of the principal of Notes; provided, however, that no such partial 
                                    --------  -------
redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount at Stated 
Maturity of a Note not redeemed to less than $1,000.

        The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the 
Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for 
partial redemption, the principal amount at Stated Maturity thereof to be 
redeemed.

        For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise 
requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in 
the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion 
of the principal amount at Stated Maturity of such Note that has been or is 
to be redeemed.

        SECTION 1105.  Notice of Redemption.
                       --------------------

        Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for 
in Section [106] not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the 
Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed.

        All notices of redemption shall state:

        (1)  the Redemption Date,

        (2)  the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest to 
   the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1107, if any,

        (3)  if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the 
   identification (and, in the case of a partial redemption, the 
   principal amounts at Stated Maturity) of the particular Notes to be 
   redeemed,

        (4)  in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice 
   that relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption 
   Date, upon surrender of such Note, the holder will receive, without 
   charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the 
   principal amount at Stated Maturity thereof remaining unredeemed,

        (5)  that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price (and accrued 
   interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in 
   Section 1107) will become due and payable upon each such Note, or the 
   portion thereof, to be redeemed, and that interest thereon will cease 
   to accrue on and after said date, and

        (6)  the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered 
   for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any.  

        Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of 
the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by 
the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

        SECTION 1106.  Deposit of Redemption Price.
                       ---------------------------

        Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Redemption Date, 
the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if 
the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust 
as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to pay the 
Redemption Price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes that are to be 
redeemed on that date.

        SECTION 1107.  Notes Payable on Redemption Date.
                       --------------------------------

        Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes 
so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at 
the Redemption Price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if 
any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the 
Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued 
interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any 
such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be 
paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, 
if any, to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that installments of 
                                --------  -------
interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall 
be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, 
registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates 
according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

        On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the 
Redemption Price of any accrued and unpaid interest on Notes called for 
redemption shall have been made available in accordance with Section 1106, 
the Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only 
right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the 
Redemption Price of and, subject to the provision in the preceding 
paragraph, any accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to the Redemption 
Date.

        If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon 
surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, 
until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the 
Notes.


        SECTION 1108.  Notes Redeemed in Part.
                       ----------------------

        Any Note that is to be redeemed only in part shall be 
surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such 
purpose pursuant to Section [1002] (with, if the Company or the Trustee so 
requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form 
satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder 
thereof or such Holders attorney duly authorized in writing), and the 
Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the 
Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any 
authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal 
amount at Stated Maturity equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed 
portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.


                              ARTICLE TWELVE

                         [Intentionally omitted]


                            ARTICLE THIRTEEN

                  DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

        SECTION 1301.  Company's Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant 
                       -------------------------------------------------
                       Defeasance.
                       ----------

        The Company may, at its option by Board Resolution, at any time, 
with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Section 1302 or Section 1303 
be applied to all Outstanding Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees upon 
compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Thirteen.  
Either Section 1302 or Section 1303 may be applied to the Notes to any 
Redemption Date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes.

        SECTION 1302.  Defeasance and Discharge.
                       ------------------------

        Upon the Company's exercise under Section 1301 of the option 
applicable to this Section 1302, the Company shall be deemed to have been 
discharged from its obligations with respect to all Outstanding Notes, and 
the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, shall be deemed to have been discharged 
from their respective obligations under their respective Subsidiary 
Guarantees, on the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are 
satisfied (hereinafter, "defeasance").  For this purpose, such defeasance 
means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the 
entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Notes, which thereafter 
shall be deemed to be "Outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 1305 
and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (A) and (B) below, 
and the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, shall be deemed to 
have satisfied all their other respective obligations under such Notes and 
this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the 
expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the 
same), except for the following, which shall survive until otherwise 
terminated or discharged hereunder:  (A) the rights of Holders of 
Outstanding Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in 
Section 1304 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in 
respect of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest on such 
Notes when such payments are due, (B) the Company's obligations with respect 
to such Notes under Sections 304, 305, 306, 1002 and 1003, (C) the rights, 
powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (D) this 
Article Thirteen; provided, however, that the Company's rights pursuant to 
                  --------  -------
Section 1101 shall not be terminated or discharged hereunder.  Subject to 
compliance with this Article Thirteen, the Company may exercise its option 
under this Section 1302 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option 
under Section 1303 with respect to the Notes.

        SECTION 1303.  Covenant Defeasance.
                       -------------------

        Upon the Company's exercise under Section 1301 of the option 
applicable to this Section 1303, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, 
if any, shall be released from their respective obligations under any 
covenant contained in Section 801(c) and in Sections 1005 through 1017 with 
respect to the Outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set 
forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "covenant defeasance"), and the 
Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be "Outstanding" for the purposes of 
any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the 
consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall 
continue to be deemed "Outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder.  For 
this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to the 
Outstanding Notes, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, may 
omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, 
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or 
indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant 
or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision 
herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not 
constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 501, but, except 
as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be 
unaffected thereby.

        SECTION 1304.  Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
                       -----------------------------------------------

        The following shall be the conditions to application of either 
Section 1302 or Section 1303 to the Outstanding Notes:

        (1)  the Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be 
   deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the 
   requirements of Section [608] who shall agree to comply with the 
   provisions of this Article Thirteen applicable to it) as trust funds 
   in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, 
   specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the 
   benefit of the Holders of such Notes, (A) money in an amount, or 
   (B) U.S. Government Obligations that through the scheduled payment of 
   principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their 
   terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any 
   payment, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, sufficient, 
   in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public 
   accountants or a nationally recognized investment banking firm 
   expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, 
   to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or 
   other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the Accreted Value of, 
   premium, if any, on and interest on the Outstanding Notes to the 
   Stated Maturity (or Redemption Date, if applicable) of such principal 
   (and premium, if any) or installment of interest on the day on which 
   such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this 
   Indenture and of such Notes; provided that the Trustee shall have been 
                                --------
   irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such 
   U.S. Government Obligations to said payments with respect to the 
   Notes.  Before such a deposit, the Company may give to the Trustee, in 
   accordance with Section 1103 hereof, a notice of its election to 
   redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a future date in accordance 
   with Article Eleven hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable.  Such 
   irrevocable redemption notice, if given, shall be given effect in 
   applying the foregoing.

        (2)  No Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes 
   shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit 
   (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the 
   incurrence of Debt, the proceeds of which are applied to such deposit) 
   or, insofar as paragraphs (g) and (h) of Section 501 hereof are 
   concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after 
   the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition 
   shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).

        (3)  Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a 
   breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture 
   (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the 
   incurrence of Debt, the proceeds of which are applied to such deposit) 
   or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is 
   a party or by which it is bound.


        (4)  In the case of an election under Section 1302 and in the 
   event that such election shall occur more than twelve months prior to 
   the Stated Maturity of the Outstanding Notes, the Company shall have 
   delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (x) the 
   Company has received from, or there has been published by, the 
   Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (y) since February 20, 1998, 
   there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in 
   either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall 
   state to the effect that, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will 
   not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as 
   a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax 
   on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would 
   have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred.
  
        (5)  In the case of an election under Section 1303 and in the 
   event that such election shall occur more than twelve months prior to 
   the Stated Maturity of the Outstanding Notes, the Company shall have 
   delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the 
   Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or 
   loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant 
   defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same 
   amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been 
   the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred.

        (6)  The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of 
   Counsel to the effect that after the 91st day following the Company's 
   deposit, the trust funds shall not be subject to the effect of any 
   applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or similar laws 
   affecting creditors' rights generally. 

        (7)  The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' 
   Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all 
   conditions precedent provided for relating to either the defeasance 
   under Section 1302 or the covenant defeasance under Section 1303 (as 
   the case may be) have been complied with.  In rendering such Opinion 
   of Counsel, counsel may rely on such Officers' Certificate as to any 
   matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses 
   (1), (2) and (3)).

        SECTION 1305.  Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations 
                       -----------------------------------------------
                       to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
                       ---------------------------------------------------

        Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, 
all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) 
deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for 
purposes of this Section 1305, the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 1304 in 
respect of the Outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the 
Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, 
to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the 
Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the 
Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect 
of the lesser of Accreted Value or principal amount at Stated Maturity (and 
premium, if any) and interest, but such money need not be segregated from 
other funds except to the extent required by law.

        The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, 
fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Governmental 
Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1304 or the principal and interest 
received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge 
that by law is for the account of the Holders of the Outstanding Notes.

        Anything in this Article Thirteen to the contrary notwithstanding, 
the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon 
Company Request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as 
provided in Section 1304 that, in the opinion of a nationally recognized 
firm of independent public accountants or a nationally recognized 
investment banking firm expressed in a written certification thereof 
delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would 
then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent defeasance or 
covenant defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article.

        SECTION 1306.  Reinstatement.
                       -------------

        If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money 
in accordance with Section 1305 by reason of any order or judgment of any 
court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise 
prohibiting such application, then the Company's obligations under this 
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit 
had occurred pursuant to Section 1302 or 1303, as the case may be, until 
such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such 
money in accordance with Section 1305; provided, however, that if the 
                                       --------  -------
Company makes any payment of the Accreted Value or principal amount at 
Stated Maturity (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note following the 
reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the 
rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money 
held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this 
Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first 
above written.


                                               TELIGENT, INC.


                                               By
                                                 -------------------------
                                                 Title:


Attest:  
       --------------------------
       Title:


                                               FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK


                                               By
                                                 -------------------------
                                                 Title:


Attest:  
       ---------------------------
 Title:



===========================================================================


                                  TELIGENT, INC.

                                        TO

                             FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK,

                                     Trustee



                             -------------------------



                                    Indenture


                          Dated as of February 20, 1998


                             -------------------------


                                   $440,000,000


                           11 1/2% Senior Discount Notes

                                    due 2008



===========================================================================



                                  TELIGENT, INC.

                  Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act
                 of 1939 and Indenture, dated as of February 20, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Trust Indenture
  Act Section                            Indenture Section

<S>                                                                       <C>

ss 310(a)(1)    .......................................................... 608
      (a)(2)    .......................................................... 608   
      (a)(4)    .......................................................... 608
      (a)(5)    .......................................................... 608
      (b)       .......................................................... 609
ss 311(a)       .......................................................... 613
      (b)       .......................................................... 613
      (b)(2)    .......................................................... 613
ss 312(c)       .......................................................... 701
ss 313(a)       .......................................................... 702
      (b)       .......................................................... 702
      (c)       .......................................................... 702
      (d)       .......................................................... 702
ss 314(a)       .......................................................... 703
      (a)(4)    .......................................................... 1008(a)
      (c)(1)    .......................................................... 102
      (c)(2)    .......................................................... 102
      (c)(3)    .......................................................... 102
      (e)       .......................................................... 102
ss 315(b)       .......................................................... 602 
      (e)       .......................................................... 515
ss 316(a)(last
      sentence) .......................................................... 101 ("Outstanding")
      (a)(1)(A) .......................................................... 502, 512
      (a)(1)(B) .......................................................... 513
      (b)       .......................................................... 508
      (c)       .......................................................... 104(d)
ss 317(a)(1)    .......................................................... 503
      (a)(2)    .......................................................... 504
      (b)       .......................................................... 1003
ss 318(a)       .......................................................... 111

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS 


                                                                          Page

<S>                                                                       <C>
PARTIES...................................................................   1
RECITALS OF THE COMPANY ..................................................   1

<CAPTION>

                                    ARTICLE ONE

                          DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS
                              OF GENERAL APPLICATION

<S>                                                                       <C>
SECTION 101.  Definitions ................................................   2
Accounts Receivable Subsidiary ...........................................   2
Accreted Value ...........................................................   2
Acquired Debt ............................................................   3
Act ......................................................................   3
Affiliate ................................................................   3
Arrangement Commitment Letter  ...........................................   4
Asset Sale ...............................................................   4
Asset Sale Offer .........................................................   5
Attributable Debt ........................................................   5
Average Life .............................................................   5
Board of Directors  ......................................................   5
Board Resolution .........................................................   5
Business Day .............................................................   5
Capital Lease Obligation .................................................   5
Capital Stock ............................................................   5
Change of Control ........................................................   6
Closing Date .............................................................   6
Commission ...............................................................   6
Common Stock .............................................................   7
Company ..................................................................   7
Company Request" or "Company Order  ......................................   7
Consolidated Interest Expense  ...........................................   7


Note:   This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a
        part of this Indenture.

Consolidated Net Income ..................................................   7
Corporate Trust Office ...................................................   8
Corporation ..............................................................   8
Credit Agreement .........................................................   8
Currency Hedge Obligations ...............................................   8
Debt .....................................................................   8
Debt Securities ..........................................................   9
Debt to Annualized EBITDA Ratio ..........................................  10
Default ..................................................................  10
Defaulted Interest .......................................................  10
Depositary ...............................................................  10
Disinterested Director ...................................................  10
EBITDA ...................................................................  11
Eligible Cash Equivalents ................................................  11
Event of Default .........................................................  11
Exchange Act .............................................................  12
Exchange Notes ...........................................................  12
Exchange Offer ...........................................................  12
Exchange Offer Registration Statement ....................................  12
Fair Market Value ........................................................  12
Federal Communications Commission ........................................  12
Financing Commitment Letter ..............................................  12
GAAP .....................................................................  12
Global Notes .............................................................  13
Guarantee ................................................................  13
Holder ...................................................................  13
incur ....................................................................  13
Indenture ................................................................  13
Initial Notes ............................................................  13
Interest Payment Date ....................................................  13
Interest Swap Obligations ................................................  14
Invested Capital .........................................................  14
Investment ...............................................................  14
Issue Date ...............................................................  14
Lien .....................................................................  14
Maturity .................................................................  14
Net Cash Proceeds ........................................................  15
Non-U.S. Person ..........................................................  16
Note Register" and "Note Registrar .......................................  16
Notes ....................................................................  16
Officers' Certificate ....................................................  16
Offshore Global Note .....................................................  16
Offshore Physical Note ...................................................  16
Opinion of Counsel .......................................................  16
Outstanding ..............................................................  16
Paying Agent .............................................................  17
Permitted Debt ...........................................................  17
Permitted Holder .........................................................  20
Permitted Investments ....................................................  20
Permitted Liens ..........................................................  20
Permitted Temporary Investments ..........................................  21
Person ...................................................................  21
Physical Notes ...........................................................  21
Pledged Securities .......................................................  22
Predecessor Note .........................................................  22
Private Placement Legend .................................................  22
Proportionate Interest ...................................................  22
Qualified Capital Stock ..................................................  22
QIB ......................................................................  22
Redeemable Capital Stock .................................................  22
Redemption Date ..........................................................  22
Redemption Price .........................................................  22
Registration Rights Agreement ............................................  22
Registration Statement ...................................................  23
Regular Record Date ......................................................  23
Regulation S .............................................................  23
Replacement Assets .......................................................  23
Responsible Officer ......................................................  23
Restricted Payment .......................................................  23
Restricted Subsidiary ....................................................  24
Rule 144A ................................................................  24
Sale and Leaseback Transaction ...........................................  24
Securities Act ...........................................................  24
Senior Notes .............................................................  24
Senior Notes Indenture ...................................................  24
Senior Notes Trustee .....................................................  24
Shelf Registration Statement .............................................  24
Significant Restricted Subsidiary ........................................  24
Special Record Date ......................................................  25
Stated Maturity ..........................................................  25
Subordinated Debt ........................................................  25
Subordinated Stockholder Debt ............................................  25
Subsidiary ...............................................................  25
Subsidiary Guarantee .....................................................  25
Subsidiary Guarantor .....................................................  25
Telecommunications Assets ................................................  26
Telecommunications Assets Debt ...........................................  26
Telecommunications Business ..............................................  26
Transactions..............................................................  26
Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA .............................................  26
Trustee ..................................................................  26
U.S. Global Note .........................................................  26
U.S. Government Obligations ..............................................  27
U.S. Physical Note .......................................................  27
Unrestricted Subsidiary ..................................................  27
Vendor Debt ..............................................................  28
Vice President ...........................................................  28
Voting Stock .............................................................  28
SECTION 102.  Compliance Certificates and Opinions .......................  28
SECTION 103.  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee .....................  29
SECTION 104.  Acts of Holders ............................................  29
SECTION 105.  Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company ......................  31
SECTION 106.  Notice to Holders; Waiver ..................................  31
SECTION 107.  Effect of Headings, 
                Table of Contents and Recitals ...........................  32
SECTION 108.  Successors and Assigns .....................................  32
SECTION 109.  Separability Clause ........................................  32
SECTION 110.  Benefits of Indenture ......................................  32
SECTION 111.  Governing Law ..............................................  32
SECTION 112.  Legal Holidays .............................................  32
SECTION 113.  No Recourse Against Others .................................  33
SECTION 114.  Exhibits and Schedules .....................................  33
SECTION 115.  Counterparts ...............................................  33
SECTION 116.  Duplicate Originals ........................................  33
SECTION 117.  Incorporation by Reference of TIA ..........................  33

<CAPTION>

                                     ARTICLE TWO

                                     NOTES FORMS
<S>                                                                       <C>
SECTION 201.  Forms Generally ............................................  34
SECTION 202.  Restrictive Legends ........................................  35
SECTION 203.  Form of Face of Note .......................................  37
SECTION 204.  Form of Reverse of Note ....................................  39
SECTION 205.  Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication ............  43
SECTION 206.  Form of Transfer Notice for Initial Notes ..................  44

<CAPTION>
                                    ARTICLE THREE

                                      THE NOTES
<S>                                                                        <C>
SECTION 301.  Title and Terms ............................................  46
SECTION 302.  Denominations ..............................................  47
SECTION 303.  Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating .............  47
SECTION 304.  Temporary Notes ............................................  49
SECTION 305.  Registration, Registration of 
                Transfer and Exchange ....................................  49
SECTION 306.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes ................  51
SECTION 307.  Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved .............  51
SECTION 308.  Persons Deemed Owners ......................................  53
SECTION 309.  Cancellation ...............................................  53
SECTION 310.  Computation of Interest ....................................  53
SECTION 311.  Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes .....................  53
SECTION 312.  Transfer Provisions ........................................  55
SECTION 313.  Form of Regulation S Certificate ...........................  61
SECTION 314.  Form of Rule 144A Certificate ..............................  63
SECTION 315.  CUSIP Numbers ..............................................  64

<CAPTION>
                                    ARTICLE FOUR

                             SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
<S>                                                                        <C>
SECTION 401.  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture ....................  64
SECTION 402.  Application of Trust Money .................................  65

<CAPTION>
                                   ARTICLE FIVE

                                     REMEDIES
<S>                                                                        <C>
SECTION 501.  Events of Default ..........................................  66
SECTION 502.  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission 
                and Annulment ............................................  68
SECTION 503.  Collection of Debt and Suits for 
                Enforcement by Trustee ...................................  69
SECTION 504.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim ...........................  69
SECTION 505.  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without 
                Possession of Notes ......................................  70
SECTION 506.  Application of Money Collected .............................  71
SECTION 507.  Limitation on Suits ........................................  71
SECTION 508.  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive 
                Principal, Premium and Interest ..........................  72
SECTION 509.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies .........................  72
SECTION 510.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative .............................  72
SECTION 511.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver ...............................  72
SECTION 512.  Control by Holders .........................................  73
SECTION 513.  Waiver of Past Defaults ....................................  73
SECTION 514.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws ...........................  74
SECTION 515.  Undertaking for Costs ......................................  74

<CAPTION>

                                        ARTICLE SIX

                                        THE TRUSTEE
<S>                                                                        <C>
SECTION 601.  Certain Duties and Responsibilities ........................  74
SECTION 602.  Notice of Defaults .........................................  75
SECTION 603.  Certain Rights of Trustee ..................................  76
SECTION 604.  Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or 
                Issuance of Notes ........................................  77
SECTION 605.  May Hold Notes .............................................  77
SECTION 606.  Money Held in Trust ........................................  77
SECTION 607.  Compensation and Reimbursement .............................  77
SECTION 608.  Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility ....................  78
SECTION 609.  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of 
                Successor ................................................  79
SECTION 610.  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .....................  80
SECTION 611.  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or 
                Succession to Business ...................................  81
SECTION 612.  Conflicting Interests ......................................  81
SECTION 613.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against 
                Issuers ..................................................  81
<CAPTION>

                                ARTICLE SEVEN

                 HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
<S>                                                                       <C>
SECTION 701.  Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders ...............  81
SECTION 702.  Reports by Trustee .........................................  82
SECTION 703.  Reports by Company .........................................  82

<CAPTION>
                                ARTICLE EIGHT

                 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
<S>                                                                        <C>
SECTION 801.  Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on 
                Certain Terms ............................................  83
SECTION 802.  Successor Substituted ......................................  84

<CAPTION>

                                ARTICLE NINE

                         SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
<S>                                                                        <C>
SECTION 901.  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of 
                Holders ..................................................  85
SECTION 902.  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders ............  86
SECTION 903.  Execution of Supplemental Indentures .......................  87
SECTION 904.  Effect of Supplemental Indentures ..........................  87
SECTION 905.  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act ........................  87
SECTION 906.  Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures ..............  87
SECTION 907.  Notice of Supplemental Indentures ..........................  88
SECTION 908.  Effect of Consents .........................................  88

<CAPTION>

                                ARTICLE TEN

                                 COVENANTS
<S>                                                                       <C>
SECTION 1001.  Payment of Principal, Premium, if Any, 
                 and Interest ............................................  88
SECTION 1002.  Maintenance of Office or Agency ...........................  88
SECTION 1003.  Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust ...............  89
SECTION 1004.  Corporate Existence .......................................  90
SECTION 1005.  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .........................  91
SECTION 1006.  Maintenance of Properties .................................  91
SECTION 1007.  Insurance .................................................  91
SECTION 1008.  Statement by Officers as to Default .......................  92
SECTION 1009.  Purchase of Notes upon Change of Control ..................  92
SECTION 1010.  Limitation on Debt ........................................  94
SECTION 1011.  Limitation on Liens .......................................  94
SECTION 1012.  Limitation on Restricted Payments..........................  94
SECTION 1013.  Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions 
                 Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .......................  97
SECTION 1014.  Limitation on Issuances of Certain Guarantees by, 
                 and Debt Securities of, Restricted Subsidiaries .........  98
SECTION 1015.  Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital 
                 Stock in Restricted Subsidiaries ........................  99
SECTION 1016.  Limitation on Asset Sales.................................. 100
SECTION 1017.  Transactions with Affiliates............................... 103
SECTION 1018.  Waiver of Certain Covenants ............................... 104
SECTION 1019.  Provision of Financial Information......................... 105

<CAPTION>
                                ARTICLE ELEVEN

                              REDEMPTION OF NOTES
<S>                                                                       <C>
SECTION 1101.  Right of Redemption ....................................... 105
SECTION 1102.  Applicability of Article .................................. 105
SECTION 1103.  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee...................... 106
SECTION 1104.  Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed............... 106
SECTION 1105.  Notice of Redemption ...................................... 106
SECTION 1106.  Deposit of Redemption Price ............................... 107
SECTION 1107.  Notes Payable on Redemption Date .......................... 107
SECTION 1108.  Notes Redeemed in Part..................................... 108

<CAPTION>
                                ARTICLE TWELVE

                           [Intentionally omitted]


                                ARTICLE THIRTEEN

                       DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
<S>                                                                       <C>
SECTION 1301.  Company's Option to Effect Defeasance or 
                 Covenant Defeasance ..................................... 109
SECTION 1302.  Defeasance and Discharge .................................. 109
SECTION 1303.  Covenant Defeasance ....................................... 110
SECTION 1304.  Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant 
                 Defeasance .............................................. 110
SECTION 1305.  Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations 
                 to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous 
                 Provisions .............................................. 112
SECTION 1306.  Reinstatement ............................................. 113



TESTIMONIUM .............................................................. 115

SIGNATURES AND SEALS ..................................................... 115

</TABLE>
                                                                         


Note:  Certain material has been omitted from this document 
pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and has been 
filed separately with the SEC.  Notations of  [redacted] have 
been used to indicate such an omission.

              NETWORK PRODUCTS PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Northern Telecom Inc., a Delaware corporation having offices at 
5555 Windward Parkway, Suite B, Alpharetta, Georgia 30201-3895 
("Nortel") and Teligent, Inc., a Virginia corporation,  having 
its principal offices and place of business at 8065 Leesburg 
Pike, Suite 400, Vienna, Virginia 22182 ("Teligent") agree as 
follows: 

1.  SCOPE AND TERM

    1.1   Certain terms used in this Agreement shall be defined 
          as set forth in Attachment A. In the case of any 
          conflict between the main text of this Agreement and 
          the Attachments hereto, the main text shall govern. 

    1.2   Scope

          1.2.1 This Agreement sets forth the terms and 
                conditions under which Teligent shall purchase 
                and/or license, as applicable, certain 
                Deliverables as set forth herein.

          [redacted]
          [redacted]

    1.3  This Agreement shall be binding on the Parties from 
         the date executed, except that if on or prior to 
         January 31, 1998 or such other date as Nortel and 
         Teligent may mutually agree upon (the "Determination 
         Date"), Nortel and Teligent have not entered into the 
         Finance Agreement and the security documents 
         contemplated thereby for any reason (a "Termination 
         Event"), either Party shall have the right to 
         terminate all the rights and obligations of both 
         Parties under this Agreement, except those with 
         respect to Core Deliverables ordered by Teligent, by 
         delivery of five (5) days prior written notice of such 
         termination.

         With respect to such Core Deliverables, Teligent may 
    elect within fifteen (15) days after termination either (a) 
    to keep the Core Deliverables, and in which case, Teligent 
    shall pay Nortel for the purchase price of the Core 
    Deliverables, less [redacted]  and Nortel's support obligations 
    shall survive and continue in full force and effect with 
    respect to such Core Deliverables; or (b) to return the 
    Core Deliverables, paying a re-stocking fee of [redacted]  
    of the Core Deliverables returned.


    If Teligent shall fail to make any such election, Teligent 
    shall be deemed to have elected to return the Core 
    Deliverables to Nortel.  Notwithstanding any election by 
    Teligent to keep the Core Deliverables, Teligent may within 
    fifteen (15) days after such election elect to return all 
    Core Deliverables with respect to which it has not yet paid 
    the reduced purchase price described in clause (a) above 
    (such purchase price with respect to any item of Core 
    Deliverables, the "Item Purchase Price") otherwise as 
    provided in clause (b) above.

    If Teligent fails to pay the Item Purchase Price, or any 
    portion thereof, for any item of Core Deliverables (each an 
    "Item") within thirty (30) days after receipt of Notice 
    from Nortel that such amounts were not paid when due, a 
    "Return Event" shall be deemed to have occurred. At any 
    time after the occurrence and during the continuation of a 
    Return Event, Nortel may demand the return of the Item with 
    respect to which such Return Event has occurred and 
    Teligent shall promptly provide for the return of such Item 
    to Nortel as provided below.  Upon the return of any Item 
    to Nortel, Nortel shall promptly refund to Teligent an 
    amount equal to all payments received by it in respect of 
    the Item Purchase Price for such Item [redacted] of such 
    Item Purchase Price.

    If Teligent shall, for any reason, be required to return 
    any Item under this Section 1. 3, Teligent shall make such 
    Item available for return on the premises or facility where 
    such Item is then located and Nortel shall be entitled to 
    remove such Item during normal business hours or, if 
    requested by Nortel, Teligent shall, at Nortel's sole 
    expense, deliver such Item, or cause such Item to be 
    delivered, to any location in the continental United States 
    requested by Nortel.

    Except as expressly set forth in this Section 1.3, Teligent 
    shall have no obligation or liability whatsoever in 
    connection with the return of any Core Deliverables 
    (including, without limitation, in connection with a Return 
    Event) arising out of a Termination Event.  Unless Teligent 
    expressly elects to keep certain Core Deliverables as 
    provided in this Section 1.3, nothing contained in this 
    Section 1.3 or in Section 4.6 shall constitute, or be 
    deemed to constitute, an obligation of Teligent to purchase 
    any Item or to pay any purchase price in respect of an 
    Item; provided, that if no Termination Event shall have 
    occurred on or prior to the Determination Date, this 
    Section 1.3 shall no longer apply and shall have no further 
    effect.

    [redacted]
  
    [redacted]

    [redacted]

    1.5  Turn-Key Services


         1.5.1  Nortel shall offer Buyer the option to purchase 
                from Nortel Services on both a full turn-key 
                (including engineering services but excluding 
                civil works) and a partial turn-key basis as set 
                forth in the Statement of Work, attached hereto 
                as Attachment H.

         1.5.2  Buyer shall be responsible for any and all civil 
                works required under this Agreement, including 
                those set forth in the Buyer's Obligation Section 
                of the Statement of Work, as set forth in 
                Attachment H.  Nortel and Buyer shall mutually 
                agree upon civil works ready dates when 
                developing detailed Core Deliverables schedules.

         1.5.3  Nortel shall use only its own personnel or 
                Nortel-qualified third-party service contractors 
                and Nortel shall warrant their performance as set 
                forth in Section 10.  Buyer may reasonably 
                request the removal of any Nortel personnel or 
                third-party service contractor and Nortel shall 
                promptly comply.

    1.6  Nortel shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish and 
         install Core Deliverables so that such Core 
         Deliverables shall comply in all material respects 
         with all federal, state and local laws and regulations 
         in force on the date of execution of this Agreement, 
         which directly impose obligations upon the 
         manufacturer, seller or installer thereof.  Notwithstanding 
         the foregoing, Buyer acknowledges that certain Core 
         Deliverables have not yet received required type 
         approval from the Federal Communications Commission 
         ("FCC"). Nortel's obligation to furnish Core Deliverables to
         Buyer is expressly conditioned upon Nortel or its 
         Teligent-Approved Radio Vendor receiving FCC Core Deliverables
         type approval prior to delivery of such Core Deliverables, 
         unless Buyer can reasonably demonstrate to Nortel that such type 
         approval is not required for operation of such Core 
         Deliverables by Buyer, (e.g., situations where Buyer 
         operates the Core Deliverables under an FCC 
         experimental license).  The failure of Nortel or its 
         Teligent-Approved Radio Vendor to receive necessary 
         Core Deliverables type approval from the FCC and to 
         meet other federal, state and local regulatory 
         requirements shall be regarded as a Force Majeure 
         event under Section 13 of this Agreement.

         Nortel warrants that it and its Teligent-Approved 
    Radio Vendor are vigorously prosecuting the necessary FCC 
    type-approval application(s). Any failure by Nortel or its 
    Teligent-Approved Radio Vendor to use all reasonable 
    efforts to obtain FCC Type-approval prior to the General 
    Availability Dates for such Core Deliverables as specified 
    in Attachment F shall be grounds for Material Breach and 
    give rise to Teligent's right to terminate for cause. 


    1.7  Term

         1.7.1  This Agreement shall be in effect on the date 
                last executed and continue for a period of five 
                (5) years thereafter ("Term").  This Agreement or 
                any part thereof may be terminated in accordance 
                with the express provisions of this Agreement 
                concerning termination or by written agreement of 
                the Parties. 

         1.7.2  The termination of this Agreement or any part 
                thereof shall not affect the obligations of 
                either Party thereunder which have not been fully 
                performed with respect to any accepted Order, 
                unless such Order is expressly terminated in 
                accordance with this Agreement or by written 
                agreement of the Parties. 

2.  PURCHASES OF CORE DELIVERABLES

    2.1  Deliverables

         2.1.1  For purposes of this Agreement, the definition of 
                "Core Deliverables" shall mean any  Services, 
                Equipment and Software, including Radio Products, 
                drawings, documents, manuals and training, 
                supplied directly by Nortel including any 
                equipment not Nortel-branded ("OEM Equipment"), 
                even if such OEM Equipment is not part of 
                Nortel's standard product offerings.

         2.1.2  For purposes of this Agreement, the definition of 
                "Adjunct Deliverables" shall mean any 
                telecommunications support products supplied by 
                third parties, including ancillary services, 
                directly to Teligent that are in the categories 
                described in Attachment E, attached hereto, and 
                used in connection with Core Deliverables.  
                Teligent shall have the right to acquire and 
                install in its network any Adjunct Deliverable if 
                it is compatible with the Core Deliverables and 
                in compliance with industry standard interfaces, 
                or if Teligent assumes the responsibility for 
                such equipment's non-compliance.

         2.1.3  Before procuring any Adjunct Deliverables, 
                [redacted].  In the event Buyer purchases any 
                Adjunct Deliverable from Nortel, such equipment 
                shall be considered to be a Core Deliverable and 
                not an Adjunct Deliverable.  Nortel shall provide 
                Buyer support of such equipment as if it were 
                non-OEM Equipment Core Deliverables.


         2.1.4  Teligent further agrees that by the end of the 
                twelfth (12th) month from the effective date of 
                this Agreement, as defined in Section 1.7.1 
                herein, at least [redacted]  percent [redacted]  
                of the total purchase price of Deliverables 
                financed by Nortel shall be Core Deliverables. By 
                the end of the [redacted]  month of from the 
                effective date of this Agreement and on an annual 
                basis thereafter, Teligent agrees that at least 
                [redacted]  of the total purchase price of all 
                Deliverables financed by Nortel from the 
                effective date of this Agreement shall be Core 
                Deliverables.  These ratios shall include Core 
                Deliverables then on order for delivery under the 
                Standard Intervals set forth in Section 8.  In 
                the event that at the end of the [redacted]  
                month from the effective date of this Agreement, 
                and for any following [redacted]  month period 
                thereafter, Teligent has failed to purchase 
                enough Core Deliverables to meet the above 
                required percentages, then Teligent shall issue 
                within ninety (90) days additional Orders for 
                Core Deliverables for delivery within Standard 
                Intervals sufficient so as to meet the required 
                percentages.

    2.2  Teligent-Approved Radio Vendor

         2.2.1  Microwave transmission Products supplied as Core 
                Deliverables shall be made only by Teligent-
                Approved Radio Vendors. Nortel shall be 
                responsible for managing Teligent-Approved Radio 
                Vendors in connection with this Agreement.

         [redacted]

         2.2.3  The process for establishing other Teligent-
                Approved Radio Vendors shall be as follows:

                - In consultation with Teligent senior 
                engineering staff, Nortel shall propose specific 
                new Microwave Product(s) to add to the Core 
                Deliverables in Attachment G, together with 
                pricing and specifications therefor.

                - Teligent may elect to trial the equipment, with 
                Nortel and the vendor of the proposed Product, 
                according to mutually-agreed costs, tests and 
                scheduling, or Teligent may reject the proposal.

                - If, based on the trial results and other 
                investigation of the proposed vendor's processes 
                and capabilities, Teligent is satisfied that the 
                Product should be added to the Core Deliverables 
                list, Teligent shall notify Nortel in writing 
                that the vendor is a Teligent-Approved Radio 
                Vendor for that Product and Attachment G shall 
                accordingly be modified. 

                - Teligent may refuse to certify a vendor or its 
                product in its sole, reasonable discretion and 
                shall provide Nortel the technical and business 
                reasons for such refusal to certify.

         2.2.4  If a Teligent-Approved Radio Vendor is added or 
                dropped, the Parties recognize that changes may 
                be necessary to various terms of this Agreement 
                including the Future Deliverables set forth in 
                Attachment F.  The Parties shall negotiate in 
                good faith on such changes.

3.  FORECASTS,  ORDERING AND ADMINISTRATION

    3.1  Forecasts

         3.1.1  Teligent hereby agrees that within one (1) week 
                of the effective date of this Agreement, Teligent 
                shall provide Nortel an initial forecast covering 
                four (4) quarters of  Core Deliverables to be 
                purchased during the first year of this 
                Agreement.  Such initial forecast shall also 
                include a firm Order for Teligent's Core 
                Deliverables as required to be purchased under 
                Section 3.1.2.

         3.1.2  Teligent shall provide Nortel a rolling twelve 
                (12) month forecast ("Yearly Forecast") covering 
                Core Deliverables to be purchased. Such Yearly 
                Forecast shall detail the Core Deliverables by 
                product and quantities.  Teligent shall update 
                the Yearly Forecast on a quarterly basis.  
                Teligent agrees that the first three (3) months 
                of such Yearly Forecast of Core Deliverables 
                shall represent a non-reducible binding purchase 
                commitment, and at least fifty percent (50%) of 
                the second three (3) months of each Yearly 
                Forecast of  Core Deliverables shall also be 
                binding.  

        3.1.3  Nortel shall be obligated to deliver to Buyer up 
               to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the first 
               three (3) months of the Yearly Forecast for each 
               type of Core Deliverable products, if ordered, in 
               accordance with the Standard Intervals set forth 
               in Section 8.  Core Deliverables in excess of one 
               hundred ten percent (110%) of the first three (3) 
               months of the Yearly Forecast for such Core 
               Deliverables shall be delivered in accordance 
               with Nortel's usual delivery intervals or as 
               mutually agreed by Nortel and Buyer.

   3.2 Orders

       3.2.1  All purchases of Core Deliverables pursuant to 
              this Agreement shall be made by means of Orders 
              issued from time to time by Buyer. Such Order 
              shall be accepted or rejected by Nortel in 
              writing within five (5) business days.  If not 
              expressly rejected, an acknowledged Order will be 
              deemed accepted.  All Orders shall reference this 
              Agreement and shall be governed solely by the 
              terms and conditions set forth herein.

       3.2.2  When Buyer desires to order Core Deliverables, if 
              any, Buyer shall submit to Nortel's designated 
              representative as defined in Section 3.3, an 
              Order which shall at a minimum specify the 
              following, if applicable:

              (i)    the name of the Buyer placing the Order;

              (ii)   the types and quantities of Core 
                     Deliverables, if any, to be furnished by 
                     Nortel;

              (iii)  the applicable prices, charges and fees with 
                     respect to such  Core Deliverables, if any;

              (iv)   the location or facility to which the Core 
                     Deliverables are to be delivered;

              (v)    the incorporation by reference of this 
                     Agreement;

              (vi)   the location at which the Core Deliverables 
                     are to be installed, if known;

              (vii)  the requested delivery date and/or in-
                     service date;

              (viii) any other information required under this 
                     Agreement to be included in an Order.

       3.2.3  Orders shall specify if any Nortel installation 
              Services are required, and Buyer shall provide 
              Nortel all necessary information related to final 
              delivery destination and such installation 
              Services at least two (2) weeks prior to the 
              delivery date set forth in such Order.

       3.2.4  An Order submitted pursuant to this Agreement, 
              and which Nortel has accepted, shall constitute a 
              Contract between the Buyer ordering and Nortel. 
              As long as this Agreement is effective, Nortel 
              may only reject an Order if such Order is not in 
              accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2.2 
              above, and in that event, Nortel shall 
              specifically identify the precise reasons under 
              which it rejects such Order.  The foregoing does 
              not limit any rights Nortel may have under 
              Section 3.1.3.


       3.2.5  Buyer may at any time request additions, 
              alterations, deductions or deviations to an Order 
              subject to the condition that such changes and 
              any adjustments resulting from such changes 
              including, but not limited to, schedules and 
              prices, shall be mutually agreed upon and, if so 
              agreed, subsequently detailed in a written 
              revision to the applicable Order  ("Change 
              Order").  Buyer acknowledges that a premium 
              charge may be applied by Nortel should Nortel 
              agree to process a Change Order outside of its 
              standard Order processing cycle for a Core 
              Deliverable or in the event that a Change Order 
              requires an additional amount of work (such as 
              engineering) to be undertaken to comply with such 
              changes.

       3.2.6  Buyer's original Order for each new System shall 
              be so identified. Buyer may place supplemental 
              Orders amending the original Order for each 
              System to add Node Equipment for sixty (60) days 
              from the issuance of the original Order, and to 
              add TAS equipment for ninety (90) days from the 
              issuance of the original Order, as long as the 
              TCO configuration is not changed, unless Nortel 
              shall consent to any configuration change.  All 
              such Core Deliverables so ordered shall 
              constitute the System.

  3.3  Administration

       3.3.1  Each Party shall delegate a Program Manager 
              sufficient authority to administer day-to-day 
              contract administration matters.

       3.3.2  Five (5) business days prior to the submission of 
              each quarterly forecast described in Section 
              3.1.2, Nortel's Program Manager shall submit to 
              Buyer's Program Manager an "Issues and Status 
              Report", identifying issues and matters requiring 
              resolution from Nortel's perspective.  
              Concurrently with the purchase forecasts 
              described in Section 3.1.2, the Buyer's Program 
              Manager shall submit to Nortel's Program Manager 
              an "Issues and Status Report" identifying issues 
              and matters requiring resolution from Buyer's 
              perspective. Within ten (10) business days after 
              receiving this report, both Program Managers 
              shall jointly prepare a report confirming the 
              current forecast and addressing the issues and 
              matters identified in the two (2) reports, 
              proposing specific steps to resolve them.  These 
              reports shall be prepared in a manner appropriate 
              for submission to senior management responsible 
              for oversight of the Parties' relationship.


4. PRICES

   4.1 Preferred Supplier  Pricing

       4.1.1  Price models for Teligent Central Offices 
              ("TCOs") and Teligent Nodes ("Nodes"), as set 
              forth in Attachment G, include equipment 
              engineering, installation, commissioning and 
              testing services.  Teligent Access Site ("TASs") 
              models, as set forth in Attachment G, are priced 
              with and without installation.   If installation, 
              commissioning, engineering and professional 
              services and any other Core Deliverables, 
              including OEM Equipment, are separately priced 
              outside the Models, then they shall not be 
              subject to the discounts set forth in Section 
              4.1.2 or Section 4.2.

       [redacted]

   4.2 [redacted]

       4.2.1  [redacted]

       4.2.2  [redacted]

       4.2.3  [redacted] 

       4.2.4  [redacted]

       4.2.5  The percentage discount for Cumulative Purchase 
              Volumes shall be determined as follows:

              [redacted]

       4.2.6  [redacted]

       4.2.7  [redacted]

  4.3 Price Adjustments

       4.3.1  Except as specifically provided in this Section, 
              the prices for Core Deliverables, whether 
              purchased in packaged or component form, 
              including Services, standard models, components 
              and Merchandise, as set forth in Attachment G, 
              [redacted]. If not included in Attachment G, 
              prices for Core Deliverables shall be provided to 
              Buyer on a quote by quote basis.  [redacted]

       4.3.2  Nortel agrees that pricing for the applicable 
              [redacted], as set forth in Attachment 
              G, with at least the functionality of Release 
              24B2.0 and 16 QAM, shall decline by [redacted]  
              effective the later of either two years after the 
              effective date of this Agreement or when Buyer's 
              aggregate purchases of [redacted], 
              including monies paid to Nortel for installation, 
              reaches [redacted].

       4.3.3  For the applicable Radio Products, Nortel shall 
              offer Buyer additional functionality beyond 
              Release 24B2.0 under the same discount schedules 
              as applied to other Radio Products.  Any future 
              features or functionality developed by Nortel for 
              such Radio Products shall not be used as a basis 
              for a price increase if they are: (a) not used by 
              Buyer, or (b) beyond those identified in 
              Attachment F if alternative Radio Products 
              conforming to the features identified in 
              Attachment F are not available from Nortel. 

       4.3.4  Buyer may request TCO pricing to include 
              technical support services as set forth in 
              Section 18.4 and Nortel shall offer Buyer TCO 
              pricing including such technical support for a 
              metropolitan area.

       4.3.5  [redacted].

  4.4  [redacted]

  4.5  Nortel will prepay freight charges and the cost of any 
       insurance requested by Buyer and invoice Buyer for 
       these items at Nortel's [redacted].  These charges will appear 
       as separate line items on Nortel's invoice.

  4.6  (a)  In order to secure the Return Obligations (as 
       defined below), Buyer hereby grants Nortel a security 
       interest in all of its right, title and interest in 
       and to any item of the Core Deliverables in which it 
       has a right, title and interest. As used in the 
       Section 4.6, "Return Obligations" shall mean the 
       obligations of Teligent to provide for the return of 
       Core Deliverables if a Termination Event shall have 
       occurred and Teligent shall be required pursuant to 
       Section 1.3 to return said Core Deliverables to 
       Nortel.

       (b)  The Buyer shall not sell, lease or otherwise 
       dispose of any such item of Core Deliverables or any 
       portion thereof, except, (i) to any wholly-owned 
       subsidiary of the Buyer or any affiliate of the Buyer 
       that is wholly-owned by the parent of the Borrower, or 
       (ii) without the prior written consent of Nortel. The 
       Buyer shall not permit to exist any liens, security 
       interests or other encumbrances ("Liens") on any item of 
       Core Deliverables, possession of which has been 
       delivered to the Buyer, other than (a) the Liens created 
       or contemplated hereby, (b) Liens for taxes or 
       assessments, (c) any Liens arising by statute or 
       operation of law, (d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, 
       mechanics, materialmen and repairmen, (e) Liens 
       contemplated by the Finance Agreement, and (f) and other 
       non-consensual Liens arising in the ordinary course of 
       business.

       (c)  Buyer agrees to execute such documents and to 
       take such other action reasonably requested by Nortel to 
       perfect, maintain and preserve Nortel's security 
       interest, including, without limitation, UCC financing 
       statements. 

       (d)  If Teligent shall fail to provide for the 
       return of any Core Deliverables as provided in Section 
       1.3 (a "Default"), Nortel shall have all of the rights 
       and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform 
       Commercial Code ("UCC") consistent with the nature of 
       the Return Obligations. Upon the occurrence of a 
       Default, without limiting the generality of the 
       foregoing, to the extent permitted by, and in accordance 
       with, all applicable laws, Nortel may without demand or 
       notice to the Buyer, collect, receive or take possession 
       of the Core Deliverables or any part thereof and for 
       that purpose Nortel may enter upon any premises on which 
       the Core Deliverables subject to such Default are 
       located and remove the Core Deliverables subject to such 
       Default therefrom.

       (e)  Nortel's security interests in each item of 
       Core Deliverables granted pursuant to Section 4.6(a) 
       above (each such item, a "Secured Item", and such items 
       collectively, the "Secured Items") shall continue until 
       the earlier of (i) the purchase price of such Secured 
       Item is paid, or has been deemed to be paid, in full and 
       (ii) such Secured Item is required to be returned to 
       Nortel pursuant to Section 1.3 and such Secured Item has 
       been returned, at which time, with respect to such 
       Secured Item, (A) the Buyer's obligations and Nortel's 
       rights and remedies under this Section 4.6 shall 
       terminate and be of no further effect, (B) Nortel's 
       security interest in such Secured Item shall terminate 
       and hereby is terminated, and (C) Nortel shall execute 
       and deliver such documents and instruments and take such 
       other actions as may be reasonably requested by Teligent 
       or any lender under the Finance Agreement to effect or 
       evidence the termination of the obligations and security 
       interests under this Section 4.6, including, without 
       limitation, UCC termination statements. In order to 
       provide Teligent with more favorable terms under the 
       Finance Agreement, upon the request of Teligent or any 
       lender under the Finance Agreement, Nortel agrees that 
       it shall use reasonable commercial efforts to 
       accommodate the requests of Teligent or such lender with 
       respect to the priority of its security interests in the 
       Secured Items, and shall cooperate with Teligent and 
       such lender in amending the provisions hereof on such 
       terms as are mutually acceptable to all such Parties.

5. TERMS OF PAYMENT

   5.1 Payments shall be due within [redacted]  calendar days 
       from the invoice receipt, but penalties for late payment 
       shall not be assessed until [redacted]  calendar days 
       from invoice receipt.  Past due amounts shall accrue 
       interest at the lending rate made available to Teligent 
       as in the Finance Agreement.  Notwithstanding the 
       foregoing, the final [redacted]  payment on a System 
       shall not be due until the later of [redacted]  after 
       invoice or [redacted]  business days after all Punch 
       List items have been completed. 

   5.2 Invoicing Schedule

       5.2.1  The Core Deliverables and Services in a System 
              shall be invoiced as follows:

                   [redacted]  Upon delivery of Core 
              Deliverables and/or Services, if any;

                   [redacted]  Upon completion of Turnover, 
              as set forth in Section 9.1.2; and

                   [redacted]  Upon successful passage of the 
              applicable Soak Period and closure of service-
              affecting items uncovered during the Soak Period.

                    [redacted]

       5.2.2  Orders for Core Deliverables outside of a System, 
              including Merchandise, which require no 
              installation by Nortel shall be invoiced at 
              [redacted]  upon delivery to Buyer.  

                    Orders for TASs outside of a System in which 
              Nortel provides installation Services, or Orders 
              in which the purchase price of Core Deliverables 
              requiring Nortel installation Services is less 
              than [redacted], shall be invoiced at [redacted] 
              upon completion of installation and passage of 
              any relevant ATPs.  

                    Orders for Nodes and TCO Expansions which are 
              not part of a System, and Orders requiring Nortel 
              installation Services which exceed [redacted] 
              shall be invoiced in accordance with the following 
              schedule:

                    [redacted]  upon delivery;
                    [redacted]  upon completion of installation 
              Services and passage of relevant ATPs; and
                    [redacted]  upon closure of Punch List.

      5.2.3  The initial list of spare parts for a System, as 
             provided in Nortel's recommended spares list set 
             forth in Attachment G shall be invoiced as set 
             forth in Section 5.2.1.  Subsequent Orders for 
             individual Merchandise spare parts, Documentation 
             and software releases shall be invoiced [redacted] 
             upon delivery.

      5.2.4  [redacted]

      5.2.5  [redacted]

  5.3 [redacted]

      5.3.1  [redacted]

      5.3.2  [redacted]

      5.3.3  [redacted]

  5.4 Nortel shall not be entitled to claim payment for 
      partial deliveries where the effect of the partial 
      delivery prevents Buyer from making beneficial use of 
      the facilities in question.  If Buyer can make 
      beneficial use of the facilities in question, then 
      Nortel shall be entitled to payment for those goods or 
      services delivered and performed.

  5.5 Where Core Deliverables that are part of a System Order 
      have not been installed at the time of System ATP 
      primarily due to circumstances within Buyer's control, 
      then such Core Deliverables shall be deemed installed 
      for purposes of invoicing and payment.

6. TAXES 

   Unless Buyer furnishes Nortel with tax exemption certificates 
   in a form acceptable to taxing authorities, Buyer shall, at 
   Nortel's direction and pursuant to a valid invoice therefor, 
   promptly pay to Nortel or pay directly to the applicable 
   government or taxing authority, if requested by Nortel, taxes 
   and charges which may be imposed by any federal, state, or 
   local governmental or taxing authority arising hereunder, 
   such as, but not limited to all such taxes and charges 
   relating to the purchase, license, ownership, possession, 
   use, operation and/or relocation of any Equipment, Software, 
   or Services furnished by Nortel pursuant to this Agreement, 
   excluding, however, all taxes computed upon the net income of 
   Nortel.  Nortel shall cooperate with the electronic delivery 
   of Software if requested by Teligent.  Teligent shall be 
   obligated to pay associated penalties and interest only if 
   such charges are imposed materially due to Teligent's 
   negligent or deliberate failure to pay after being given 
   adequate (at least thirty (30) days) notice of such tax 
   liability.  Buyer's obligations pursuant to this Section 6 
   shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

   Prices of imported equipment in the Core Deliverables, if 
   any, are destination duty paid and applicable duties, if any, 
   are included in the price.
  
7. RISK OF LOSS, TITLE AND DELIVERY 

   7.1 Risk of loss or damage and title to Core Deliverables 
       (excluding Software) shall pass to Buyer upon delivery 
       to the loading dock at the installation site or other 
       delivery location specified by Buyer in its Order, and 
       Buyer shall keep such Core Deliverables fully insured 
       for the total amount then due Nortel for such Core 
       Deliverables.  Buyer shall cause its insurers with 
       respect to such Core Deliverables to name Nortel as loss 
       payee as Nortel's interests may appear. Nortel shall 
       remain responsible at all times for loss caused by 
       Nortel or its contractors.

   7.2 Buyer shall receive a license to use Software subject to 
       the terms set forth in Attachment B.

   7.3 When Buyer submits an Order requesting Nortel provide 
       installation, Nortel shall be responsible for all 
       staging and delivery of Core Deliverables to the job 
       site. When Nortel does not provide installation 
       Services, delivery of Core Deliverables, shall be made 
       to a designated Buyer warehouse.  In the event Buyer 
       requests Nortel provide warehousing of Core Deliverables 
       and Nortel has sufficient warehouse space available, 
       Nortel shall make such warehouse space available and 
       Buyer shall pay the cost of such warehousing, subject to 
       the grace period and procedure set forth in Sections 
       8.2.1 and 8.2.2.

8. INSTALLATION INTERVALS 

   8.1 Installation Schedule

       8.1.1  Prior to Buyer placing an Order for installation 
              Services for the First Commercial System, Nortel 
              and Teligent shall agree to an installation 
              schedule for such First Commercial System.  

       8.1.2  Subsequent Systems shall be scheduled based upon 
              the following lead times ("Standard Intervals"). 
              These Standard Intervals shall only apply to 
              forecasted items:

                  TCO equipment for a System:
                    [redacted] from acceptance of Order to 
                    completion of  installation and passage 
                    of the TCO ATPs.

                  Host Digital Terminals ("HDT") and Passport 
                  equipment: 
                    [redacted] from acceptance of Order to 
                    completion of installation and passage 
                    of relevant ATPs. 

                  Node equipment and TCO expansion equipment:
                    [redacted] from acceptance of Order to 
                    completion of installation and passage 
                    of the Node ATPs.

                  TAS equipment:
                    [redacted] from acceptance of Order to 
                    delivery of complete units; or 
                    [redacted] from acceptance of Order to 
                    completion of installation, if so 
                    specified in the Order, and passage of 
                    the TAS ATPs.

  8.2 Installation Reschedule

      8.2.1  [redacted]

      8.2.2  In the event Buyer fails to provide Nortel advance 
             notice of its desire as set forth above, Nortel 
             shall  be entitled to warehouse such Core 
             Deliverables and to invoice Buyer for all 
             reasonable and directly associated costs incurred 
             by Nortel for such warehousing associated with 
             such rescheduling. 


9. ACCEPTANCE TESTING, TURNOVER AND ACCEPTANCE

   9.1 Acceptance Testing

       9.1.1  The Parties shall mutually develop acceptance test 
              procedures ("ATP") and pass/fail criteria for Core 
              Deliverables installed by Nortel.  Such ATP shall 
              consist of separate test plans for each of the 
              major network elements provided by Nortel 
              hereunder and, with respect to a System, an 
              additional acceptance test plan for the System  as 
              an integrated whole ("System ATP").

       9.1.2  [redacted]

       9.1.3  [redacted]

       9.1.4  [redacted]

       9.1.5  If Nortel does not install the Core Deliverables 
              furnished hereunder, Nortel shall, prior to 
              delivery of such, perform factory acceptance tests 
              in order to confirm that such Core Deliverables 
              are in accordance with the applicable 
              Specifications.  Nortel shall include with the 
              shipment of any such Core Deliverables a certified 
              copy of the test results demonstrating passage of 
              such factory tests where normally available. 
              Unless Buyer notifies Nortel to the contrary 
              within [redacted] of the delivery of such Core 
              Deliverables, Buyer shall be deemed to have 
              accepted such Core Deliverables based upon such 
              tests and acceptance shall be deemed to have 
              occurred upon the delivery of such Core 
              Deliverables.

       9.1.6  Merchandise equipment shall be deemed accepted upon 
              delivery to the Buyer.  Services which are 
              purchased separately from a System shall be deemed 
              to be accepted upon completion of such Services.

       9.1.7  [redacted]

       9.1.8  [redacted]

       9.1.9  [redacted]
 
       9.1.10 [redacted]

       9.1.11 In the event Buyer notifies Nortel of non-
              acceptance of a Core Deliverable and Nortel 
              personnel travels to Buyer's installation site to 
              remedy such non-acceptance and determines that 
              non-acceptance is due primarily to a deficiency of 
              the nature described in Section 9.1.10, Nortel may 
              invoice Buyer for investigation of the matter, 
              including the standard labor rate for Nortel's 
              personnel who travel to Buyer's installation site 
              and reasonable travel and living expenses incurred 
              by such personnel.

  9.2 Nortel acknowledges that Buyer may from time to time 
      install certain Adjunct Deliverables not purchased 
      through Nortel, and connect such Adjunct Deliverables to 
      Nortel's Core Deliverables through standardized 
      interfaces.  Therefore, the Parties hereby agree, that 
      during such situations when Adjunct Deliverables are 
      installed, by either Nortel or Buyer, at the time of 
      acceptance testing, the System ATP shall verify the 
      proper function of the relevant standardized interface; 
      and where it is verified during such System ATP that 
      such Adjunct Deliverables comply with the relevant 
      interface specification, the attachment of such Adjunct 
      Deliverables to Core Deliverables shall not diminish 
      Nortel's warranty on the Core Deliverables.

  9.3 [redacted]

      9.3.1 [redacted]

      9.3.2  [redacted]

  9.4 Nortel agrees that the Core Deliverables, [redacted] 
      shall comply with open interface standards TR-08 and TR-
      303 and other relevant Bellcore standards for switch 
      interfaces.

  9.5 Nortel shall not ship Core Deliverables unless such Core 
      Deliverables have passed Nortel's standard factory 
      tests.  Teligent shall have the right to inspect 
      Nortel's manufacturing facility upon reasonable notice. 
      Teligent shall also have the right to request from 
      Nortel an annual quality audit.

10. LIMITED WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES

   10.1 Nortel warrants that the Core Deliverables shall meet or 
        exceed the performance Specifications in Attachment L, 
        or if Attachment L is silent, in Nortel's current 
        published specifications, for the lesser of [redacted] 
        from Turnover or [redacted] from delivery ("Warranty 
        Period") under normal use and service such equipment and 
        will be free from defective material and faulty 
        workmanship.  The Warranty Period may be extended at 
        Teligent's option for an additional [redacted] upon 
        payment of a warranty extension fee.  The foregoing 
        warranty shall not apply to items normally consumed 
        during operation of Core Deliverables such as, but not 
        limited to, lamps and fuses.  Any installation Service 
        performed by Nortel will be free from defects in 
        workmanship for a period [redacted] from the completion 
        date of such Service.  The performance by Nortel of any 
        of its obligations described herein shall not extend the 
        applicable Warranty Period.

   10.2 Subject to Section 10.9, Nortel's obligation under the 
        warranty set forth in Section 10.1 above shall be 
        limited to the replacement or repair, at Nortel's option 
        and expense, of the defective Core Deliverables, or 
        correction of the defective installation Services.  
        Replacement Core Deliverables may be new or 
        reconditioned at Nortel's option, and shall be warranted 
        for the balance of the Warranty Period of the original 
        equipment, or for 90 days, whichever is longer. 
 
   10.3 If Core Deliverables are not free from defects in 
        material or workmanship and/or fail to comply with the 
        applicable Specifications during the Warranty Period, 
        Nortel shall repair, replace or modify the Core 
        Deliverables so that they do comply with the applicable 
        Specifications within [redacted] following receipt of 
        such defective Core Deliverables, or within [redacted] 
        on an emergency basis, if requested expressly by 
        Teligent as set forth in Section 18.3. Subject to the 
        provisions of Section 10.9, Nortel's obligation under 
        this Section 10.3 shall be limited to repair, 
        modification or replacement of the defective Core 
        Deliverables or correction of the defective installation 
        Services.

   10.4 Nortel warrants that any Software licensed by Nortel to 
        Buyer under this Agreement shall function during the 
        Warranty Period of the Equipment (but in any event not 
        less than [redacted]) with respect to which such 
        Software is furnished without any material, service-
        affecting nonconformance to the applicable 
        Specifications, provided that Buyer shall have paid all 
        Software support fees.  If the Software fails to so 
        function, Buyer's sole remedy and Nortel's sole 
        obligation under this warranty is for Nortel to correct 
        promptly such failure to ensure that the Equipment 
        performs to Specifications, if the Specifications 
        adequately address the service-affecting aspects of the 
        failure, or, if the Specifications do not adequately 
        address the service-affecting failure, Nortel shall 
        correct promptly such failure to Teligent's reasonable 
        satisfaction, through, at Nortel's option, the 
        replacement or modification of the Software or such 
        other actions as Nortel reasonably determines to be 
        appropriate. Any continuing service-affecting Software 
        failure that materially affects the performance of Core 
        Deliverables shall be treated under Section 10.9, below.

   10.5 Nortel's warranties in Section 10.4 above shall only 
        apply to the portion of the Software actually developed 
        by Nortel, its Affiliates or Teligent-Approved Radio 
        Vendors. All other Software shall be provided by Nortel 
        "AS IS". Nortel shall assign to Buyer on a nonexclusive 
        basis any warranty on such other Software provided to 
        Nortel by the developer of such other Software to the 
        extent of Nortel's legal right to do so.  Nortel shall 
        identify any such Software and the extent to which such 
        warranties are assigned prior to shipment.

   10.6 Major Outage Warranty

        10.6.1 [redacted]  During the System Availability 
               Warranty Period, Nortel warrants to Teligent that 
               Major Outages, as defined in Section 10.6.2, 
               not attributable to Teligent or a third 
               party's error, resulting from failures of Nortel's 
               Core Deliverables shall be limited to [redacted] 
               cumulative during any calendar quarter. Scheduled 
               outages for any given System shall not be counted 
               against this limit, as long as: (a) a scheduled 
               outage is of less than [redacted] duration, and 
               (b) there are no more than [redacted] scheduled 
               outages during a given calendar quarter. 
               [redacted] Excluded from this System Availability 
               Warranty are outages due to failure by personnel, 
               not contracted or certified by Nortel, to properly 
               maintain the Core Deliverables or to follow Nortel 
               documents provided to Buyer; third-party events or
               equipment; and Force Majeure events.  Such liquidated 
               damages are to be paid in credits that may be applied 
               against outstanding invoices and/or future Orders 
               placed by Teligent under this Agreement.

        10.6.2 For purposes of this Agreement, "Major 
               Outages" shall mean (a) an unscheduled loss of 
               engineered and installed call or data processing 
               capacity (as measured by the most limiting 
               capacity parameter) in excess of [redacted] or  
               (b) or any unscheduled service-affecting failure 
               in [redacted] or more of the Nodes (but at least 
               [redacted] Nodes) at any one time (according to 
               the system logs).

        10.6.3 The System Availability Warranty shall apply 
               only to Systems in which the Core Deliverables 
               affected by the Major Outage are purchased 
               according to the models shown in Attachment G, or 
               if the Core Deliverables are of non-standard 
               configurations or have been re-engineered for 
               growth, if the standard recommended spares in 
               connection therewith have been purchased and the 
               engineered redundancy in the Core Deliverables is 
               as recommended by Nortel, such engineered 
               redundancy to be consistent with that reflected in 
               the standard models.

        10.6.4 In no event shall Nortel's liability for such 
               penalties pursuant to this Section 10.6 exceed 
               [redacted]. 

  10.7  Parameter Warranty

        [redacted]
             

  10.8  Capacity Warranty

        10.8.1 During the Term, Nortel warrants the capacity 
               of the Core Deliverables as specified in 
               Attachment L and its published Specifications.  
               For Radio Products, capacity is limited to that 
               specified in Section 10.7(d) minus necessary 
               overhead (i.e., for [redacted] available bandwidth 
               for payload (user data rate) is [redacted].  For 
               [redacted] the available payload is [redacted].) 
               [redacted]  Nortel may reduce the capacity based 
               on the provisioning and priority given to 
               different traffic types, as long as it 
               demonstrates to Teligent's satisfaction how it 
               proposes such reduction be made. Additional 
               equipment and costs directly attributable to this 
               breach of this Warranty shall be negotiated by the 
               Parties in good faith.

        10.8.2 If Teligent chooses to license a new Software 
               release, such upgrade may require changes to the 
               capacity or purchases of additional Equipment.  
               Each such Software release shall have a revised 
               capacity warranty based on Teligent's new 
               Equipment and Software configurations.  The 
               warranty of the capacity of the Core Deliverables 
               shall be contingent upon Buyer having maintenance 
               on such Core Deliverables adequately and properly 
               performed. 


  10.9  During the Warranty Period, in the event Nortel is 
        unable to repair or replace a defective Core Deliverable 
        which is service affecting, and Nortel's inability to 
        repair or replace such material and service affecting 
        defective Core Deliverable exceeds a period of 
        [redacted] then, at Buyer's election, Nortel shall 
        remove such service affecting defective Core 
        Deliverable, at Nortel's expense, and reimburse Buyer 
        for any costs or expenses Buyer may incur as a result of 
        the reinstallation of equivalent non-defective product 
        or equipment as well as reimburse Buyer the full Order 
        price of the defective Core Deliverable. Buyer shall 
        submit to Nortel an invoice for such reinstallation 
        costs or expenses and Nortel shall pay Buyer for such 
        amounts. The obligations and remedies set forth herein 
        shall be subject to the conditions set forth in Section 12.

  10.10 The obligations and remedies set forth in this Section 
        10 shall be conditional upon: the Buyer having properly 
        installed, repaired and maintained the Equipment using 
        Nortel-qualified personnel; the Software not having been 
        modified; no material failure of Buyer to comply with 
        Buyer's Obligations, as set forth in the Statement of 
        Work, any defect or nonconformance not being the result 
        of mishandling, abuse, misuse, improper storage, 
        maintenance or operation by other than Nortel (including 
        use in conjunction with any product which is 
        incompatible with the applicable Core Deliverables or of 
        inferior performance, except as provided in Section 
        9.2), and/or any error, act, or omission of Buyer 
        described in Section 12.5; the Core Deliverables not 
        having been damaged by fire, explosion, power failure, 
        power surge, or other power irregularity, lightning, 
        failure to comply with all applicable environmental 
        requirements for the Core Deliverables specified by 
        Nortel or any other applicable supplier, such as but not 
        limited to temperature or humidity ranges, or any act of 
        God, nature or public enemy; and written notice of the 
        defect having been given to Nortel within the applicable 
        Warranty Period.  

  10.11 The performance by Nortel of any of its obligations in 
        this Section shall not extend the applicable Warranty 
        Period, except as specifically stated otherwise herein.
 
  10.12 Unless Nortel elects to repair or replace defective 
        Equipment at Buyer's facility, all Equipment to be 
        repaired or replaced, whether in or out of warranty, 
        shall be packed by Buyer in accordance with Nortel's 
        instructions and shipped at Buyer's expense and risk of 
        loss to a location designated by Nortel.  Replacement 
        Equipment shall be returned to Buyer at Nortel's expense 
        and risk of loss.  Buyer shall ship the defective 
        Equipment to Nortel within thirty (30) days of receipt 
        of the replacement Equipment.  In the event Nortel fails 
        to receive such defective Equipment within such thirty 
        (30) day period, Nortel shall invoice Buyer for the 
        replacement Equipment at the then-current price in 
        effect therefor.

  10.13 If the Core Deliverables returned to Nortel pursuant to 
        the immediately preceding paragraph are determined by 
        Nortel to be beyond repair or are outside the Warranty 
        Period, Nortel shall notify Buyer and if requested 
        Nortel shall sell Buyer replacement Core Deliverables at 
        the then-current contract price between the Parties for 
        such Core Deliverables or if no such contract exists, at 
        Nortel's then-current price for such Core Deliverables. 
        Such repair and replacement Service and notice of any 
        discontinuance of such repair and replacement Service 
        shall be available for a minimum period set forth in 
        Section 18.  This provision shall survive the expiration 
        of this Agreement.

  10.14 Buyer shall bear risk of loss and shall pay for all 
        transportation charges for Core Deliverables returned to 
        Nortel and Nortel shall bear such risk and pay for 
        transportation charges for repaired or replacement Core 
        Deliverables shipped to Buyer. 

  10.15 Subject to Section 2.1.3, with respect to any OEM 
        Equipment furnished by Nortel to Buyer pursuant to this 
        Agreement, Nortel shall assign to Buyer on a 
        nonexclusive basis any warranty granted by the party 
        that supplied such OEM Equipment to Nortel to the extent 
        of Nortel's right to do so. 

  10.16 Neither Nortel nor Nortel's suppliers, as appropriate, 
        shall have any responsibility for warranties offered by 
        Buyer to any of its customers. Buyer shall indemnify 
        Nortel and Nortel's suppliers, as appropriate, with 
        respect thereto.

  10.17 THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 
        -----------------------------------------------------
        CONSTITUTE THE ONLY WARRANTIES OF NORTEL WITH RESPECT TO 
        --------------------------------------------------------
        THE CORE DELIVERABLES AND SERVICES AND BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE 
        --------------------------------------------------------
        REMEDIES IN THE EVENT SUCH WARRANTIES ARE BREACHED.  
        --------------------------------------------------
        THEY ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WRITTEN OR 
        ----------------------------------------------------
        ORAL, STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT 
        -------------------------------------------------------
        LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS 
        -----------------------------------------------------
        FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS UNDER 
        -------------------------------------------------------
        SECTION 10, NORTEL SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY 
        ----------------------------------------------
        INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE 
        -------------------------------------------------
        WHATSOEVER, BEFORE OR AFTER THE PLACING OF ANY CORE 
        ---------------------------------------------------
        DELIVERABLE INTO SERVICE.
        ------------------------

11. LIABILITY FOR BODILY INJURY, PROPERTY DAMAGE AND PATENT 
    INFRINGEMENT

    11.1 A party hereto shall defend the other party against any 
         suit, claim, or proceeding brought against the other 
         party for direct damages due to bodily injuries 
         (including death) or damage to tangible property which 
         allegedly result from the negligence, act or omission of 
         the defending party in the performance of this 
         Agreement. The defending party shall pay all litigation 
         costs, reasonable attorney's fees, settlement payments 
         and such direct damages awarded or resulting from any 
         such suit, claim or proceeding.  


    11.2 Nortel shall defend Buyer against any suit, claim or 
         proceeding brought against Buyer alleging that any Core 
         Deliverables, excluding OEM Equipment, furnished 
         hereunder infringe any patent, copyright, trademarks or 
         trade secrets enforceable in the United States.  Nortel 
         shall pay all litigation costs, reasonable attorney's 
         fees, settlement payments and any damages awarded or 
         resulting from any such suit, claim or proceeding. With 
         respect to OEM Equipment, Nortel shall assign any rights 
         with respect to infringement of patents, copyrights, 
         trademarks, or trade secrets enforceable in the United 
         States granted to Nortel by the supplier of such OEM 
         Equipment to the extent of Nortel's right to do so.

    11.3 The party entitled to defense pursuant to Section 11.1 
         or 11.2 shall promptly advise the party required to 
         provide such defense  of the applicable suit, claim, or 
         proceeding and shall cooperate with such party in the 
         defense or settlement thereof.  The party required to 
         provide such defense shall have sole control of the 
         defense of the applicable suit, claim, or proceeding and 
         of all negotiations for its settlement or compromise.

    11.4 Upon providing Buyer with notice of a potential or 
         actual infringement claim, Nortel may (or in the case of 
         an injunction, shall), at Nortel's option, either 
         procure a right to use, replace or modify, or require 
         the return of the affected Core Deliverable for a full 
         refund of the purchase price for the Term of the 
         Agreement and a refund of the depreciated value of the 
         Core Deliverables thereafter.

    11.5 The obligations of Nortel hereunder with respect to any 
         suit, claim, or proceeding described in Section 11.2 
         shall not apply with respect to Core Deliverables which 
         are (a) manufactured or supplied by Nortel in accordance 
         with any design or any special instruction furnished by 
         Buyer (excluding Buyer's requirement that Nortel's 
         products comply with usual and customary industry 
         standards), (b) used by Buyer in a manner or for a 
         purpose not contemplated by this Agreement, or (c) used 
         by Buyer in combination with other products not provided 
         by Nortel, including, without limitation, any software 
         developed solely by Buyer through the permitted use of 
         Core Deliverables furnished hereunder, provided the 
         infringement arises from such combination or the use 
         thereof. Buyer shall indemnify and hold Nortel harmless 
         against any loss, cost, expense, damage, settlement or 
         other liability, including, but not limited to, 
         attorneys' fees, which may be incurred by Nortel with 
         respect to any suit, claim, or proceeding described in 
         this Section 11.5. 

    11.6 The provisions of Sections 11.2 through 11.5 state the 
         entire liability of Nortel and its suppliers and the 
         exclusive remedy of Buyer with respect to any suits, 
         claims, or proceedings of the nature described in 
         Section 11.2.  Nortel's total cumulative liability, 
         pursuant to Sections 11.2 shall for each infringement 
         claim not exceed [redacted] of the purchase price of the 
         Core Deliverables giving rise to such claim.

    11.7 Each party's respective obligations pursuant to this 
         Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
 
12. REMEDIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

    12.1 In the event of any material breach of this Agreement 
         which shall continue for thirty (30) or more days after 
         written notice of such breach (including a reasonably 
         detailed statement of the nature of such breach) shall 
         have been given to the breaching party by the aggrieved 
         party, the aggrieved party shall be entitled at its 
         option to avail itself of any and all remedies available 
         at law or equity, except as otherwise provided in this 
         Agreement. 

    12.2 In addition to any other remedy that may be available to 
         Buyer at law or equity, should Nortel fail to meet an 
         in-service date as set forth in an accepted Order, and 
         the cure period to remedy such failure shall have 
         expired without cure, Buyer shall be entitled to cancel 
         this Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice to 
         Nortel.  In the event of such cancellation, Buyer shall 
         pay Nortel for all Core Deliverables delivered by Nortel 
         prior to the cancellation of this Agreement which Buyer 
         desires to retain; and Teligent shall not be responsible 
         for any True-Up Amount, as set forth in Section 4.2.  
  
    12.3 Nortel shall have the right to suspend its performance 
         by written notice to Buyer and forthwith remove and take 
         possession of all Core Deliverables that shall have been 
         delivered to Buyer, if, prior to payment to Nortel of 
         any amounts due pursuant to this Agreement with respect 
         to such Core Deliverables, Buyer shall (a) become 
         insolvent or bankrupt or cease, be unable, or admit in 
         writing its inability, to pay all debts as they mature, 
         or make a general assignment for the benefit of, or 
         enter into any arrangement with, creditors, (b) 
         authorize, apply for, or consent to the appointment of, 
         a receiver, trustee, or liquidator of all or a 
         substantial part of its assets or have proceedings 
         seeking such appointment commenced against it which are 
         not terminated within ninety (90) days of such 
         commencement, or (c) file a voluntary petition under any 
         bankruptcy or insolvency law or under the reorganization 
         or arrangement provisions of the United States 
         Bankruptcy Code or any similar law of any jurisdiction 
         or have proceedings under any such law instituted 
         against it which are not terminated within ninety (90) 
         days of such commencement. 

    12.4 EXCEPT FOR A BREACH BY BUYER OF NORTEL'S SOFTWARE 
         LICENSE OR AN INDEMNIFICATION UNDER SECTION 11.1, 
         NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL MAKE EITHER PARTY LIABLE 
         FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL 
         DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER FOR ANY BREACH OF THIS 
         AGREEMENT WHETHER THE CLAIMS FOR SUCH DAMAGES ARISE IN 
         TORT, CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE.

    12.5 A Party shall not be liable for any additional costs and 
         expenses resulting from (a) errors, acts or omissions of 
         the other Party, including, but not limited to, 
         inaccuracy, incompleteness or untimeliness in the 
         provision of information by the other Party to the first 
         Party or (b) the fulfillment by the other Party of any 
         of its obligations under this Agreement.  In such event, 
         the other Party shall pay the first Party the amount of 
         any such costs and expenses incurred by the first Party.

    12.6 [redacted]

    12.7 [redacted]

    12.8 [redacted]
      
    12.9 Dispute Resolution

         12.9.1 If Nortel and Buyer are unable to resolve any 
                disagreement or dispute arising under this 
                Agreement, including without limitation, the 
                failure to agree upon any item requiring a mutual 
                agreement of the Parties hereunder, then Nortel 
                and Buyer resolve the disagreement or dispute as 
                follows:

         12.9.2 Either party may refer the matter to a Vice 
                President or General Manager of the Parties by 
                giving the other party a notice.  Within fifteen 
                (15) days after delivery of a notice, the relevant 
                officials of both Parties shall meet at a mutually 
                acceptable time and place to exchange relevant 
                information and to attempt to resolve the dispute.

         12.9.3 If the matter has not been resolved within 
                thirty (30) days after delivery of a notice, or if 
                the relevant officials fail to meet within fifteen 
                (15) days after delivery of a notice, either party 
                may initiate mediation.  The Parties shall submit 
                the dispute to a sole mediator selected by the 
                Parties or, any time at the option of a party, to 
                mediation by the American Arbitration Association 
                ("AAA").  The mediation proceeding shall be in the 
                County of Fairfax, Virginia.  Each party shall 
                bear its own expenses and equal share of the 
                mediator and fees of the AAA.  The Parties, their 
                representatives, other participants and the 
                mediator shall hold the existence, content and 
                result of mediation in confidence.  If such 
                dispute is not resolved by such mediation, the 
                Parties shall have the right to resort to any 
                remedies permitted by law.  All such defenses 
                based on passage of time shall be tolled pending 
                the termination of the mediation.  Nothing in this 
                clause shall be construed to preclude any party 
                from seeking injunctive relief in order to protect 
                its rights pending mediation.  A request by a 
                party to a court for such injunctive relief shall 
                not be deemed a waiver of the obligation to 
                mediate.

         12.9.4 The Parties shall agree to binding arbitration 
                under AAA rules under the Federal Arbitration Act 
                in Fairfax, Virginia, except for claims involving 
                antitrust, intellectual property rights and claims 
                where a third party can be impleaded.

13. FORCE MAJEURE

    If the performance by a party of any of its obligations under 
    this Agreement shall be directly, materially and unavoidably 
    interfered with by reason of any circumstances beyond the 
    reasonable control of that party, including without 
    limitation, unavailability of supplies or sources of energy, 
    power failure, breakdown of machinery, or labor difficulties, 
    including without limitation, strikes, slowdowns, picketing 
    or boycotts, then that party shall be excused from such 
    performance for a period equal to the delay resulting from 
    the applicable circumstances and such additional period as 
    may be reasonably necessary to allow that party to resume its 
    performance, as long as that party has diligently pursued 
    alternative means of performance, if legally available to it. 
    With respect to labor difficulties as described above, a 
    party shall not be obligated to accede to any demands being 
    made by employees or other personnel.  If Nortel's 
    performance is suspended or materially reduced due to force 
    majeure for more than six (6) months, Buyer may terminate 
    this Agreement for cause.

14. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

    Confidential Information exchanged under this Agreement shall 
    be governed by the terms and conditions of the Nondisclosure 
    Agreement between the Parties, dated June 6, 1997, attached 
    hereto as Attachment M, except that the term of the 
    Nondisclosure Agreement shall be extended to conform with the 
    Term of this Agreement, and the Parties' obligations under 
    the Nondisclosure Agreement shall survive any termination of 
    this Agreement.  

15. ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF NORTEL

    15.1 [redacted]

    15.2 Nortel shall, upon Buyer's request, provide Buyer with 
         copies of its then current training catalogue and 
         schedule of courses whenever Nortel provides such 
         catalogue and schedule to Nortel's customers.  Upon the 
         request of Buyer, Nortel shall provide Buyer  such 
         additional training as Buyer requests, at a time and 
         place mutually agreed upon and at the prices to be 
         quoted for such training. The cancellation fee set forth 
         in the training catalogues shall apply.

    15.3 Nortel shall include its standard Documentation package, 
         if any, with each shipment of a Core Deliverable.  
         Nortel shall make the Documentation available on its 
         choice of media, which may include CD-ROM.  Nortel shall 
         provide Buyer with any other Documentation that is 
         ordered at its then-current pricing therefor.  
         Documentation provided via Nortel's CD-ROM media may be 
         printed and copied to the extent necessary for the 
         operation and maintenance of the Core Deliverables to 
         which the Documentation pertains.  However, Buyer may 
         not press any copies of CD-ROM discs.

    15.4 Nortel shall offer installation training to Teligent and 
         its contractors whereby such can become certified to 
         install Core Deliverables (except for DMS-500 based 
         equipment). Proper installations made by such certified 
         installers in accordance with Nortel's published 
         installation standards shall carry the same warranty on 
         the Core Deliverables as if the installation were made 
         by Nortel directly.

16. SPECIAL TERMS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN PRODUCT LINES

    [redacted]

         [redacted]

         [redacted]

         [redacted]

    16.2 Nortel agrees that the base line [redacted] Software 
         release to be initially licensed under this Agreement 
         and to which modifications and/or enhancements will be 
         made is expected to be [redacted].  For all Teligent-
         Approved Radio Vendor Products, Nortel agrees to 
         maintain the compatibility of any new Software release 
         at the Node with existing TAS equipment in the field 
         without requiring a site visit for at least 2 previous 
         complete versions, or two (2) years, whichever period is 
         longer.  The foregoing compatibility requirement applies 
         only when Radio Products are manufactured by the same 
         vendor. Teligent recognizes that the installed TAS 
         equipment base may not support new functionality or 
         features, but such installed equipment base shall 
         continue to interface and inter-operate at its then 
         current level of functionality and features with such 
         new Nodes or TCO software Core Deliverables contingent 
         upon the above criteria.

    16.3 [redacted]

17. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 

    17.1 Prior to issuing any Order for Services to be performed 
         at Buyer's facilities,  Buyer shall identify and notify 
         Nortel in writing of the existence of all Hazardous 
         Materials which Nortel may encounter during the 
         performance of such Services, including, without 
         limitation, any Hazardous Materials known to Buyer 
         contained within any equipment to be removed by Nortel.

    17.2 If Buyer breaches its obligations pursuant to Section 
         17.1, (a) Nortel may discontinue the performance of the 
         appropriate Services until all the applicable Hazardous 
         Materials have been removed or abated to Nortel's 
         satisfaction by Buyer at Buyer's sole expense, and (b) 
         Buyer shall defend, indemnify and hold Nortel harmless 
         from any and all damages, claims, losses, liabilities 
         and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys' 
         fees, which arise out of Buyer's breach of such 
         obligations.  Buyer's obligations pursuant to this 
         Section 17.2 shall survive any termination of this 
         Agreement.

    17.3 Nortel warrants that it shall not knowingly introduce 
         any Hazardous Materials to the premises without Buyer's 
         knowledge and consent, and, if it does so, (a) removal 
         and abatement of same shall be at Nortel's sole expense 
         and (b) Nortel shall defend, indemnify and hold Buyer 
         harmless from any and all damages, claims, losses, 
         liabilities and expenses, including, without limitation, 
         attorneys' fees, which arise out of Nortel's breach of 
         such obligations.  Nortel's obligations pursuant to this 
         Section 17.3 shall survive any termination of this 
         Agreement.

18. CONTINUING AVAILABILITY AND SUPPORT OF CORE DELIVERABLES

    18.1 For a period of [redacted] following the date of last 
         sale of the affected Core Deliverable, excluding OEM 
         Equipment but including Radio Products, Nortel shall 
         make spare parts, or their functional equivalent, 
         available for purchase by Buyer, so that Buyer may meet 
         existing obligations relative to such Core Deliverable. 
         The prices charged for the spare parts following the 
         termination of this Agreement shall be Nortel's then 
         current published list price or its then current policy. 
         Nortel shall use its best endeavors to obtain similar 
         terms from OEM suppliers.
 
    18.2 [redacted]

    18.3 During the Warranty Period, Nortel shall provide Buyer 
         emergency replacement for Core Deliverables (new, 
         repaired, or functionally equivalent) within [redacted] 
         of a verbal request from the Buyer.  This service is 
         available twenty-four (24) hours a day, including 
         holidays.  After the Warranty Period, emergency service 
         shall be provided at Nortel's current rates for such 
         service.

    18.4 During the Term, Nortel shall offer Buyer, as an option, 
         technical support services, whereby Nortel supplies 
         Teligent up to three (3) experts in each metropolitan 
         area for a period of up to six (6) months following 
         acceptance of a System, extended upon notice by Buyer. 
         The Parties agree that initially the experts required 
         will be one (1) switching expert, one (1) operations and 
         maintenance expert and one (1) radio systems expert, but 
         the precise set of skills will be determined on a 
         metropolitan area-by-metropolitan area basis as mutually 
         agreed to by the Parties.  TCO pricing including such 
         technical support services shall be provided to Buyer as 
         set forth in Section 4.3.4.

[redacted]

20. SUBCONTRACTING

    Nortel may subcontract any of its obligations under this 
    Agreement, but no such subcontract shall relieve Nortel of 
    primary responsibility for performance of its obligations and 
    for ensuring that any such subcontractors adhere to Nortel's 
    relevant obligations in the performance of their duties, 
    including, but not limited to, obligations with respect to 
    Confidential Information.

21. REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

    In the event of any change in the Specifications or Nortel's 
    manufacturing or delivery processes for any Core Deliverables 
    as a result of the legally-proper imposition of new and 
    material requirements by any government body or agency of 
    competent jurisdiction, Nortel may upon notice to Buyer, 
    increase its prices, charges and fees to cover the added 
    costs and expenses directly incurred by Nortel as a result of 
    such change.


22. GENERAL

    22.1 If any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be 
         invalid or unenforceable under applicable law and a 
         party deems such provisions to be material, that party 
         may terminate this Agreement upon notice to the other 
         party. Otherwise, such invalidity or unenforceability 
         shall not invalidate or render this Agreement 
         unenforceable, but this Agreement shall be construed as 
         if not containing the particular invalid or 
         unenforceable provision and the rights and obligations 
         of the Parties shall be construed and enforced 
         accordingly. 

    22.2 A party shall not release without the prior written 
         approval of the other party any advertising or other 
         publicity relating to this Agreement wherein such other 
         party may reasonably be identified. In addition each 
         party shall take reasonable precautions to keep the 
         existence and the contents of this Agreement 
         confidential so long as this Agreement remains in effect 
         and for a period of three (3) years thereafter, except 
         as may be reasonably required to enforce this Agreement 
         or by law.

    22.3 The construction, interpretation and performance of this 
         Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of 
         New York, except for its rules with respect to the 
         conflict of laws.

    22.4 Neither party may assign or transfer this Agreement or 
         any of its rights hereunder without the prior written 
         consent of the other party, such consent not to be 
         unreasonably withheld, except Buyer's consent shall not 
         be required for any assignment or transfer by Nortel (a) 
         to any Affiliate of all or any part of this Agreement or 
         of Nortel's rights hereunder, or (b) to any third party 
         of Nortel's right to receive any monies which may become 
         due to Nortel pursuant to this Agreement. 

    22.5 Notices and other communications shall be transmitted in 
         writing by certified United States Mail, postage 
         prepaid, return receipt requested, by  guaranteed 
         overnight delivery, or by facsimile addressed to the 
         Parties as follows:

         To Teligent:  Teligent, Inc.
                       8065 Leesburg Pike
                       Suite 400
                       Vienna, Virginia 22182
                       Attention: Laurence E. Harris
                       Senior Vice President and General Counsel
                       Facsimile: (703) 762-5227
                       Telephone: (703) 762-5225


         with a copy to: 
                       Hamid Akhavan
                       Vice President Engineering
                       Facsimile:  (703) 762-5101
                       Telephone:  (703)762-5115

        To Nortel:     Northern Telecom Inc.
                       5555 Windward Parkway, Suite B 
                       Alpharetta, Georgia 30201-3895
                       Attention: Vice President & G.M, Access 
                       Networks
                       Facsimile:  (770) 661-5272
                       Telephone:  (770) 661-4000

         with a copy to: 
                       Attention: Peter Farranto, Esq.
                       General Counsel
                       Facsimile:  (770) 661-5272
                       Telephone:  (770) 661-4000

         Any notice or communication sent under this Agreement 
         shall be deemed given upon receipt, as evidenced by the 
         United States Postal Service return receipt Mail if 
         given by certified United States Mail, on the following 
         business day if sent by guaranteed overnight delivery, 
         or on the transmission date if given by facsimile during 
         the receiving party's normal business hours, with a 
         confirming call to the stated individual, his/her named 
         assistant, and/or his/her voice mail box. 

         The address information listed for a party in this 
         Section may be changed from time to time by that party 
         by giving notice to the other as provided above. 

    22.6 Expiration or termination of the Agreement for any 
         reason will not release either party from any 
         obligations or liabilities set forth in this Agreement 
         which a) the Parties have expressly agree will survive 
         or which remain to be performed, or  b) which by their 
         nature tended to be applicable following such expiration 
         or termination.

    22.7 All headings used herein are for index and reference 
         purposes only, and shall not be given any substantive 
         effect.  This Agreement has been created jointly by the 
         Parties, and no rule of construction requiring 
         interpretation against the drafter of this Agreement 
         shall apply in its interpretation.

    22.8 Buyer shall not export any technical data received from 
         Nortel pursuant to this Agreement, or release any such 
         technical data with the knowledge or intent that such 
         technical data will be exported or transmitted to any 
         country or to foreign nationals of any country, except 
         in accordance with applicable U.S. law concerning the 
         exporting of such technical data. Buyer shall obtain all 
         authorizations from the U.S. government in accordance 
         with applicable law prior to exporting or transmitting 
         any such technical data as described above. 

    22.9 Any changes to this Agreement may only be effected if 
         agreed upon in writing by duly authorized 
         representatives of the Parties hereto.  No agency, 
         partnership, joint venture, or other similar business 
         relationship shall be or is created by this Agreement. 

    22.10 Nortel will demonstrate that it has normal and customary 
          insurance coverage in reasonable levels to be agreed by 
          the Parties.

    22.11 This Agreement, including the following Attachments A, 
          B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L and M,  constitutes the 
          entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the 
          subject matter hereof.

NORTHERN TELECOM INC.                               TELIGENT, INC.


By: /s/ J. A. Craig                        By: /s/ K.G. Pickle              
   ---------------------                      ----------------------
        (Signature)                              (Signature)

Name:  J.A. Craig                          Name:  K.G.  Pickle                 
     -------------------                        --------------------
        (print)                                  (print)

Title:  President                          Title:  President
      ------------------                         ------------------- 
 
Date:  12/11/97                            Date:   12/11/97                     
      ------------------                         -------------------      


                                ATTACHMENT A
                                ------------
                                DEFINITIONS
                                -----------
   As used in the Agreement (as defined below), the following 
initially capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

   "Adjunct Deliverables" shall be as defined in Section 2.1.2.

   "Affiliate" shall mean Nortel's parent corporation, 
Northern Telecom Limited and any corporation controlled directly 
or indirectly by Northern Telecom Limited through the ownership 
or control of shares or other securities in such corporation. 

   "Attachments" shall mean Attachments A, B, C, D, E, F, G, 
H, I, J, K, L and M attached hereto, and any additional 
Attachments which Nortel and Buyer subsequently agree in writing 
shall be incorporated into, and made a part of the Agreement by 
reference.

   "Agreement" shall mean the Agreement to which this 
Attachment is attached.

   "Buyer" shall mean Teligent and any Strategic Partner 
purchasing Core Deliverables hereunder.

   "Confidential Information" shall be defined as in the 
Nondisclosure Agreement, set forth in Attachment M.

   "Core Deliverables" shall be as defined in Section 2.1.1.

   "Critical Event" shall mean [redacted]

   "Deliverables" shall collectively mean Core Deliverables 

and Adjunct Deliverables.  

   "Documentation" shall mean the documents which Nortel 
generally makes available to its customers containing 
descriptive, operating, installation, engineering and 
maintenance information for Core Deliverables, including 
Specifications, as such documents may be amended from time to 
time.

   "Equipment" shall mean the hardware listed or otherwise 
identified in, or pursuant to, Attachment G. 

   "Extension" shall mean Core Deliverables which are 
engineered by Nortel and installed and which are added to an 
Initial System after the Turnover of the Initial System.

   "Finance Agreement" shall mean the Agreement to be entered 
into between Nortel and Teligent under which Nortel shall 
provide financing for the Deliverables.

   "First Commercial System" shall mean the System installed 
in the first city or metropolitan that becomes ready for 
commercial service and consists of the following equipment: 
[redacted], as more clearly defined in Attachment G.

   "First Soak Period" shall mean [redacted]

   "Hazardous Materials" shall mean any pollutants or 
dangerous, toxic or hazardous substances (including, without 
limitation, asbestos) as defined in, or pursuant to, the OSHA 
Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR Part 1910, Subpart Z), the 
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 USC Section 
6901, et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 USC Section 
2601, et seq.), the Comprehensive Environmental Response 
Compensation and Liability Act (42 USC Section 9601, et seq.), 
and any other federal, state or local environmental law, 
ordinance, rule or regulation. 

   "Merchandise" shall mean any Hardware or other parts or 
components which are not ordered as part of a System and with 
respect to which no engineering, installation or other Services 
are provided by Nortel.

   "Node" shall mean the Teligent Node Models identified in 
Attachment G.

   "OEM Equipment" shall mean any non-Nortel branded products, 
but not including Radio Products.

   "Order" shall mean a written purchase order issued by Buyer 
to Nortel.  Each Order shall specify on the face of the Order 
the types and quantities of Core Deliverables and/or Services to 
be furnished by Nortel pursuant to the Order, the applicable 
prices, charges and/or fees with respect to such Core 
Deliverables and/or Services, Buyer's facility to which the Core 
Deliverables are to be delivered, the delivery and/or completion 
schedule, and any other information which may be required to be 
included in an Order in accordance with the provisions of this 
Agreement. 

   "Parties" shall mean Teligent, Inc. and Nortel.

   "Post Termination Purchases" shall mean those purchases 
described in Section 4.2.1.


   "Preferred Supplier Status" shall be as defined in Section 
19.1.

   "Punch List" shall be as defined in Section 9.1.7

   "Radio Products" shall those products identified as radio 
products in Attachment G and supplied by a Teligent-Approved 
Radio Vendor.

   "Services" shall mean all engineering, installation and 
integration, training and testing and other services listed or 
otherwise identified in, or pursuant to this Agreement which may 
be purchased from or provided by Nortel and which are associated 
with the Core Deliverables. 

   "Software" shall mean (a) programs in machine-readable code 
or firmware which (i) are owned by, or licensed to, Nortel or 
any of its Affiliates, (ii) reside in Equipment memories, tapes, 
disks or other media, and (iii) provide basic logic operating 
instructions and user-related application instructions, and (b) 
Documentation associated with any such programs which may be 
furnished by Nortel to Buyer from time to time. 

   "Specifications" shall mean, with respect to any Core 
Deliverables, the specifications identified in Attachment L.  
Nortel shall have the right at its sole discretion to modify, 
change or amend such specifications at any time, provided that 
the capacity and parameter warranties are not degraded, the 
provisions of Section 9.4 are retained, and the ATPs are not 
modified, without Teligent's prior approval. 

   "Strategic Partner" shall mean any company designated by 
Teligent through a formal Strategic Partnership Arrangement as 
set forth in Section 1.4.2.  

   "Strategic Partnership Arrangement" shall mean any of the 
conditions set forth in Section 1.4.2.

   "Subsequent System" shall mean the System installed in any 
new city or market, as may be configured by Buyer for that city 
or market, usually consisting of [redacted].  More than one (1) 
Subsequent Initial System may be installed in a given city or 
market.

   "Subsequent System Soak Period" shall mean a period of 
[redacted] consecutive operational days without a Critical Event 
due to Core Deliverables (but not due to Teligent's or a third 
party's error) must be demonstrated in a Subsequent System.

   "System" shall mean the First Commercial System and any 
Subsequent System.

   "Teligent Approved Radio Vendor" [redacted]

    "Turnover" shall mean [redacted]

   "Third Party Software Vendor" shall mean any supplier of 
programs contained in the Software which is not an Affiliate of 
Nortel.

                            ATTACHMENT B
                            ------------
                          SOFTWARE LICENSE
                          ----------------

1.  Buyer acknowledges that the Software may contain 
    programs which have been supplied by, and are 
    proprietary to, Third Party Software Vendors. In 
    addition to the terms and conditions herein, Buyer 
    shall abide by any additional terms and conditions 
    provided by Nortel to Buyer with respect to any 
    Software provided by any Third Party Software Vendor.

2.  Upon Buyer's payment to Nortel of the applicable fees 
    with respect to any Software furnished to Buyer 
    pursuant to this Agreement, Buyer shall be granted a 
    personal, non-exclusive, paid-up license to use the 
    version of the Software furnished to Buyer only in 
    conjunction with Buyer's use of the Equipment with 
    respect to which such Software was furnished for the 
    life of that Equipment as it may be repaired or 
    modified. Buyer shall be granted no title or ownership 
    rights to the Software, which rights shall remain in 
    Nortel or its suppliers.  

3.  As a condition precedent to this license and to the 
    supply of Software by Nortel pursuant to the 
    Agreement, Nortel requires Buyer to give proper 
    assurances to Nortel for the protection of the 
    Software.  Accordingly, all Software supplied by 
    Nortel under or in implementation of the Agreement 
    shall be treated by Buyer as the exclusive property, 
    and as proprietary and a TRADE SECRET, of Nortel 
    and/or its suppliers, as appropriate, and Buyer shall: 
    a) hold the Software, including, without limitation, 
    any methods or concepts utilized therein in confidence 
    for the benefit of Nortel and/or its suppliers, as 
    appropriate; b) not provide or make the Software 
    available to any person except to its employees on a 
    'need to know' basis; c) not reproduce, copy, or 
    modify the Software in whole or in part except as 
    authorized by Nortel; d) not attempt to decompile, 
    reverse engineer, disassemble, reverse translate, or 
    in any other manner decode the Software; e) issue 
    adequate instructions to all persons, and take all 
    actions reasonably necessary to satisfy Buyer's 
    obligations under this license; and f) forthwith 
    return to Nortel, or with Nortel's consent destroy, 
    any magnetic tape, disc, semiconductor device or other 
    memory device or system and/or Documentation or other 
    material, including, but not limited to all printed 
    material furnished by Nortel to Buyer which shall be 
    replaced, modified or updated.  The foregoing 
    restrictions shall not apply to the maintenance of the 
    Software by Teligent when Nortel no longer offers 
    support for such Software or any update thereto.

4.  The obligations of Buyer hereunder shall not extend to 
    any information or data relating to the Software which 
    is now available to the general public or becomes 
    available by reason of acts or failures to act not 
    attributable to Buyer.

5.  Buyer shall not assign this license or sublicense any 
    rights herein granted to any other party without 
    Nortel's prior written consent.

6.  Buyer shall indemnify and hold Nortel and its 
    suppliers, as appropriate, harmless from any loss or 
    damage resulting from a breach of this Attachment B.  
    The obligations of Buyer under this Attachment B shall 
    survive the termination of the Agreement and shall 
    continue if the Software is removed from service.


                                ATTACHMENT C
                                ------------

                           FAULT CLASSIFICATIONS
                           ---------------------

      As different types of problems require different levels of 
      reaction, a Nortel Priority Classification system is set up to 
      establish a relationship between the reported problems and appropriate 
      level of reaction and resolution.  The Priority System is based upon 
      problem's direct or potential effect upon subscriber service.  Each 
      reported problem is assigned priority rating accordingly.

      The Priority System has five levels:

            E1    Emergency:   Severe Degradation or Outage

            E2    Emergency:   Potential Degradation or Outage

            S1    Non-Emergency:   Service-Affecting Problem

            S2    Non-Emergency:   Intermittently Service Affecting

            NS    Non-Service Affecting Problem

      The resolution objective for E1 or E2 Emergency classification is 
      immediate and continuous assistance until the service level is 
      restored to pre-incident operation. For assistance in such E1 or E2 
      Emergency, please call [redacted].  The resolution objective for 
      non-emergency condition is to provide a status response in [redacted]
      and solution to the problem in [redacted] for S1 Classification 
      or [redacted] for S2.  The resolution objective for non-service affecting 
      condition is to provide a status response in [redacted] and a fix, if 
      applicable, will be scheduled for future standard hardware, software or 
      Documentation update or revision.

      In the event that Nortel believes that other actions may be more 
      economically or strategically beneficial to the Buyer, Nortel may 
      recommend actions different from those described.  In such case, the 
      Buyer will not unreasonably withhold its consent to such alternative 
      actions.

       The following is a detailed description of priority ratings:

            E1  -  Emergency:  Severe Degradation or Outage

                  i)   System ceased call processing
                 ii)   [redacted] or more subscribers out of service;
                iii)   [redacted] or more trunk circuits out of service;

            E2  -  Emergency:  Potential Degradation or Outage

                  i)   [redacted]
                 ii)   [redacted] 

            S1  -  Service Affecting Problem

                  i)   Problems directly and continuously affecting 
                       subscriber service, not specified under E1 or E2;
                 ii)   Problems that will seriously impair service after 
                       in-service date;

            S2  -  Intermittently Service Affecting Problem

                  i)   Software and hardware faults that only 
                       intermittently affect service;
                 ii)   Documentation errors that result service 
                       impairments;
                iii)   Problems where operating company can show 
                       significant impact upon plant and traffic operations

            NS  -  Non-Service Affecting Problem

                  i)   Service analysis, operational measurements, or 
                       system-related Documentation inaccuracies that do 
                       not affect call processing or revenue collection 
                       capabilities;
                 ii)   Non-service affecting software inconsistencies;
                 iii)  Loss of test facilities for which manual procedures 
                       or alternate test equipment can be readily 
                       substituted.

    

                             ATTACHMENT D
                             ------------
                      CORE DELIVERABLES SUPPORT
                      -------------------------

1.  WARRANTY SUPPORT

    Except for the items provided at no additional costs 
    specified in Section 19, the following terms apply to 
    Warranty Support:

    1.1   Remote (off-site) Assistance 

          Technical support offered at no charge to Buyer during 
          the Warranty Period includes Remote (off-site) 
          assistance to Buyer's trained personnel in resolving 
          Core Deliverables operational and compatibility 
          problems. 

          Remote (off-site) assistance consists of one or more 
          of the following:

              a)  Over-the-phone consultations and guidance at 
                  1-800-275-8726.

              b)  Interrogation and analysis of systems over 
                  data lines from Nortel's service facility.  
                  (**Please note:  If system access over data 
                  lines is not provided by the customer, 
                  regardless of the problem cause, support 
                  charges may apply.)

              c)  Other activity directly related to problem 
                  resolution, where Nortel travel is not 
                  involved.

          If after investigation, Nortel determines that the 
          problem was caused by equipment, software, or 
          conditions not attributable to Nortel then such 
          technical assistance shall be billable to Buyer in 
          accordance with Nortel's current rates and procedures 
          as set forth in Section 3 of this Attachment.

          Calls to Nortel's service facilities during Nortel's 
          off-hours shall be limited to Core Deliverable 
          failures directly affecting service that Buyer could 
          not resolve by following standard troubleshooting 
          procedures, covered by NTPs. 

    1.2   Local (on-site) Assistance

          Local (on-site) assistance by Nortel field engineers 
          is also available as part of the warranty support.  To 
          qualify for Local (on-site) assistance without charge, 
          the following efforts must have been exhausted prior 
          to the field trip:


              a)  Buyer has determined that the Core 
                  Deliverable is the source of the problem; and

              b)  Buyer was unable to resolve the problem by 
                  using standard troubleshooting procedures 
                  covered by applicable NTP's; and

              c)  Nortel 's engineer could not resolve the 
                  problem remotely with full cooperation of 
                  Buyer's personnel.

          Local on-site assistance, provided at Buyer's request, 
          that does not meet above requirements is billable in 
          accordance with Nortel's current rates and procedures 
          as set forth in Section 3 of this Attachment.  If 
          after investigation, Nortel determines that the need 
          for Local (on-site) assistance was not caused by the 
          Equipment, Software nor conditions attributable to 
          Nortel then, such technical assistance and associated 
          travel and living expenses shall be billable to Buyer 
          at Nortel's current rates and procedures as set forth 
          in Section 3 of this Attachment.

          The following types of assistance fall outside the 
          scope of warranty support and are billable;

              a.  Local (on-site) assistance with system 
                  verification and pre-service testing, where 
                  required by the Buyer.

              b.  Local (on-site) assistance for Software upgrades, 
                  where required by the Buyer.

              c.  Analysis to determine origins of the fault and 
                  resolution of technical problems associated with 
                  equipment or software not furnished by Nortel.

              d.  Non-emergency calls for technical assistance 
                  during Service Center off-hours.

              e.  Consultation in excess of [redacted] on matters 
                  that are adequately covered by standard 
                  Documentation and/or for which training programs 
                  are available, including Software upgrades.

2.  OUT-OF-WARRANTY SUPPORT

    Technical assistance as set forth in Section 1 of this 
    Attachment is available for out-of-warranty Equipment and 
    is billable at the current rates and procedures as set 
    forth in Section 1 of this Attachment.  


3.  TECHNICAL SERVICE RATES

    All billable technical services are billed at hourly rate 
    plus expenses as defined herein.

    Billable expenses include coach air travel, economy car 
    rental and mutually-agreed per diem meals and lodging costs 
    for Nortel's service representatives, if the job site is 
    more than [redacted] from the representative's normal place 
    of employment, and long distance telephone and data link 
    charges and other costs which are directly related to the 
    service effort.  These expenses shall be augmented by 
    [redacted] handling and administration charge.

    For Local (on-site) assistance service, both work and 
    travel time to the site are included and charged as 
    applicable.  Minimum charge for Local (on-site) assistance 
    service is [redacted] plus expenses.

    Minimum charge for Remote assistance service shall be one 
    (1) hour, billable according to the rate structure listed 
    below.

    The following standard rates are in effect for these 
    procedures:

    i)   REGULAR WORKING HOURS (STD)-        [redacted]
    ii)  OVERTIME 1 RATE (OT1)               [redacted]
    iii) OVERTIME 2 RATE (OT2)-              [redacted]

    Overtime may only be worked with Teligent's express 
    approval. Work required during Overtime periods 
    necessitated due to Nortel's or its contractor's acts, 
    errors or omissions, shall be billed only at Standard 
    rates.

    Buyer's Local Time   0000      0800      16:30       2400 
                         Midnight  8:00 a.m.  4:30 p.m.  Midnight
    MON-FRI              OT1        STD                  OT1
    SAT                             OT1                  OT1
    SUN/HOLIDAYS                               OT2

    NOTE:  Nortel observed holidays are:  New Year's Day, 
    Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day 
    and the day after, and Christmas week.

    The telephone number for the Broadband Technical Support 
    Group is as follows:

    Non-Emergency Support:  1-800-ASK TRAN(1-800-275-8726)
    Emergency Support:  1-800-ASK ETAS (1-800-275-3827)

                              ATTACHMENT E
                          ADJUNCT DELIVERABLES

             Adjunct Deliverables - Section 2.1.2


AC and DC power systems, including rectifiers and batteries
Grounding Systems
Antennas and Coax Cabling Systems
TCO Cabling & Cable Termination Equipment
HVAC Equipment
Stand-By Generators
Fire Protection Systems
Alarm Reporting & Monitoring Systems 
Network Management Systems
Provisioning Systems
Billing Systems
Customer Care Systems
Fraud Management Systems
Voice Mail Equipment
Signal Transfer Point (STP) Equipment
Service Control Point (SCP) Equipment
AIN Platform Equipment & Software 
Synchronization Equipment
DACS Equipment
Digital cross-connect (DSX) Equipment
Fiber cross-connect Equipment
Multiplex Equipment
Channel Bank Equipment
IP Network Platform Equipment
WAN Network Equipment
Point-to-Point Microwave Equipment

                                   ATTACHMENT F
                       Future Deliverables - Section 4.4 

Preamble:  A number of questions have been raised on the measurement 
methodology of many of the points below, and Nortel compliance will depend 
on the determination of specific test plans which need to be agreed upon.  

[redacted] renamed Proximity B product with availability as follows:
     24B1.0  Gate 1B -[redacted]
     24B2.0  General Availability -[redacted]
     24B3.0  General Availability -[redacted]

The failure of Nortel to deliver the features described below by the date 
indicated will result in a discount being applied as described in Section 
4.4: 

Description of Future Deliverable               Discount      Date


1
2                       [redacted]
3
4
5
6
7
8


                                  ATTACHMENT G

                                   PRICING

The following models are as revised by Nortel through December 
11, 1997.

Merchandise pricing is as presented by Nortel through November 
25, 1997.

TCO component pricing is to be supplied, reflecting net prices.


                    Section 1:  High Level Model Overview
                    -------------------------------------

            [redacted]

In order to simplify ordering, Teligent equipment has been partitioned into 
the following stock models for point to multi-point wireless networks.  Each 
model is described in detail in the following sections, pricing is at the 
Teligent base level and does not include applicable volume discounts. 
Additional models for point-point wireless networks are provided in 
Appendix 1. 


Services Matrix
- ---------------
Program Management                                I    I     I    O 
Engineering, Installation & Testing               I    I     O    O
Power plant (sufficient to Nortel equipment       I    I     I    N/A
On-line technical assistance                      I    I     I    O
Delivery                                          I    N     N    N/A

I = Included, O = Optional, N = Not Included, N/A = Not Applicable

Items Excluded from All Models (except where otherwise stated)
- -------------------------------------------------------------
 - Ancillary equipment including but not limited to HVAC, DACS/DSX,  
   cable racks
 - Applicable taxes


                    Section 2: Teligent Central Office Models
                    -----------------------------------------

TCO Base Model: [redacted]
- --------------
A TCO start-up configuration to serve[redacted] voice lines assuming a 
[redacted] concentration level.  This model includes all necessary 
DMS-500, AccessNode HDT and Power equipment:
 
 - One (1) DMS-500 Switch 
   Including:

    [redacted]

    [redacted]

    [redacted]

TCO Voice Expansion Model  
- -------------------------
[redacted] (when ordered and installed at the same time as TCO base model)
[redacted](when ordered and installed after the TCO base model)
   
   - 

  This increases the TCO capability by [redacted] voice lines 
  assuming a [redacted] concentration level.  This model includes all 
  necessary DMS-500, AccessNode HDT Power equipment.  Since Passport 
  equipment also serves data requirements it is provided in a separate 
  model. 
  DMS-500 Switch Equipment
  Including:
     [redacted]

TCO Trunk Expansion Model  
- -------------------------
  [redacted] when ordered and installed at the same time as TCO base 
   model)

  [redacted] when ordered and installed after the TCO base model)

This increases the TCO capability by [redacted].  This model includes 
the following: 

  [redacted]

TCO Passport Model (Phase 1): [redacted]
- ---------------------------
This model provides TCO Passport capability to serve voice and data lines by 
[redacted] and includes the following:

  [redacted]

Passport Spares Model (Phase 1): [redacted]
- ---------------------
Recommended spares kit (per TCO) contains the following:

  [redacted]

TCO Passport Model (Phase 2):   [redacted]
- ----------------------------
This model provides TCO passport capability to serve voice and data lines by 
[redacted] using new development 2 port channelized DS3 card and includes 
the following:

   [redacted]

Passport Spares Model (Phase 2): [redacted]
- ------------------------------
spares kit (per TCO) contains the following:
   
   [redacted]

TCO Passport Model (Phase 1): DS-3 to OC-3 Upgrade: [redacted]
- ---------------------------------------------------

   [redacted]


Section 3: Teligent Node Models
- -------------------------------

TN's are modeled in increments of [redacted].  The table below shows the 
number of components required for each size of TN in terms of DS-1 capacity. 
All models contain an MDS50 Power system equipped with 1 HELIOS 15 Amp 
rectifier  and [redacted] battery reserve (for full configured system - 
820 w).

The provisioning rules are slightly different between Release 1 of the radio 
and Release 2 (refer to the technical proposal) - there is no difference in 
pricing between the two releases until the base station reaches a capacity of 
[redacted].

Release 1 model          
- --------------
BRU per Sector
- --------------
   BSS
   BSU
   BMU
   BRU
   RSM                         [redacted]
   Cable
   Mounting
   Bay
   Power
   Battery
   Doc
  ---------
  TN Price
  BW in OS-1
  ---------


Release 2 model        
- --------------
BRU per Sector
- --------------
   BSS
   BSU
   BMU
   BRU
   RSM                         [redacted]
   Cable
   Mounting
   Bay
   Power
   Battery
   Doc
  ---------
  TN Price
  BW in OS-1
  ---------

Based on the final design, engineering configuration and optimization, the 
Parties may agree that fewer component quantities may be required in the 
Release 2 Models, commensurate with mutually agreed-upon price 
reductions.

TN Spares Kit: [redacted]
- ------------------------
spares kit contains the following:

    [redacted]

TN Options
- ----------
The following items provide options to the basic package.  All prices are 
incremental to the basic package.


TN Cabinet:  [redacted]
- ----------------------

    - 5" [redacted] Cabinet Packaging


TN OC-3 Interface: [redacted]
- ----------------------------

   [redacted]


Section 4: Teligent Access Site Models
- --------------------------------------
[redacted] TAS Model: [redacted]
- --------------------
Installation: [redacted]

A start-up TAS configuration wired to serve [redacted] with rectifiers and 
batteries sufficient for [redacted].  This model includes all necessary 
AccessNode Express, Proximity-B Radio and Power equipment including:

       [redacted]

96-Line TAS Model: [redacted]
- ------------------ 
Installation: [redacted]                               *********************
A start-up TAS configuration wired to serve            *  supplemental     *
[redacted] lines.  This model includes                 *  exhibit - Diagram*
all necessary AccessNode Express,                      *  filed in paper   *
Proximity-B Radio and Power equipment                  *  format on Form SE*
including:                                             *                   *
                                                       *                   *
    [redacted]                                         *                   *
                                                       *********************
TAS POTS Line Cards:
- --------------------
Each line card serves [redacted].

    [redacted]

Upgrades
- --------
The following items provide upgrades to 
the basic package.  All prices are 
incremental to the basic package and 
assume purchase and installation with 
the basic package.

    [redacted]

              Appendix 1: Supplementary Models for Point-to-Point 
              ---------------------------------------------------
                            Wireless Applications
                            ---------------------
The following stock models add point to point wireless capability 
to the models included in the previous sections. 

    [redacted]

Schedule and shipments:
- ----------------------
First Shipments of Point to Point systems are scheduled to begin on 
[redacted].  Nortel understands Teligent's desire to ship in January and 
will make every effort in conjunction with Teligent to improve upon the 
existing timeline.

TCO Base M13 Model: [redacted]
- ------------------
Installation/SLAT:[redacted] (when installed at the same time as TCO 
                              base model)
Optional Installation/SLAT: [redacted] (when installed after TCO 
                              base model)  
A start-up package containing [redacted] to terminate point-
point TN traffic at the TCO.
   
    [redacted]

TCO M13 Expansion Model: [redacted]
- -----------------------
Installation/SLAT: [redacted] installed at the same time as M13 
   base model)
Optional Installation/SLAT: [redacted] (when installed after the 
   M13 base model)[redacted] to terminate TN traffic at TCO.


   [redacted]
   
TN Model (Pt-Pt) 8 DS1:[redacted] ( First availability [redacted])
- ----------------------
TN Spares Kit 8 DS1: [redacted] First availability [redacted])
- -------------------
Optional SLAT (excluding installation and civil works): 
  [redacted] TN equipped with 4 DIU
Optional RF Planning:           [redacted]/ link
Network management return path:               $TBD

[redacted]

The TN cabinet includes:

    [redacted]

    TN Spares Kit 8 DS1: [redacted]
    -------------------
    Recommended spares kit per TN contains the following:


         [redacted]


    Optional RF Planning: [redacted]
    --------------------
    RF planning include the following activities that may either be 
    performed by Nortel or by a subcontractor under Nortel supervision.

         [redacted]



                       Point to Point TAS Models
                       -------------------------
                             [redacted]

                 [redacted] Cabinet Configuration (Preliminary)

                             [redacted]

        [redacted]: [redacted]( First availability [redacted])
        Optional Installation/SLAT (excluding civil works and 
        travel): [redacted]
        A start-up TAS configuration for a point to point wireless 
        application wired to serve [redacted] with rectifiers and 
        batteries sufficient for [redacted] (excluding line cards). 
        This model includes all necessary AccessNode Express, 
        Innova Radio and Power equipment including:


                 [redacted]

[redacted]: (First availability [redacted])
- ----------
Optional Installation/SLAT (excluding civil works and travel): [redacted]
A start-up TAS configuration for a point to point wireless 
application wired to serve [redacted] excluding line cards).  
This model includes all necessary AccessNode Express, Innova 
Radio and Power equipment including:


     [redacted]

TAS Line Cards:
- --------------
Each line card serves one subscriber line.

    - POTS Line Card: [redacted]
      Supports loop start signaling and CLASS service.
    - 2W Service Adaptive Station Line Card: [redacted] 
      supports special 2-wire office services such as ISDN, Meridian 
      Business Set (i.e. P-Phone) and CO/DOD PBX trunks.
    - 2W Service Adaptive Office Line Card: [redacted]
      supports special 2-wire office services such as DID PBX 
      Trunks and FXO lines.
   

Upgrades & Options
- ------------------
The following items provide upgrades to the basic package.
All prices are incremental to the basic package and assume 
purchase and installation with the basic package.

- -  Duplicated Common Equipment: [redacted]
reduces the impact of equipment failures to one line. 
    -  Cable Package: [redacted] Includes Connectors)
       500 feet coax cables reel Belden type 89913 Plennum, 
       to connect DIU to RFU.
- -  LaMarche 100VA Power Inverter: [redacted]
Provides un-interuptable 120V ac for ancillary equipment.
 

Section 2   Merchandise and Components

      to be completed

The component and merchandise pricing shown is from Nortel's 
telefaxes of November 24 and 25, except that TCO component 
pricing is to be revised to be net prices, not list prices.


CUSTOMER:                                    Teligent
PROJECT:                                     Merchandise Price List
CONFIGURATION:                               AccessNode Express

* Prices do not include additional [redacted] contract discount which will be
  added at invoicing

               PRODUCT                         PEC       CPC         UNIT
  ITEM         DESCRIPTION                     CODE      CODE       PRICE
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   #1.0      HOST DIGITAL TERMINAL
             HDT EQUIPMENT
             7' ABM Bay , No CDS pre-wiring   NT4K03BB  A0647794    [redacted]
             Bottom Plate  (Optional)         NT4K13AA  B0231568    [redacted]
             ABM Bay Installation Kit         NT4K0120  A0398539    [redacted]
             ABM Bay Top Support / 
               Grounding Material               TBD         TBD     [redacted]
             Termination Plug                 NT7E5072  A0363083    [redacted]
             Wrist Strap                 NPS50332-01L3  A0336175    [redacted]
             Control Network Cable (1M)       NT7E44JB  A0365242    [redacted]
             Control Network Cable (5M)       NT7E44JC  A0365243    [redacted]
             Control Network Cable (10M)      NT7E44JK  A0394840    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   #2.0      COMMON EQUIPMENT SHELVES
             Access Bandwidth Manager Shelf   NT4K10AA  B0231565    [redacted]
             ABM Label Kit, English           NT4K1022  A0397896    [redacted]
             ABM Shelf Cover                  NT4K1033  A0394065    [redacted]
             Breaker Interface Panel          NT4K14AB  B0239825    [redacted]
             BIP Label Kit, English           NT4K1422  A0397898    [redacted]
             Breaker Interface Panel Cover    NT4K1490  A0395045    [redacted]
             Local Craft Access Panel         NT4K16AA  B0232290    [redacted]
             Cooling Module                   NT4K17BA  A0644781    [redacted]
             Cooling Unit Shelf               NT4K18BA  A0644780    [redacted]
             BIP -to- ABM Power Cable         NT4K84BA  A0375509    [redacted]
             Cooling Unit Power Cable         NT4K84CB  A0398133    [redacted]
             Cooling Unit Interface Cable     NT4K85JA  A0375511    [redacted]
             BIP Control Cable                NT4K85KA  A0375512    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   #3.0      OPERATIONS CONTROLLER & S/W
             OPC Module with Tape Drive       NT7E24BC  A0399043    [redacted]
             Software Rel. AN14               NT4K90JA  A0684788    [redacted]
             Fiberworld Blank DAT Tape        NT7E24TA  A0379851    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   #4.0      SOFTWARE CERTIFICATES
             AN14 Software Certificate        NTG370AH  A0679472    [redacted]
             SuperNode Integration 
               AN10/11/12/14                  NTG375AD  A0627718    [redacted]
             Data Direct (TR-303 CSC/DMS-100) 
               (AN12.31 mini                  NTG634AA  A0663614    [redacted]
             X.25 Interface                   NTG350AA  A0405636    [redacted]
             TL1 Generic Surveillance OS I/F  NTG352AC  A0627727    [redacted]
             DS1 Protection Switching 
               (Reqd for HDT)                 NTG353AA  A0405639    [redacted]
             DS1 Performance Monitoring       NTG620AA  A0609080    [redacted]
             Multi-Hosting                    NTG357AB  A0410326    [redacted]
             Standby OPC                      NTG372AA  A0402363    [redacted]
             High Speed Performance Monitor   NTG373AB  A0608836    [redacted]
             Meridian Business Set Feature 
                Package                       NTG376AB  A0409696    [redacted]
             ISDN-U Integration AN10          NTG377AB  A0608842    [redacted]
             Enhanced Administration AN10     NTG378AD  A0627719    [redacted]
             Enhanced Maintenance AN10        NTG379AB  A0608843    [redacted]
             Network View  Inventory          NTG624AA  A0609084    [redacted]
             TR-08 Interface                  NTG625AA  A0609085    [redacted]
             TL1 Generic Provisioning OS I/F  NTG626AC  A0627725    [redacted]
             CDS S/W RTU                      NTG368AC  A0634208    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  #5.0       HDT COMMON EQUIPMENT
             Processor Card                   NT4K52FA  A0628692    [redacted]
             Maintenance Interface Card       NT4K53AC  A0619177    [redacted]
             Test Access Card                 NT4K54AA  A0370303    [redacted]
             Loopback Access Interface Car    NT4K55CA  A0661614    [redacted]
             Transport Interface Card         NT4K56AC  A0409344    [redacted]
             Face Plate 1 Assy, Passive 
                 (Slots 30-45)                NT4K5830  A0396781    [redacted]
             Face Plate 2 Assy, Passive 
                 (Slots 46-53)                NT4K5840  A0396782    [redacted]
             Alarm Relay Card                 NT4K64AA  A0389031    [redacted]
             TXC Card                         NT4K75AA  A0617179    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
#6.0         HDT DS1 INTERFACE
             DS1 Protection Bridge            NT4K31AA  A0389517    [redacted]
             DS1 Input                        NT4K32AA  A0389518    [redacted]
             DS1 Output                       NT4K33AA  A0389519    [redacted]
             DS1 Enhanced VT Mapper           NT7E04EA  A0652867    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------  
#7.0         HDT TESTING
             Integrated Test Bypass Pair Card NTN516AA  A0666004    [redacted]
             Auxiliary Shelf                  NTN556AA  A0666007    [redacted]
             Aux Mounting Bracket             NTN55650  A0669059    [redacted]
             ITBP HDT Cable                   NTN558CD  A0679757    [redacted]
             Power Cable                      NTN559NA  A0689038    [redacted]
             Single Shielded Twisted Pair  
                Cable                         R0113753  R0113753    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

#8.0         HDT EXTERNAL CABLING
             Main Power Cable, UL/CSA (35')  NT4K84UA   A0399780    [redacted]
             ABM DS1 Cable (50')             NT4K85HH   A0401069    [redacted]
             9/25-Pin User Interface 
                Cable (5M)                   NT7E44EA   A0365239    [redacted]
             Parallel Telemetry Cable (30M)  NT4K85GA   A0375504    [redacted]
             OPC Cable (Port B) 5M           NT7E44RA   A0394185    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
#9.0         ANX REMOTE WALL/ FLOOR/ BAY MOUNT TERM
             Mounting
             --------
             25" ANX Enclosure               NTN473BA   A0675628    [redacted]
             ANX Enclosure Top Cover         NTN47390   A0673315    [redacted]
             Universal L-Frame               NTN474AA   A0651712    [redacted]
             Shell Shelf with Installation
                Kit                          NTN550AA   A0666006    [redacted]
             Aux Mounting Bracket            NTN55650   A0669059    [redacted]
             7'0" Bay Assembly               NT7E70AA   A0364959    [redacted]
             ABM Bay Top Support / Grounding 
                Material                       TBD        TBD       [redacted]
             Air Deflectors - VM             NTN55040   A0665980    [redacted]
             Air Deflectors - DM             NTN55044   A0680159    [redacted]

             Air Deflector, Full Width       NTN55045   A0680161    [redacted]
             Auxiliary Shelf
             ---------------
             Auxiliary Shelf                 NTN556AA   A0666007    [redacted]
             Mini-250/48V Power Supply       NTN559JA   A0680567    [redacted]
             Mini-500/48V Power Supply       NTN559HA   A0680566    [redacted]
             Mini-500 48V Rectifier Module   NT5C15AA   A0638309    [redacted]
             Remote Power Cable, 10 ft       NTN55645   A0679756    [redacted]
             Integrated Test Bypass Pair 
                 (ITBP) Card                 NTN516AA   A0666004    [redacted]
             ITBP Intershelf Cable, 6 ft     NTN558CA   A0673312    [redacted]
             ITBP Intershelf Cable, 50 ft    NTN558CB   A0678054    [redacted]
             ITBP Intershelf Cable, 150 ft   NTN558CC   A0678055    [redacted]
             ITBP Intershelf Cable, 
                  18 inches                  NTN558CF   A0687426    [redacted]
             Single Shielded Twisted 
                  Pair Cable                 R0113753   R0113753    [redacted]
             Miscellaneous
             -------------
             PC GUI Software                 NTN591AA   A0684432    [redacted]
             ANX Software RTU                NTN590AA   A0684431    [redacted]
             DS1 Cable, 6 pr 26 awg, 50 ft   NTN558AA   A0673310    [redacted]
             DS1 Cable, 6 pr 26 awg, 6 ft    NTN558AB   A0675633    [redacted]
             50-pair VF Cable (10')          NTN558DA   A0679776    [redacted]
             50-pair  VF Cable (50')         NTN558DB   A0679778    [redacted]
             50-pair  VF Cable (150')        NTN558DC   A0679779    [redacted]
             100-pair VF Cable (10')         NTN558EA   A0679780    [redacted]
             100-pair VF Cable (50')         NTN558EB   A0679781    [redacted]
             100-pair VF Cable (150')        NTN558EC   A0679782    [redacted]
             6' Extension VF Cable           NTN558HA   A0684697    [redacted]
             25-pair VF Cable (50')          NTN558HB   A0684698    [redacted]
             25-pair VF Cable (100')         NTN558HC   A0684699    [redacted]
             Spares
             ------
             Mini-500 48V DC Distribution    NT6C34DB   A0643608    [redacted]
             Mini-500 48V Controller Assy    NT6C34CA   A0643606    [redacted]
             I/O Module for 48L VM           NTN555AA   A0664182    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
#10.0        BATTERY BACKUP OPTION
             ---------------------
             18" ANX Enclosure               NTN473AA   A0651539    [redacted]
             ANX Enclosure Top Cover         NTN47390   A0673315    [redacted]
             Battery Kit  (Cables, 
               Tray and Bracket)             NTN559KA   A0680568    [redacted]
             Johnson-Controls TEL12-45 
               Battery                       A0672263   A0672263    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
#11.0        TRANSPORT OPTIONS
             -----------------
             18" ANX Enclosure               NTN473AA   A0651539    [redacted]
             ANX Enclosure Top Cover         NTN47390   A0673315    [redacted]
             Westcom T-1 Repeater Shelf 
                Model 3192                   A0368502   A0368502    [redacted]
             OC-1 Fiber Shelf                                       [redacted]
             Kit, 28 DS1 Test Panel          NTN559AA   A0675991    [redacted]
             Kit, 28 DS1 Test + DSX Field    NTN559BA   A0675992    [redacted]
             Kit, DSX3 Chassis Module 
                and cable                    NTN559CA   A0678690    [redacted]
             Kit, 28 DS1 Wire Wrap Field     NTN559DA   A0678691    [redacted]
             Fiber Splice Tray               NTN559EA   A0678692    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  #12.0        DATA MODULE EQUIPMENT
             Common Equipment
             ----------------
             Kit, DM + Common Equipment      NTN601AA   A0681135    [redacted]
             NTN601AA Includes equipment with *
             *Data Module Chassis            NTN605AA   A0675651    [redacted]
             Data Module Pwr Supply          NTN610AA   A0675653    [redacted]
             *Data Chassis Power Cable       NTN606AA   A0675684    [redacted]
             Data Module Power Cable (4FT)   NTN606BA   A0682687    [redacted]
             Data Module Power Cable (5FT)   NTN606CA   A0682688    [redacted]
             Interface Card
             --------------
             *8 T1/E1 IF, 128k NVRAM         NTN620AA   A0675655    [redacted]
             CPU Cards & Firmware
             --------------------
             *CPU Card XCON (5.x)            NTN621AA   A0675656    [redacted]
             *Firmware, CPU Host Ver.5.0     NTN62141   A0681136    [redacted]
             Firmware, CPU Host Ver.5.1      NTN62142   A0684429    [redacted]
             TCP/IP/SNMP Telnet/SNMP (s/w)   NTN62131   A0682593    [redacted]
             WAN Interface Cards and Personality Modules
             -------------------------------------------
             WAN Card, 1 x T1/E1             NTN622AA   A0675657    [redacted]
             WAN Card, 2 x T1/E1             NTN622BA   A0675659    [redacted]
             HDSL Card, 2 x T1/E1 HDSL       NTN622CA   A0675660    [redacted]
             WAN Card Module - DSX/CEPT 
                Line Interfac                NTN624AA   A0675661    [redacted]
             WAN Card Module - CSU Line 
                Interface                    NTN624BA   A0675662    [redacted]
             WAN Card Module - HDSL Line 
                Interface                    NTN624CA   A0675663    [redacted]
             User Interface Cards
             --------------------
             E&M/TO Card 2-wire, 8 ports     NTN630AA  A0675664    [redacted]
             E&M/TO Card 4-wire - Extended 
                 Range, 4 p                  NTN630BA  A0675665    [redacted]
             HSU Card 2 - port w/ RS-530 
                 (DB25)                      NTN631AA  A0675666    [redacted]
             HSU Card 2 - port w/ V.35  
                 (DB25)                      NTN631BA  A0675667    [redacted]
             HSU Card 2 - port w/ RS-530/V.35 
                 & RS366                     NTN631CA  A0675668    [redacted]
             HSU Card 4 - port w/ RS-530/V.35 
                 (DB26)                      NTN631DA  A0675669    [redacted]
             SRU Card, 10-port               NTN632AA  A0675670    [redacted]
             FRAD Card, 10-port, RS-232, 
                 HDLC and Syn                NTN633AA  A0675671    [redacted]
             OCU-DP Card 10-Port             NTN634AA  A0675672    [redacted]
             DSO-DP Card, 4-ports            NTN635AA  A0675675    [redacted]
             BRI "S/T" Card 8-port, 4-wire   NTN636CA  A0675678    [redacted]
             Single Port Kit v.25 NTU 
                 (20/Pack)                   NTN654AA  A0682591    [redacted]
            Installation Kit FOR SERIES 
                  2560 NTU                   NTN654BA  A0683656    [redacted]
            Server Cards
            ------------
            ISDN PRI Server, 2 PRI Channels ?
                  wasn't incl on P           NTN640AA  A0675679    [redacted]
            ACS Card, Frame Relay            NTN641AA  A0675680    [redacted]
            ACS Card, MCC                    NTN641BA  A0675681    [redacted]
            ACS Card, ATM DS3                NTN641CA  A0675682    [redacted]
            ATM Concentrator V1.1 (f/w)      NTN64161  A0682597    [redacted]
            Frame Relay Server V1.5 (f/w)    NTN64141  A0682594    [redacted]
            MCC Firmware Ver 1.0             NTN64151  A0682596    [redacted]
            MCC Firmware Ver 1.1             NTN64152  A0684430    [redacted]
            Other Cards
            -----------
            Steel Filler Panel               NTN611AA  A0675652    [redacted]
            External Alarms, 4-port, 
               4 inputs & 4 outputs          NTN612AA  A0675654    [redacted]
            BRI NTU                                                [redacted]
            HDSL NTU                                               [redacted]
            Cables
            ------
            1 Amp (M) to bare end, 6 ft      NTN650AA  A0675685    [redacted]
            2 Amp (M) to bare end, 25 ft     NTN650BA  A0675686    [redacted]
            RJ-48(M) to DB25(M) VT-100 
               cable, 15 ft.                 NTN650CA  A0675687    [redacted]
            Gndr chgr: DB25/DB25             NTN650DA  A0675688    [redacted]
            RJ-48 to open end, 10 ft         NTN650EA  A0675689    [redacted]
            DB26(M) to M34(F) Straight-thru, 
               6-ft                          NTN651AA  A0675690    [redacted]
            DB26(M) to M34(M) Straight-thru, 
               6-ft                          NTN651BA  A0675691    [redacted]
            DB26(M) to DB26(F) V.35 ext'n, 
               25 ft                         NTN651CA  A0675693    [redacted]
            DB25(M) to M34(F) Straight-thru 
               V.35 cab                      NTN651DA  A0675694    [redacted]
            DB25(M) to M34(M) Straight-thru 
               V.35 cab                      NTN651EA  A0675695    [redacted]
            DB15(M) to DB25(F) RS366 s
               traight-thru,                 NTN651FA  A0675696    [redacted]
            RJ48(M) to DB25(F) Straight-thru,
               6-ft,                         NTN652AA  A0675697    [redacted]
           RJ48(M) to DB25(F) Straight-thru,
               6-ft                          NTN652BA  A0675699    [redacted]
           RJ48(M) to DB25(M) Straight-thru, 
               6-ft                          NTN652CA  A0675701    [redacted]

           RS530 to V.35 Converter           NTN653AA  A0675702    [redacted]
           RS530 to RS232 Converter          NTN653BA  A0675703    [redacted]
           DB25(M)-to-DB25(M), RS530 
               Gender Chgr                   NTN655AA  A0721086    [redacted]
           HSU-Trunk, DTE                    NTN656AA  A0721087    [redacted]
           HSU-Trunk, DCE                    NTN656BA  A0721088    [redacted]
           Personality Module 1252 Cable     NTN656CA  A0721089    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------
  #13.0      VOICE MODULE EQUIPMENT
           48 Line Voice Module  (VM)        NTN551AA  A0673309    [redacted]
           Common Equipment
           ----------------
          Controller  (Processor)            NTN510AA  A0664179    [redacted]
          PSURA  (Power Supply/Ring Amp)     NTN501AA  A0664181    [redacted]
          TBF (Talk Battery Filter for 96L)  NTN515AA  A0666002    [redacted]
          ITU  (Internal Test Unit)          NTN511AA  A0664180    [redacted]
          Line Cards
          ----------
          Omega 2W Station Line Card         NT4K67AC  A0407068    [redacted]
          Omega 2W Office Line Card          NT4K68AA  A0367099    [redacted]
          Omega 4W Line Card                 NT4K69AA  A0367100    [redacted]
          2-Wire Manual Ringdown Line        NT4K78AA  A0397226    [redacted]
          UVG Station Line Card              NT4K79AB  A0618283    [redacted]
          Epsilon II  (POTS Only)            NTN502AA  A0665474    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
#14.0     ANX REMOTE TERMINAL, OSP
          ANX ModCab
          ----------
         ANX standard OSP (Evergood OSP)    NTN570AA   A0675994    [redacted]
         Johnson-Controls TEL12-45 Battery  A0672263   A0672263    [redacted]
         Mini-500/48V Power Supply          NTN559HA   A0680566    [redacted]
         Mini-500 48V Rectifier Module      NT5C15AA   A0638309    [redacted]
         Auxiliary Shelf                    NTN556BA   A0678056    [redacted]
         Cabinet Mounting
         ----------------
         Anchor Plate Assy Kit              NTN57016   A0679771    [redacted]
         Shim Kit                           A0667167   A0667167    [redacted]
         Pole Mount Kit                     A0688549   A0688549    [redacted]
         Power Pedestal/Load Box Options
         -------------------------------
         Power Ped, 100Amp, UL, Hubbell, 
             Sgl Ph                         A0659135   A0659135    [redacted]
         Power Ped, 100A, UL, Crouse Hds, 
             Sgl Ph                         A0659138   A0659138    [redacted]
         Power Ped, 100A, CSA, Crouse Hds, 
             Sgl Ph                         A0659253   A0659253    [redacted]
         Disc Module (Load Box), 100A       A0659143   A0659143    [redacted]
         Power Ped, 100A, UL, Hubbell, 
             Sgl Ph w A                     A0672175   A0672175    [redacted]
         Internal ATS Disconnect Upgrade 
             Kit                            A0672177   A0672177    [redacted]
         Protector Blocks/Modules
         ------------------------
        100-pair HF Prot Block 3M MS2       NT3W30CA   B0247186    [redacted]
        100-pair HF Prot Block AT&T 710     NT3W30DA   B0247187    [redacted]
        100-pair VF Prot Block 3M MS2       NT3W30QA   B0247511    [redacted]
        100-pair VF Prot Block AT&T 710     NT3W30RA   B0247512    [redacted]
        100-pair VF Prot Block -to- 
            Reliant BP                      NT3W30LA   B0247507    [redacted]
        Binding Post Mounting Bracket       P0843862   P0843862    [redacted]
        Binding Post Test Probe             A0663883   A0663883    [redacted]
        Blue Label Binding Post Kit         R0117879   R0117879    [redacted]
        Green label Binding Post Kit        R0117881   R0117881    [redacted]
        50-pair Binding Post -to- 3M MS2, 
            Long                            NT3W31AA   B0247194    [redacted]
        50-pair Binding Post -to- 3M MS2, 
            Short                           NT3W31NA   B0247421    [redacted]
        50-pair Binding Post -to- AT&T 710, 
            Long                            NT3W31BA   B0247201    [redacted]
        50-pair Binding Post -to- AT&T 710, 
            Short                           NT3W31PA   B0247422    [redacted]
        Binding Post Test Kit               NT3W50AG   B0248379    [redacted]
        100-pair Prot Block -to- Nortel BIX NT3W30NA   B0247509    [redacted]
        Nortel BIX Mounting Bracket         P0843861   P0843861    [redacted]
        Blue Label Nortel BIX Kit           P0859944   P0859944    [redacted]
        25-pair Nortel BIX Block -to- 3M 
            MS2                             NT3W31GA   B0247195    [redacted]
        25-pair Nortel BIX Block -to- 
            AT&T 710                        NT3W31HA   B0247203    [redacted]
        400V 7A Fail Short Gas, Black, 
            Tin Pins                        303-0750   A0312598    [redacted]
        300V SS Prot, Black, Gold Pins   303M-11A1G0   A0341959    [redacted]
        300V SS Prot, Black, Tin Pins    303M-11A1TO   A0341961    [redacted]
        300V SS w/Heat Coils Prot, Black, 
           Tin Pins                      303M-12A1TA   A0353718    [redacted]
        240V SS Prot, Black, Tin Pins    303M-11A1KO   A0342431    [redacted]
        400V 9A Fail Short Gas, Red, 
           Tin Pins                         303-0970   A0298238    [redacted]
        300V SS Prot, Red, Gold Pins     303M-11A3G0   A0341960    [redacted]
        300V SS Prot, Red, Tin Pins      303M-11A3TO   A0341962    [redacted]
        300V SS w/Heat Coils Prot, Red, 
           Tin Pins                      303M-12A3TA   A0353719    [redacted]
        240V SS Prot, Red, Tin Pins      303M-11A3KO   A0342434    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
#15.0   ANX-MODCAB TRANSPORT OPTIONS
        T1/HDSL Repeaters
        -----------------
        Westcom Repeater Kit w/ Cables      NTN575BA   A0679784    [redacted]
        Fuse & Alarm Repeater Module         3192-9F   A0368064    [redacted]
        Power Office Repeater Module    NPS5097702L1   A0368063    [redacted]
        Cut-Thru Repeater Module             3192-9C   A0368065    [redacted]
        Bridge Office Repeater Module        3192-9B   A0368066    [redacted]
        Remote Testing Adapters
        -----------------------
        ITBP Adapter Kit                    NTN576AA   A0679790    [redacted]
        4Tel RMU Wiring harness kit         NTN576BA   A0679791    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #16.0  DOCUMENTATION
        AN14 NTP'S on Paper                 NT4K00GB   A0688333    [redacted]
        AN14 NTP's on CD-ROM                NT4K00GP   A0685487    [redacted]
        AN14 Quick Reference Guide          NT4K00JG   A0688808    [redacted]
        AN14 Planning Guide                 NTR410GA   A0681055    [redacted]
        ANX Data Module Users Guide         NTN680AA   A0684433    [redacted]
        ABM Bay Installation Guide          P0833108   P0833108    [redacted]
        ANX Maintenance Guide               P0873660   P0873660    [redacted]
        ANX Ordering Guide                  P0873662   P0873662    [redacted]
        PC-GUI Users Guide                  P0873663   P0873663    [redacted]
        ANX-ModCab Installation Guide       P0871629   P0871629    [redacted]
        ANX VM Quick Ref Guide              P0876010   P0876010    [redacted]
        ANX Wall Mt Quick Ref Guide         P0876011   P0876011    [redacted]
        ANX Data Module Quick Ref Guide     P0875696   P0875696    [redacted]
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  
                      NORTEL MAGELLAN
                      ---------------

                                North American ($US) Prices
- --------------------------------------------------------------
  HARDWARE                                      North American
                                               Unit Price ($US)
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Packages (Model  160):
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
AC Seismic Cabinet Package             QMY733B      [redacted]
DC Seismic Cabinet Package             QMY734B      [redacted]
Seismic Cabinet                        NTFN23XX     [redacted]
Anchoring Kit                          QMY709X      [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Passport Shelf - AC Power (16 slot)    NTBP05XX     [redacted]
Passport Shelf - DC Power (16 slot)    NTBP64XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Packages (Model  50):
- -------------------
AC Rack Mount Package                  QMY725X      [redacted]
AC Stand-alone Package                 QMY726X      [redacted]
AC Stand-alone Package with Covers     QMY727X      [redacted]
DC Rack Mount Package                  QMY728X      [redacted]
DC Standalone Package                  QMY729X      [redacted]
DC Standalone Package with Covers      QMY730X      [redacted]
Model 50 Shelf Assembly                NTEP39XX     [redacted]
Left Bus Terminator Assembly           NTEP05XX     [redacted]
Shelf Assembly with Cooling Unit Only  NTEP06XX     [redacted]
Right Bus Terminator                   NTBP10XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Packages (Model  50 with CFP1 Base Package Types):
- ------------------------------------------------
AC Rack Mount Package (with CFP1)      QMY731X      [redacted]
DC Rack Mount Package (with CFP1)      QMY732X      [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Packages (Model  30 with CFP1 Base Package Types):
- ------------------------------------------------
Passport Model 30 Base Package
   (with CFP1)                         QMY435X      [redacted]
Passport Model 30 N. American Voice Package
   (with CFP1)                         QMY436X      [redacted]
Passport Model 30 European Voice Package
   (with CFP1)                         QMY437X      [redacted]
Model 30 Shelf Assembly                NTHQ01X      [redacted]
Desk Top Kit                           NTHQ05XX     [redacted]
Vertical Mount Kit                     NTHQ08XX     [redacted]
Rack Mount Kit                         NTHQ04XX     [redacted]
Rear Fanout Mount Kit                  NTHQ09XX     [redacted]
Cable Management Unit                  NTHQ10XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
FPs and Interfaces (Model 160, Model  50 and Model 30)
- -----------------------------------------------------
Control Processor (Model 160 and 
  Model  50)                           NTBP12XX     [redacted]
Control Function Processor (CFP1, 
 for Model 50 and Model 30)            NTFP61XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Eight-port V.35 FP,16M                 NTFN46XX     [redacted]
Eight-port V.35 FP,32M                 NTFN73XX     [redacted]
Eight-port V.11 FP,16M                 NTFN45XX     [redacted]
Eight-port V.11 FP,32M                 NTFN49XX     [redacted]
Four-port DS1 FP, 16M                  NTFN47XX     [redacted]
Four-port E1 FP, 16M                   NTFN48XX     [redacted]
Four-port Channelized DS1 FP 16M       NTFN52XX     [redacted]
Four-port Channelized DS1 FP 32M       NTFL04XX     [redacted]
Four-port Channelized E1 FP 16M        NTFN57XX     [redacted]
Four-port Channelized E1 FP 32M        NTFK01XX     [redacted]
Eight-port DS1 Unch.  FP, 16M          NTFN56XX     [redacted]
One-port DS3 FP16M                     NTFN71XX     [redacted]
One-port DS3 FP32M                     NTFN50XX     [redacted]
One-port E3 FP,16M                     NTFN51XX     [redacted]
One-port HSSI  FP,16M                  NTFN58AA     [redacted]
One-port DS3 Channelized, 32M FP       NTFP67XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Three-port DS1 ATM FP                  NTFP30XX     [redacted]
Three-port E1 ATM FP                   NTFP32XX     [redacted]
Four-port DS1 AAL1 CES FP              NTFP80XX     [redacted]
Four-port E1 AAL1 CES FP               NTFP82XX     [redacted]
Eight-port DS1 ATM UNI/IMA FP          NTFN14XX     [redacted]
Eight-port E1 ATM UNI/IMA FP           NTFN16XX     [redacted]
Three-port E3 ATM FP                   NTFP17XX     [redacted]
Three-port DS3 ATM FP                  NTFP18XX     [redacted]
Three-port OC3/STM-1 ATM Multimode FP  NTFP16X      [redacted]
Three-port OC3/STM-1 ATM Singlemode FP NTFP38XX     [redacted]
Two-port 6 Mbps ATM FP                 NTFP58XX     [redacted]
Four-port AAL1 FP                      NTFP80XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Four-port Token Ring FP,16M            NTFN42XX     [redacted]
Six-port Ethernet FP,16M               NTFN59XX     [redacted]
ILS Forwarder FP                       NTFN18XX     [redacted]
One-port FDDI  Multimode FP,16M        NTFN61XX     [redacted]
One-port FDDI  Singlemode FP,16M       NTFN60XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
One-port TTC2M Voice FP                NTBP96XX     [redacted]
One-port DS1 Voice FP                  NTFP41XX     [redacted]
One-port E1 Voice FP                   NTFP43XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Blank Function Processor Face Plate 
  (PP160 and PP50)                     NTBP23XX     [redacted]
Blank Power Converter Face Plate
  (PP160)                              NTBP51XX     [redacted]
Blank Power Converter Face Plate (PP50)NTEP41XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Power Supply 
- ------------
AC Power Converter (Model  160)        NTBP09XX     [redacted]
DC Power Converter (Model  160)        NTBP52XX     [redacted]
AC Power Converter (Model  50)         NTEP26XX     [redacted]
DC Power Converter (Model  50)         NTEP27XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Power Cords (Model 160 & 50)
- ---------------------------
AC Power Cord - N.A., Thailand, Korea, 
aiwan and CALA (excl. Argentina)       NTFP83XX     [redacted]
AC Power Cord - Japan                  NTFP84XX     [redacted]
AC Power Cord - U.K., Ireland, and 
   Hong Kong                           NTFP85XX     [redacted]
AC Power Cord - Continental Europe and 
   Indonesia                           NTFP86XX     [redacted]
AC Power Cord - Australia, New Zealand, 
   China, and Argentina                NTFP87XX     [redacted]
AC Power Cord - Switzerland            NTFP88XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Seismic Cabinet Components
- --------------------------
Configured Seismic Cabinet Assembly 
   (AC Power)                          NTFN26XX     [redacted]
Configured Seismic Cabinet Assembly 
   (DC Power)                          NTFN32XX     [redacted]
Seismic Cabinet                        NTFN23XX     [redacted]
Seismic Cabinet Mounting Rail Kit      NTFN36XX     [redacted]
Seismic Cabinet Anchoring Kit          NTFN37XX     [redacted]
Seismic Shelf Mounting Collar Kit      NTFN38XX     [redacted]
Door Alarm Cable                       NTBP42XX     [redacted]
External Alarm Board                   NTBP69XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Cabinet Components (Model  50)
- -----------------------------
Front/Rear Cover Kit                   NTEP19XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Cooling Unit Assembly (Model  160)
- ---------------------------------
Cooling Unit                           NTBP07XX     [redacted]
Air FilterNTBP0702[redacted]
Cooling Unit Drawer                    NTBP0701     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Cooling Components (Model  50)
- -----------------------------
Air Filter Replacement Pad             A0626924     [redacted]
Cooling Unit Door Assembly             NTEP13XX     [redacted]
Cooling Unit Assembly                  NTEP14XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Termination Panels (Model  160 and Model  50)
- --------------------------------------------
V.35 Termination Panel (2 units high)  NTBP53XX     [redacted]
DS3/E3 Termination Panel (1 unit high) NTBP99AA     [redacted]
V.35 Termination Panel (1 units high)  NTFP08AA     [redacted]
V.11 Termination Panel (1 units high)  NTFP09AA     [redacted]
DS1/E1 Balanced Termination Panel 
   (1 units high)                      NTFP10AA     [redacted]
E1 Unbalanced Termination Panel 
   (1 units high)                      NTFP11AA     [redacted]
Ethernet Fanout Panel (Passport 160)   NTFP23XX     [redacted]
DS3/E3 ATM Termination Panel 
   (Passport 160)                      NTFP99AA     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Termination Panels (Model  50 only)
- ----------------------------------
Integrated V.35 Termination Panel      NTEP21XX     [redacted]
Integrated V.11 Termination Panel      NTEP22XX     [redacted]
Integrated DS1/E1 Balanced Termination
    Panel                              NTEP23XX     [redacted]
Integrated E1 Unbalanced Termination 
    Panel                              NTEP24XX     [redacted]
Integrated DS3/E3 Balanced Termination 
     Panel                             NTEP37XX     [redacted]
Integrated Ethernet Fanout Panel       NTEP42XX     [redacted]
Integrated FDDI Fanout Panel           NTEP46XX     [redacted]
DS3/E3 ATM Termination Panel 
    (Passport 50)                      NTEP53AA     [redacted]
CFP1 V.35 Termination Panel            NTFN06XX     [redacted]
CFP1 V.11 Termination Panel            NTFN05XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Cable Management Unit (Model 160)      NTBP08XX     [redacted]
Cable Management Unit (Model 30)       NTBP10XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Cables (Models 160, 50 and 30) 
- -----------------------------
Passport to DPN Interconnect Cable 
   (5M)                                NTFP21AA     [redacted]
Passport to DPN Interconnect Cable
   (10M)                               NTFP21AB     [redacted]
DCE V.24 Operator Cable                NTBP25XX     [redacted]
DS1 Termination Panel Cable  (3M)      NTBP27AA     [redacted]
DS1 Termination Panel Cable  (15M)     NTBP27AB     [redacted]
E1 Termination Panel Cable  (3M)       NTBP28AA     [redacted]
E1 Termination Panel Cable  (15M)      NTBP28AB     [redacted]
V.35/V.11 Termination Panel Cable (3M) NTBP29CA     [redacted]
V.35/V.11 Termination Panel Cable 
  (10M)                                NTBP29CB     [redacted]
V.35/V.11 Termination Panel Cable
   (15M)                               NTBP29CC     [redacted]
Grounding Cable                        NTBP63XX     [redacted]
Shelf Alarm Interconnect Cable         NTBP73XX     [redacted]
Ethernet Cable (3M) (Passport 
   160 only)                           NTFN03XX     [redacted]
Ethernet Cable (15M) (Passport 
   160 only)                           NTFN04XX     [redacted]
DS3/E3 Termination Panel Cable (3 M)   NTFP19AA     [redacted]
DS3/E3 Termination Panel Cable (15 M)  NTFP19AB     [redacted]
DS3/E3 Termination Panel Cable w/Ferrite
   (3 M)                               NTFP19AD     [redacted]
DS3/E3 Termination Panel Cable w/Ferrite 
   (15 M)                              NTFP19AE     [redacted]
DS3/E3 Interface Cable (3 M)           NTFP20AA     [redacted]
DS3/E3 Interface Cable (15 M)          NTFP20AB     [redacted]
DS3/E3 ATM Termination Panel Control 
   Cable (1M)                          NTFP52AA     [redacted]
DS3/E3 ATM Termination Panel Control 
   Cable (3M)                          NTFP52AB     [redacted]
DS3/E3 ATM Termination Panel Control 
   Cable (15M)                         NTFP52AC     [redacted]
DS1 Termination Cable (3M)  
   (8 port DS1 FP)                     NTFP69AA     [redacted]
DS1 Termination Cable (15M)  
   (8 port DS1 FP)                     NTFP69AB     [redacted]
HSSI null modem cable  (3M)            NTFP94AA     [redacted]
HSSI null modem cable (50')            NTFP95AA     [redacted]
HSSI 1:1 cable assembly (3M)           NTFP96AA     [redacted]
HSSI 1:1 cable assembly (50')          NTFP97AA     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Cables (Model 50 only)
- ---------------------
DS1 Integrated Termination Panel 
   Cable (32")                         NTEP01XX     [redacted]
E1 Integrated Termination Panel 
   Cable (32)                          NTEP02AA     [redacted]
E1/E1V/DS1/DS1V Integrated Termination 
   Panel Cable (1M)                    NTEP02BA     [redacted]
V.35/V.11 Integrated Termination Panel 
   Cable (1M)                          NTEP03CA     [redacted]
V.35/V.11 Integrated Termination Panel 
   Cable (1M) - also used for CFP1     NTEP03DA     [redacted]
FDDI Fiber Optic Cable                 NTFN01XX     [redacted]
Ethernet Cable (1M)                    NTFN02XX     [redacted]
DS3/E3 Termination Panel Cable (1 M)   NTFP19AC     [redacted]
DS3/E3 Termination Panel Cable 
   w/Ferrite (1M)                      NTFP19AF     [redacted]
DS3/E3 Interface Cable (0.8 M)         NTFP20AC     [redacted]
DS1 Termination Cable (30) 
   - Passport 50                       NTFP70AA     [redacted]
DS1 Termination Cable (36") 
   - Passport 50                       NTFP70AB     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Cables (Model 30 only)
- ---------------------
Ferrite Bead Cable (for CFP1 
   LAN ports)                          NTHQ11XX     [redacted]
V.35/V.11 Integrated Termination 
   Panel (1M) - also used for CFP1     NTEP03DA     [redacted]
E1/E1V/DS1/DS1V Integrated Termination 
   Panel Cable (1M)                    NTEP02BA     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Mounting Kits
- -------------
Rack Mounting Kit                      NTEP17XX     [redacted]
Standalone Mounting Kit                NTEP40XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Miscellaneous Items
- -------------------
Air Filter Pad (Model  160)            A0383866     [redacted]
Model 160 Anchoring Kit                QMY709 X     [redacted]
Antistatic Wriststrap (Model 160 
   and 50)                             A0378999     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Base Software
- -------------
Passport 160 Base Software             NTJ200XX     [redacted]
Passport 50 Base Software              NTJ212XX     [redacted]
Passport 30 Base Software              NTJ230XX     [redacted]
CFP1 Software                          NTJ226AE     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Routing Software
- ----------------
Path Oriented Routing Software         NTJ206XX     [redacted]
Connectionless Routing Software        NTJ203XX     [redacted]
Application Software
- --------------------
DPN Gateway Software                   NTJ201XX     [redacted]
Passport- Network Trunk Software       NTJ202XX     [redacted]
Frame Relay UNI Software               NTJ204XX     [redacted]
Frame Relay NNI Software               NTJ205XX     [redacted]
Frame Relay UNI SVC Software           NTJ222XX     [redacted]
Frame Relay / ATM PVC Service
   Interworking                        NTJ227XX     [redacted]
Frame Relay Trace Software             NTJ228AE     [redacted]
ATM Software                           NTJ214XX     [redacted]
Networking Protocols (ECMA & QSIG)     NTJ225XX     [redacted]
Voice Transport Service Software       NTJ207XX     [redacted]
Voice Compression Software             NTJ208XX     [redacted]
Voice Networking Software              NTJ224XX     [redacted]
Lan Protocols                          NTJ216XX     [redacted]
Link Protocols                         NTJ218XX     [redacted]
Filtering Software                     NTJ219XX     [redacted]
Virtual Networking Software            NTJ223XX     [redacted]
Speech Activity Detection Software     NTJ209XX     [redacted]
HDLC Transparent Data Software         NTJ210XX     [redacted]
Bit Transparent Data Software          NTJ211XX     [redacted]
Echo Cancellation Software             NTJ213XX     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Complete Voice Software, includes :    QMYJ201AC    [redacted]
Complete Lan Software, includes :      QMYJ202AA    [redacted]

- --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                NA Price ($US)
               NMS
             S/W Licenses            (per copy)  (Site License)
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Magellan NMS Optional Package (R10 CDROM)
- ----------------------------------------
NMS Base                               NTJ100AG     [redacted]
Advisor                                NTJ101AG     [redacted]
DPN Provisioning                       NTJ103AJ     [redacted]
DPN Backup and Restore                 NTJ103AM     [redacted]
Passport Provisioning                  NTJ103AK     [redacted]
Passport Backup and Restore            NTJ103AN     [redacted]
Configuration Server                   NTJ103AL     [redacted]
Passport Global Data Manager           NTJ115AC     [redacted]
Passport Module Manager                NTJ500AC     [redacted]
SNMP Integrator                        NTJ112AC     [redacted]
Network Activation Tool                NTJ118AC     [redacted]
Magellan View                          NTJ126AA     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Magellan Data Provider (per copy)      NTJ113AC     [redacted]
Magellan Data Provider (network 
   license)                            NTJ113AC     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                NA Price ($US)
                                                  (per copy)
- --------------------------------------------------------------
X-AMINER Options:
- ----------------
    Basic Data Reporter (BDR)          NTJ303AA     [redacted]
    Enhanced Statistics Reporter (ESR) NTJ303AB     [redacted]
    Magellan Accounting Reporter (MAR) NTJ303AE     [redacted]
    Passport Data Reporter (PDR)       NTJ303AF     [redacted]
    X.11 Multi-Access Software for  
      X-AMINER (up to five users)      NTJ303AD     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
X-PLORER Options:
- ----------------
    Configurator                       NTJ302AA     [redacted]
    Tariff Coster                      NTJ302AB     [redacted]
    Traffic Modeling                   NTJ302AC     [redacted]
    Model Link                         NTJ302AE     [redacted]
    Architect Link                     NTJ302AJ     [redacted]
    Passport Modeling                  NTJ302AG     [redacted]
    End-to-End Delay                   NTJ302AH     [redacted]
    User Re-Homing                     NTJ302AF     [redacted]
    ATM Modeling                       NTJ302AL     [redacted]
    X.11 Multi-Access Software for X-PLORER
      (up to five users)               NTJ302AK     [redacted]
    Traffic Link                       NTJ302AM     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Service Management Reporter
- ---------------------------
SMR Core System                        NTJ304AA     [redacted]
Data Populator - Magellan BDF 
   Accounting                          NTJ305AA     [redacted]
Data Populator - Magellan Statistics   NTJ306AA     [redacted]
Data Populator - SNMP Statistics       NTJ307AA     [redacted]
Reports - Frame Relay 
   Usage/Availability                  NTJ308AA     [redacted]
Reports - Backbone Statistics          NTJ309AA     [redacted]
Reports - Standard Access Usage        NTJ310AA     [redacted]
Reports - Standard Access Daily Calls  NTJ311AA     [redacted]
Reports - LAN Interconnect Reports     NTJ312AA     [redacted]
Reports - X.25 Statistics              NTJ321AA     [redacted]
Reports - ATM Accounting Reports       NTJ319AA     [redacted]
Reports - ATM Trunk Statistics/Usage   NTJ318AA     [redacted]
Reports - ATM Trunk 
   Statistics/Exception                NTJ320AA     [redacted]
Multi-Client License - 3 additional 
   clients license                     NTJ314AA     [redacted]
Multi-Client License - 10 additional 
   clients license                     NTJ315AA     [redacted]
SMR Installation (Travel and Living
   not included)                       NTJ316AA     [redacted]
Training (Travel and Living not
   included)                           NTJ317AA     [redacted]
- --------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Service Monitor Pricing                        Unit Price ($US)
- -----------------------
Base Packages
- -------------
Service Monitor Base (20 VPNs) 
   - Electronic                        NTJ114AP     [redacted]
Service Monitor Base (50 VPNs)
   - Electronic                        NTJ114AH     [redacted]
License for Additional 50 VPNs
   - Electronic                        NTJ114AJ     [redacted]
Service Monitor Base (20 VPNs) - CDROM NTJ114AN     [redacted]
Service Monitor Base (50 VPNs) - CDROM NTJ114AC     [redacted]
License for Additional 50 VPNs - CDROM NTJ114AD     [redacted]
Service Monitor Applications  
- ----------------------------
Performance Data Viewer - Electronic   NTJ114AK     [redacted]
Command Application - Electronic       NTJ114AM     [redacted]
HP Open View for Windows Integration 
   - Electronic                        NTJ114AL     [redacted]
Performance Data Viewer - CDROM        NTJ114AE     [redacted]
Command Application - CDROM            NTJ114AG     [redacted]
HP Open View for Windows Integration
   - CDROM                             NTJ114AF     [redacted]
Service Report Distribution - CDROM    NTJ114AQ     [redacted]
Connection Manager - CDROM             NTJ114AR     [redacted]
Local Grouping Tool - CDROM            NTJ114AS     [redacted]
Third Party Resource Integration 
   - CDROM                             NTJ114AT     [redacted]
- -----------------------------------------------------------------


                              ATTACHMENT H

                           STATEMENT OF WORK

DRAFTED             Revision required

         Due by:

         Draft due from:   Teligent

The draft Statement of Work appearing as Appendix D of the 
Parties' Letter of Intent is to be revised as necessary to be 
made consistent with the Parties' intent as expressed in this 
Agreement. Teligent will propose a draft Responsibility Matrix 
and other language as necessary to define the Parties' 
responsibilities under the Statement of Work, and the Parties 
will mutually develop through good faith negotiation the final 
Statement of Work.

                               ATTACHMENT I

                         ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURE


1.  ATP for Components:  This will be Nortel NTPs, available now 
with the exception of the Radio components.

2.  ATPs for:
                a)    TCOs      due:     from:
                b)    Nodes     due:     from:
                c)    TASs      due:     from:


3.  System ATP                  due:     from:


                              ATTACHMENT J

                           NETWORK MONITORING

This Attachment shall specify the intent of Section 19.1.5.

Due by:    11/18/97
Due from:  Gary Palmer


                             ATTACHMENT K

                    CORPORATE AND REGIONAL SUPPORT TEAM


This Attachment shall specify the intent of Section 19.1.7.

Due by:     11/18/97
Due from:   Mike Lambert



                             ATTACHMENT L

                            SPECIFICATIONS


This Attachment shall capture the capacity and performance 
specifications contained in Teligent's RFP and Nortel's response 
to such RFP.

Due by:     11/18/97
From:       Ian Viney



                            ATTACHMENT M

                       NONDISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

                   insert June 6, 1997 letter here.




                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                         -----------------------------

        REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated as of March 6, 1998, by 
and between Teligent, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), 
and Microwave Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("MSI").

        MSI owns of record 17,206,210 shares of the Company's 
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, designated as Class B-Series 1 
(such 17,206,210 shares being referred to as the "Series B-1 Shares"), 
which Series B-1 Shares are convertible on a share-for-share basis 
into shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, 
designated as Class A (the "Class A Common Stock").

        MSI has requested that the Company grant to MSI, and the 
Company has agreed to grant to MSI, the registration rights provided 
for herein.

        In consideration of the foregoing, and the agreements set 
forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the 
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties 
hereto agree as follows:

1.   Registration Rights.  The Company agrees that MSI will have the 
     -------------------
registration rights set forth in this Section 1 with respect to shares 
of Class A Common Stock into which the Series B-1 Shares have been 
converted or are convertible ("Registrable Securities").

            (a)  "Piggyback" Registration Rights.  (i) If the 
                 -------------------------------
Company at any time proposes to register under the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") (other than a registration on 
Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor or similar forms thereto and other 
than a registration pursuant to paragraph 1(b) below), whether or not 
for sale for its own account (including, without limitation, pursuant 
to the exercise by any other person or entity of any registration 
rights granted by the Company), on a form and in a manner that would 
permit registration of Registrable Securities for sale to the public 
under the Securities Act, it will give written notice to MSI of its 
intention to do so, describing such securities and specifying the form 
and manner and the other relevant facts involved in such proposed 
registration (including, without limitation, (x) whether or not such 
registration will be in connection with an underwritten offering of 
equity securities and, if so, the identity of the managing underwriter 
and whether such offering will be pursuant to a "best efforts" or 
"firm commitment" underwriting and (y) the anticipated price range at 
which such equity securities are reasonably expected to be sold to the 
public).  Upon the written request of MSI delivered to the Company 
within 15 calendar days after the receipt of any such notice (which 
request shall specify the Registrable Securities intended to be 
disposed of by MSI and the intended method of disposition thereof), 
the Company will use reasonable best efforts to effect the registra-
tion under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities that the 
Company has been so requested to register, subject to the further 
provisions of this agreement;

               (ii)  If a registration pursuant to this Section 1 
involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises 
the Company that, in its opinion, the number of Registrable Securities 
proposed to be included in such registration should be limited due to 
market conditions, then the Company may exclude Registrable Securities 
requested to be included pursuant to Section 1(a) pro rata, based on 
the respective numbers of Registrable Securities as to which registra-
tion has been so requested by each holder of Registrable Securities.

               (iii) In connection with any underwritten offering 
with respect to which holders of Registrable Securities shall have 
requested registration pursuant to this Section 1, the Company shall 
have the right to select the managing underwriter with respect to the 
offering.

            (b)  Demand Registration Rights.  (i) In addition to the 
                 --------------------------
registration rights afforded by Section 1(a) above, at any time 
commencing six months after November 26, 1997 (the "Demand Date"), MSI 
shall be entitled to demand in writing that the Company effect a 
registration under the Securities Act and under such state securities 
laws as MSI may reasonably request (provided that the Company shall 
not be required to consent to general service of process in any 
jurisdiction where it is not then so subject) in respect of all or 
part of the Registrable Securities held by MSI, provided that (A) such 
                                                -------- ----
demand registration right shall apply only if the amount of 
Registrable Securities to be registered (1) constitutes at least 20% 
of the amount of Registrable Securities owned by MSI or (2) has an 
anticipated aggregate offering price (before underwriters' fees, com-
missions and discounts) of at least $20,000,000, (B) the Company shall 
not be obligated to use its reasonable best efforts to cause to become 
effective a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1(b) until 
a period shall have elapsed from the effective date of the most recent 
previous registration statement under the Securities Act with respect 
to a public offering of equity securities of the Company (a "Prior 
Public Offering") equal to the greater of (1) 120 days and (2) the 
shortest period of any lockup of shareholders of the Company required 
by the lead managing underwriter of such Prior Public Offering (the 
"Holdback Period") and (C) if, while a registration request is pending 
pursuant to this Section 1(b), the Board of Directors of the Company 
makes a good faith determination that the filing or effectiveness of a 
registration statement would require the public disclosure of material 
information, the disclosure of which would adversely affect the 
Company, the Company shall not be required to effect a registration 
pursuant to this Section 1(b) until such material information is dis-
closed to the public or ceases to be material; provided, further, however, 
                                               --------  -------  -------
that the foregoing delay shall in no event exceed 120 days.  
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 1(b), the Company 
shall not be obligated to effect more than three registrations 
pursuant to this Section 1(b)(i).

               (ii)  At any time after the Demand Date, MSI shall be 
entitled to demand in writing that the Company effect a registration 
under the Securities Act of all or part of its Registrable Securities 
on Form S-3 or any similar short-form ("Short-Form") registration 
statement ("Short-Form Registrations"), if available, specifying in 
the request the number of Registrable Securities to be registered by 
MSI and the intended method of distribution thereof (such notice is 
hereinafter referred to as an "S-3 Holder Request"); provided, that 
                                                     --------
the Company shall be obligated to effect a registration of Registrable 
Securities pursuant to this Section 1(b)(ii) only if the anticipated 
aggregated offering price for such Registrable Securities is in excess 
of $10,000,000, provided, further, that the Company shall not be 
                --------  -------
obligated to file and use its reasonable best efforts to cause to 
become effective a registration statement pursuant to this Section 
1(b) until a period equal to the Holdback Period shall have elapsed 
from the effective date of the Prior Public Offering.  The holders of 
Registrable Securities will be entitled to request an unlimited number 
of Short-Form Registrations.  After the Company has become subject to 
the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the 
Company will use its reasonable best efforts to make Short-Form 
Registrations on Form S-3 available for the sale of Registrable 
Securities.

               (iii)  If, in connection with any underwritten offering 
pursuant to this Section 1(b), the managing underwriter thereof 
advises the Company in writing that in its opinion the number of 
securities (including, for purposes of this Section 1(b), securities 
of the Company which the Company has proposed to include in such 
offering) proposed to be included in such offering should be limited 
due to market conditions, the Company will promptly so advise all 
holders seeking to participate in such offering, and securities shall 
be excluded from such offering in the following order until such 
limitation has been met:  (A) securities requested to be included in 
such offering by holders other than MSI, if any, shall be excluded 
until all such other securities shall be so excluded, (B) securities 
that the Company has elected to include in such offering, if any, 
shall be excluded until all such securities have been excluded, and, 
(C) thereafter, any Registrable Securities requested to be included in 
such offering shall be excluded pro rata, based on the respective 
number of Registrable Securities as to which registration has been so 
requested by each holder thereof.

               (iv)  If a requested registration pursuant to this 
Section 1(b) involves an underwritten offering, the holders of a 
majority of Registrable Securities included in such registration shall 
have the right, with the approval of the Company (which approval shall 
not be unreasonably withheld), to select the managing underwriter for 
such offering.

            (c)  [Intentionally Omitted]

            (d)  Registration Procedures.
                 -----------------------

                (i)  If and whenever the Company is required to use its 
reasonable best efforts to effect or cause the registration of any 
Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in Section 
1(a) or 1(b), the Company will, as expeditiously as possible:

                     (A)  Prepare and promptly file with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement 
with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable 
best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain 
effective;

                     (B)  Prepare and file with the Commission such 
amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to 
such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection 
therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement 
effective for a period as may be requested by holders desiring to 
register their Registrable Securities for sale not exceeding 90 days 
and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect 
to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such 
registration statement during such period in accordance with the 
intended methods of disposition by the Holder or Holders thereof set 
forth in such registration statement.

                     (C)  Furnish to each holder of Registrable 
Securities covered by the registration statement and to each underwriter, 
if any, of such Registrable Securities, such number of copies of a 
prospectus and preliminary prospectus for delivery in conformity with 
the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents, as 
such Person may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the public 
sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities.

                     (D)  Use its reasonable best efforts to register 
or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration 
Statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such 
jurisdictions as each holder thereof shall reasonably request, and do 
any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or 
advisable to enable such holder to consummate the disposition of the 
Registrable Securities owned by such holder in such jurisdictions, 
except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required (A) 
to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction 
where, but for the requirements of this Section 1(d)(i)(D)), it is not 
then so qualified, or (B) to subject itself to taxation in any such 
jurisdiction, or (C) to take any action which would subject it to 
general or unlimited service of process in any such jurisdiction where 
it is not then so subject.

                     (E)  Use its reasonable best efforts to cause such 
Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be 
registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or 
authorities as may be necessary to enable the holder or holders 
thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities.

                     (F)  Immediately notify each holder of Registrable 
Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a 
prospectus thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities 
Act within the appropriate period mentioned in Section 1(d)(i)(B), if 
the Company becomes aware that the prospectus included in such 
registration statement, as ten in effect, includes an untrue statement 
of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be 
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not 
misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and, at 
the request of any such holder, deliver reasonable number of copies of 
an amended or supplemental prospectus as may be necessary so that, as 
thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, 
such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material 
fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or 
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light 
of the circumstances then existing.

                     (G)  Otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to 
comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and 
make generally available to its securityholders, in each  case as soon 
as practicable, but not later than 45 calendar days after the close of 
the period covered thereby (90 calendar days in case the period 
covered corresponds to a fiscal year of the Company), an earnings 
statement of the Company which will satisfy the provisions of Section 
11(a) of the Securities Act.

                     (H)  Use its reasonable best efforts in connection 
with the underwriters of list such Registrable Securities on each 
securities exchange as they may reasonably designate.

                     (I)  In the event the offering is an underwritten 
offering, use its reasonable best efforts to obtain a "cold comfort" 
letter from the independent public accountants for the Company in 
customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily 
covered by such letters.

                     (J)  Execute and deliver all instruments and 
documents (including in an underwritten offering an underwriting 
agreement in customary form) and taken such other actions and obtain 
such certificates and opinions as are customary in an underwritten 
public offering.

                (ii)  Each holder of Registrable Securities will, upon 
receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event 
of the kind described in Section 1(d)(i)(F), forthwith discontinue 
disposition of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration 
statement covering such Registrable Securities until such holder's 
receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus 
contemplated by Section 1(d)(i)(F).

                (iii) If a registration pursuant hereto involves an 
underwritten offering, the Company agrees, if so required by the 
managing underwriter of such offering, not to effect any public sale 
or distribution of any of its equity securities or securities 
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such equity 
securities during a period of up to 180 calendar days after the effec-
tive date of such registration, except for securities sold in such 
underwritten offering or except in connection with an option plan, 
purchase plan, savings or similar plan, or an acquisition, merger or 
exchange offer.

                (iv) If a registration pursuant hereto involves an 
underwritten offering, each holder of Registrable Securities, whether 
or not such holder's Registrable Securities are included in such 
registration, will, if and to the extent request by the managing 
underwriter in such offering, enter into an agreement not to effect 
any public sale or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 
144 under the Securities Act (but excluding those Registrable Securi-
ties sold n such offering), of any of the Company's excluding those 
Registrable Securities sold in such offering), of any of the Company's 
equity securities owned by such holder or securities, without the 
consent of such managing underwriter, during a period commencing on 
the effective date of such registration and ending a number of 
calendar days thereafter not exceeding 180 days as such managing 
underwriter shall reasonably determine is required to effect a 
successful offering; provided such agreement is substantially 
identical in form and substance to other "lock-up" agreements of the 
Company's other stockholders who execute such agreements in connection 
with such offering.

            (e)  Indemnification.
                 ---------------

                 (i)  In the event of any registration of any securities 
of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant hereto, the Company 
will, and it hereby agreed to, indemnify and hold harmless, to the 
extent permitted by law, each holder of any Registrable Securities 
covered by such registration statement, its directors and officers or 
general and limited partners, each other Person who participates as an 
underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities and each other 
person, if any, who controls such holder or any such underwriter 
within the meaning of the Securities Act, as follows:

                      (A)  against any and all loss, liability, claim, 
damage and expense whatsoever arising out of or based upon an untrue 
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in 
any registration statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), 
including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the 
omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to 
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not 
misleading, or arising o ut of an untrue statement or alleged untrue 
statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus 
or prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission 
or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to 
make the statements therein not misleading;

                      (B)  against any and all loss, liability, claim, 
damage and expense whatsoever to the extent of the aggregate amount 
paid in settlement of any litigation, or investigation or proceeding 
by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any 
claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or 
any such alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is 
effected with the written consent of the Company; and

                      (C)  against any and all expense reasonably 
incurred by them in connection with investigating, preparing or 
defending against any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by 
any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim 
whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, to the 
extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (A) or (B) 
above;

        provided, however, that this indemnity does not apply to any 
        --------  -------
loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of 
an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission made in 
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to 
the Company by or on behalf of such holder, underwriter or control 
person expressly for use in the preparation of any registration 
statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) and provided, 
further, that the Company shall not be liable to any Person who 
participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of Registrable 
Securities or to any other Person, if any , who controls such under-
writer with the meaning of the Securities or to any other Person, if 
any, who controls such underwriter with the meaning of the Securities 
Act, in any such case to the extent that such loss, liability, claim, 
damage or expense arises out of such Person's failure to send or give 
a copy of the final prospectus, as the same may be then supplemented 
or amended, to the Person asserting an untrue statement or alleged 
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission at or prior to the 
written confirmation of the sale of Registrable Securities to such 
Person if such statement or omission was corrected in the final 
prospectus.

                 (ii)  The Company may require, as a condition to 
including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement 
filed in accordance herewith that the Company shall have received an 
undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from the prospective seller 
of such Registrable Securities to indemnify and hold harmless (in the 
same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 1(e)(i) the 
Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company and 
each other Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning 
of the Securities Act with respect to any statement or alleged 
statement in or omission or alleged omission from such registration 
statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained 
therein, or any amendment or supplement, if such statement or alleged 
statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon 
and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by 
or on behalf of such holder specifically stating that it is for use in 
the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary, final or 
summary prospectus or amendment or supplement.  Such indemnity shall 
remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made 
by or on behalf of the Company or such director, officer or con-
trolling Person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by 
such holder.  In that event, the obligations of the Company and such 
holders pursuant to this Section 1(e) are to be several and not joint; 
provided, however, that with respect to each claim pursuant to this 
- --------  -------
Section 1(e)(ii), each such holder's liability under this Section 
1(e)(ii) shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds 
(after deducting the underwriting discount and expenses) received by 
such holder from the sale of such Registrable Securities by such 
holder.

                 (iii) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party 
hereunder of written notice of the commencement of any action or 
proceeding involving a claim referred to in this Section 1(e), such 
indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made 
against an indemnifying party, give written notice to such indemnifying 
party of the commencement of such action; provided, however, that
                                          --------  -------             
the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided 
herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations 
under this Section 1(e), except to the extent (not including any such 
notice of an underwriter) that the indemnifying party is actually 
prejudiced by such failure to give notice.  In case any such action is 
brought against an indemnified party, unless in such indemnified 
party's reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such 
indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such 
claim (in which case the indemnifying party shall not be liable for 
the fees and expenses of more than one firm of counsel for a majority 
of the sellers of Registrable Securities or more than one firm of 
counsel for the underwriters in connection with any one action or 
separate but similar or related actions), the indemnifying party will 
be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, 
jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the 
extent that it may wish with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such 
indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to 
such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense 
thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified 
party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such 
indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof.  No 
indemnified party shall consent to the entry of any judgment or enter 
into any settlement of any such action, the defense of which has been 
assumed by an indemnifying party and for which an indemnifying party 
may have indemnification liability hereunder with the consent of such 
indemnifying party.

                 (iv)  The Company and each seller of Registrable 
Securities shall provid e for the foregoing indemnity (with appropriate 
modifications) in any underwriting agreement with respect to any 
required registration or other qualification of securities under any 
federal or state law or regulation of any governmental authority.

            (f)  Contribution.  In order to provide for just and 
                 ------------
equitable contribution in circumstances under which the indemnity 
contemplated by Section 1(e) is for any reason not available, the 
parties required to indemnify by the terms thereof shall contribute to 
the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the 
nature contemplated by such indemnity agreement incurred by the Compa-
ny, any seller of Registrable Securities and one or more of the 
underwriters, except to the extent that contribution is not permitted 
under Section 11(f) of the Securities Act.  In determining the amounts 
which the respective parties shall contribute, there shall be 
considered the relative benefits received by each party from the 
offering of the Registrable Securities (taking into account the 
portion of the proceeds of the offering realized by each), the parties 
relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter 
with respect to which the claim was asserted, the opportunity to 
correct and prevent any statement of omission and any other equitable 
considerations appropriate under the circumstances.  The Company and 
each Seller of Registrable Securities agree with each other that no 
seller of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any 
amount in excess of the amount such seller would have been required to 
pay to an indemnified party if the indemnity under Section 1(e)(ii) 
were available.  The Company and each such seller agree with each 
other and the underwriters of the Registrable Securities, if requested 
by such underwriters, that it would not be equitable if the amount of 
such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation 
(even if the underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) 
or for the underwriters' portion of such contribution to exceed the 
percentage that the underwriting discount bears to the initial public 
offering price of the Registrable Securities.  For purposes of this 
Section 1(f), each Person, if any, who controls an underwriter within 
the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same 
rights to contribution as such underwriter, and each director and 
officer of the Company who signed the registration statement, and each 
Person, if any, who controls the Company or a seller of Registrable 
Securities within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act 
shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or a seller 
of Registrable Securities, as the case may be.

            (g)  Expenses.  The Company shall bear all registration 
                 --------
expenses (exclusive of underwriting fees, discounts and commissions) 
in connection with the registrations effected by it pursuant to 
Section 1(b) and such registration expenses incurred in connection 
with up to three fully completed registrations of Registrable 
Securities pursuant to Section 1(a).

            (h)  Transfer of Registration Rights.  MSI may assign its 
                 -------------------------------
rights under this Section 1 to any person or entity to whom or which 
MSI sells, transfers or assigns not less than 20% of the Registrable 
Securities; provided that such person or entity agrees in writing with 
the Company to be bound by this Agreement to the same extent as MSI 
was bound at the time of such sale, transfer or assignment.

            (i)  Cessation of Registrable Security Status.  As to any 
                 ----------------------------------------
particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be 
Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement with respect 
to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the 
Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of under 
such registration statement, (ii) such securities shall have been 
transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (iii) such 
securities shall have been otherwise transferred or disposed of, and 
new certificates therefor not bearing a legend restricting further 
transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, and subsequent 
transfer or disposition of such securities shall not require their 
registration or qualification under the Securities Act or any similar 
state law then in force, or (iv) such securities shall have ceased to 
be outstanding.

            2.  Miscellaneous.   
                -------------

                (a)  Effectiveness.  This Agreement shall be effective 
                     -------------
immediately upon the execution and delivery hereof.

                (b)  Definition of "Person".  As used herein, the term 
                     ----------------------
"Person" means any individual, corporation, association, partnership 
(general or limited), joint venture, trust, joint-stock company, 
estate, limited liability company, unincorporated organization or 
other legal entity or organization.

                (c)  Successors and Assigns.  Except as otherwise 
                     ----------------------
provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement 
shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be 
enforceable by and against the respective successors and assigns of 
the parties hereto.

                (d)  Amendment, Waiver.  This Agreement may be amended 
                     -----------------
only by a written instrument duly executed by the parties hereto.  Any 
failure of any of the parties to comply with any obligation, covenant, 
agreement or condition herein may be waived by the party entitled to 
the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the party 
granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict 
compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition 
shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any 
subsequent or other failure.

                (e)  Notices.  Any notice, request, claim, demand, 
                     -------
document or other communication hereunder to any party shall be 
effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in writing 
and delivered personally or sent by telex or telecopy (with such telex 
or telecopy confirmed promptly in writing sent by first class mail), 
or by reputable overnight courier or other similar means of 
communication, as follows:

                     i)  If to the Company, addressed to the Company at 
                8065 Leesburg Pike, Vienna, VA 22182, to the attention 
                of the Company's General Counsel (Facsimile No. 
                703-762-5227);

                     ii) If to MSI, addressed to it at 3 Bala Plaza 
                East, Suite 300, Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004, to the 
                attention of MSI's General Counsel;

            or, in each case, to such other address or telex or 
            telecopy number as such party may designate in writing to 
            the other by written notice given in the manner specified 
            in this Section 2(e).

                (f)  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement contains the 
                     ----------------
entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the 
subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior oral and written 
agreements and memoranda and undertakings between the parties hereto 
with regard to such subject matter.

                (g)  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed 
                     -------------
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, 
without giving effect to its conflicts of laws principles.

                (h)  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in 
                     ------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which 
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and 
delivered by the parties as of the day and year first written above.

                                         TELIGENT, INC.


                                         By:/s/ Alex J. Mandl
                                            --------------------------
                                            Name:  Alex J. Mandl
                                            Title: Chairman and Chief 
                                                     Executive Officer


                                         MICROWAVE SERVICES, INC.


                                         By:/s/ David J. Berkman
                                            ---------------------------
                                            Name:  David J. Berkman
                                            Title: Executive Vice President



                                                       State of Formation

Teligent Licensing Company I, L.L.C.                         Delaware

Teligent Licensing Company II, L.L.C.                        Delaware

FirstMark Communications, Inc.                               Delaware

AUCO, Inc.                                                   Delaware



We consent to the incorporation by reference, in the Registration 
Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-45005), of our report dated February 27, 
1998 with respect to the financial statements of Teligent, Inc., 
included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 
31, 1997.


                                         ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Vienna, Virginia
March 25, 1998


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> 5

<LEGEND>

THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET--DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND CONSOLIDATED 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND IS 
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

</LEGEND>

       

<S>                            <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>               DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                  JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                    DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                          424,900,715
<SECURITIES>                              0
<RECEIVABLES>                             0
<ALLOWANCES>                              0
<INVENTORY>                               0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                462,360,945
<PP&E>                           14,171,382
<DEPRECIATION>                    5,985,483
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                  596,380,268
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>            21,044,750
<BONDS>                         300,000,000
                               0
                     0
<COMMON>                            525,827
<OTHER-SE>                      284,620,395
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>    596,380,268
<SALES>                                   0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                  3,310,999
<CGS>                             4,785,589
<TOTAL-COSTS>                   138,747,534
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                          0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                          0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                5,859,457
<INCOME-PRETAX>                (138,054,155)
<INCOME-TAX>                              0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>            (138,054,155)
<DISCONTINUED>                            0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                           0
<CHANGES>                                 0
<NET-INCOME>                   (138,054,155)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                         (2.94)
<EPS-DILUTED>                         (2.94)


        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission